A BILL TO BE ENTITLED
AN ACT to modify the current operations and capital improvements appropriations act of 2009 AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES.
The General Assembly of North Carolina enacts:

PART I. INTRODUCTION AND TITLE OF ACT

Title of Act
SECTION 1.1.  This act shall be known as "The Current Operations and Capital Improvements Appropriations Act of 2010."

Introduction
SECTION 1.2.  The appropriations made in this act are for maximum amounts necessary to provide the services and accomplish the purposes described in the budget. Savings shall be effected where the total amounts appropriated are not required to perform these services and accomplish these purposes and, except as allowed by the State Budget Act, or this act, the savings shall revert to the appropriate fund at the end of each fiscal year as provided in G.S. 143C‑1‑2(b).

PART II. CURRENT OPERATIONS AND EXPANSION GENERAL FUND

CURRENT OPERATIONS AND EXPANSION/GENERAL FUND
SECTION 2.1.  Appropriations from the General Fund of the State for the maintenance of the State departments, institutions, and agencies, and for other purposes as enumerated, are adjusted for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, according to the schedule that follows.  Amounts set out in brackets are reductions from General Fund appropriations for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year.

Current Operations – General Fund	2010‑2011

EDUCATION

Community Colleges System Office	$       50,744,859

Department of Public Instruction	(219,159,933)

University of North Carolina – Board of Governors
	General Administration	(632,140)
		University Institutional Programs	5,846,731
	Related Educational Programs	8,195,517
	UNC Financial Aid Private Colleges	(1,500,000)
North Carolina School of Science and Mathematics
UNC Hospitals at Chapel Hill	(2,000,000)
Total University of North Carolina – Board of Governors	$         9,910,108

HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

Department of Health and Human Services
	Central Management and Support	$       (4,923,834)
	Division of Blind Services/Deaf/HH	(632,912)
	Division of  Child Development	(46,090,555)
	Division of Education Services	(5,612,680)
	Division of Health Service Regulation	(2,061,346)
	Division of Medical Assistance	(349,276,270)
	Division of Mental Health	21,595,819
	NC Health Choice	6,444,925
	Division of Public Health	(6,091,724)
	Division of Social Services	(15,645,084)
	Division of Vocational Rehabilitation	(3,102,472)
Total Health and Human Services	$      (405,396,133)

NATURAL AND ECONOMIC RESOURCES

Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services	$        (1,938,749)

Department of Commerce
	Commerce	33,952,587
	Commerce State‑Aid	4,980,564
	NC Biotechnology Center	(725,095)
	Rural Economic Development Center	2,933,378

Department of Environment and Natural Resources	1,227,571

Department of Labor	(1,411,321)

JUSTICE AND PUBLIC SAFETY

Department of Correction	$      (54,081,580)

Department of Crime Control and Public Safety	(1,316,174)

Judicial Department	(15,818,245)
Judicial Department – Indigent Defense	(4,194,867)

Department of Justice	(2,990,307)

Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention	(4,737,080)

GENERAL GOVERNMENT

Department of Administration	$        (2,157,910)

Office of Administrative Hearings	(278,356)

Department of State Auditor	(777,194)

Office of State Controller	8,075,323

Department of Cultural Resources
	Cultural Resources	(3,905,057)
	Roanoke Island Commission	(115,926)

State Board of Elections	373,851

General Assembly	(3,295,241)

Office of the Governor
	Office of the Governor	(353,359)
	Office of State Budget and Management	(373,164)
	OSBM – Reserve for Special Appropriations	(4,650)
	Housing Finance Agency	(850,732)

Office of Lieutenant Governor	(54,235)

Department of Revenue	(1,523,641)

Department of Secretary of State	(666,886)

RESERVES, ADJUSTMENTS AND DEBT SERVICE

Reserve for Teachers' and State Employees' Retirement Contribution	$       20,000,000

Reserve for Job Development Investment Grants (JDIG)	(6,600,000)

University Cancer Research Fund	600,000

Reserve for Capital	18,222,000

Debt Service
	General Debt Service	(15,845,385)

TOTAL CURRENT OPERATIONS – GENERAL FUND	$    (597,650,979)

GENERAL FUND AVAILABILITY STATEMENT
SECTION 2.2.(a)  Section 2.2(a) of S.L. 2009‑451 is repealed. The General Fund availability used in adjusting the 2010‑2011 budget is shown below:

				FY 2010‑2011

Unappropriated Balance Remaining from Previous Year	3,702,182
Adjustment from Estimated to Actual 2009‑2010 Beginning Unreserved Balance	270,080
Beginning Unreserved Fund Balance	3,972,262

Revenues Based on Existing Tax Structure	18,199,339,016

Nontax Revenues	
	Investment Income	57,500,000
	Judicial Fees	239,100,000
	Disproportionate Share	100,000,000
	Insurance	67,000,000
	Other Nontax Revenues	182,700,000
	Highway Trust Fund/Use Tax Reimbursement Transfer	72,800,000
	Highway Fund Transfer	17,600,000
		Subtotal Nontax Revenues	736,700,000

Total General Fund Availability 	18,940,011,278

Adjustments to Availability: Senate Bill 897 	
	IRC Conformity	(1,200,000)
	Cap Tax Rate on Family‑Owned and Other Small Business Income	(39,700,000)
	Lower Sales Tax Compliance Burden on Small Retailers	(7,000,000)
	Relieve Annual Report Compliance Burden on Small Business	(400,000)
	Extend Sunset on Expiring Tax Incentive Income Tax Credits and Sales Tax 	
		Refunds One Year	(3,500,000)
	Modernize Sales Tax On Accommodations	1,700,000
	Modernize Admissions Tax and Restore Amenities Exclusion	(700,000)
	Improve Tax and Debt Collection Process	3,000,000
	Reduce Franchise Tax Burden On Construction Companies	(1,500,000)
	Department of Revenue Corporate Settlement Initiative	110,000,000
	Loss of Estate Tax Revenues for FY 2010‑2011	(85,000,000)
	Transfer from Disproportionate Share Reserve	35,000,000
	Adjust Highway Fund Transfer – Commerce Executive Aircraft Transfer	(500,000)
	Increase Justice and Public Safety Fees	22,214,722
	Transfer From Severance Reserve Expenditure Account	30,000,000
	Commerce Business Recruitment Initiatives (Pending Legislation)	(10,000,000)
	Transfer from Tobacco Trust Fund	2,500,000

		Subtotal Adjustments to Availabilty: Senate Bill 897	54,914,722 

Revised General Fund Availability	18,994,926,000 
Less: General Fund Appropriations 	18,989,677,375 

Unappropriated Balance Remaining	5,248,625 

SECTION 2.2.(b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of G.S. 143C‑4‑3, the State Controller shall not transfer funds to the Repairs and Renovations Reserve Account on June 30, 2010.  This subsection becomes effective June 30, 2010.
SECTION 2.2.(c)  Notwithstanding G.S. 143C‑4‑2, the State Controller shall not transfer funds to the Savings Reserve Account on June 30, 2010.  This subsection becomes effective June 30, 2010.
SECTION 2.2.(d)  Section 2.2(h) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 2.2.(h) Notwithstanding G.S. 143C‑9‑3, of the funds credited to the Tobacco Trust, the sum of five million dollars ($5,000,000) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the sum of seven million five hundred thousand dollars ($7,500,000) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be transferred from the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, Budget Code 23703 (Tobacco Trust Fund), to the State Controller to be deposited in Nontax Budget Code 19978 (Intrastate Transfers) to support General Fund appropriations."

PART III. CURRENT OPERATIONS/HIGHWAY FUND

CURRENT OPERATIONS/HIGHWAY FUND
SECTION 3.1.  Appropriations from the State Highway Fund for the maintenance and operation of the Department of Transportation and for other purposes as enumerated are adjusted for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, according to the following schedule. Amounts set out in brackets are reductions from Highway Fund Appropriations for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.

				2010‑2011
Department of Transportation
	Administration	$	1,663,695

Division of Highways
	Administration	0
	Construction	3,840,718
	Maintenance	(7,709,150)
	Planning and Research	0
	OSHA Program	0
	
Ferry Operations	11,349,869
	
State Aid
	Municipalities	(785,319)
	Public Transportation	0
	Airports	500,000
	Railroads	6,325,000
	
Governor's Highway Safety Program	0

Division of Motor Vehicles	617,223

Transfers to Other State Agencies, Reserves	37,087,964
	
TOTAL		$	52,890,000

highway fund availability
SECTION 3.2.  Section 3.2 of S.L. 2009‑451 is repealed. The Highway Fund availability used in adjusting the 2010‑2011 fiscal year budget is shown below:

Highway Fund Availability Statement	2010‑2011

Unappropriated Balance From Previous Year	0
Beginning Fund Balance	0
Estimated Revenue	1,792,540,000

Total Highway Fund Availability	$1,792,540,000

PART IV. HIGHWAY TRUST FUND APPROPRIATIONS

CURRENT OPERATIONS/HIGHWAY TRUST FUND
SECTION 4.1.  Appropriations from the State Highway Trust Fund for the maintenance and operation of the Department of Transportation and for other purposes as enumerated are adjusted for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, according to the following schedule. Amounts set out in brackets are reductions from Highway Trust Fund Appropriations for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.

Current Operations – Highway Trust Fund	2010‑2011

Intrastate System	4,995,162
Urban Loops	2,019,836
Aid to Municipalities	524,109
Secondary Roads	(170,627)
Program Administration	371,520
North Carolina Turnpike Authority	0
Transfer to General Fund	0
Debt Service	0

TOTAL		7,740,000

HIGHWAY TRUST FUND AVAILABILITY STATEMENT

SECTION 4.2.  Section 4.2 of S.L. 2009‑451 is repealed.  The Highway Trust Fund availability used in developing the 2010‑2011 fiscal year is shown below:

Total Highway Trust Fund Availability		$  928,730,000

PART V. OTHER appropriations

education lottery
SECTION 5.1.(a)  Pursuant to G.S. 18C‑164, the revenue used to support appropriations made in this act is transferred from the State Lottery Fund in the amount of four hundred forty‑one million three hundred forty‑seven thousand five hundred dollars ($441,347,500) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.
SECTION 5.1.(b)  Notwithstanding G.S. 18C‑164, the appropriations made from the Education Lottery Fund pursuant to G.S. 18C‑164(d) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year are as follows:
(1)	Class Size Reduction	$ 136,038,041
(2)	Prekindergarten Program	84,635,709
(3)	Public School Building Capital Fund	176,539,000
(4)	Scholarships for Needy Students	44,134,750
Total		$ 441,347,500
SECTION 5.1.(c)  Notwithstanding G.S. 18C‑164(f) or any other provision of law, excess lottery receipts realized in the 2009‑2010 fiscal year in the amount of thirty‑one million eight hundred eighty‑one thousand forty‑six dollars ($31,881,046) shall be transferred to the Public School Building Capital Fund and allocated on the basis of average daily membership (ADM) to those local school administrative units that did not qualify for funding in the 2009‑2010 fiscal year pursuant to G.S. 115C‑546.2(d)(2). Notwithstanding G.S. 18C‑164(f) or any other provision of law, the balance of the excess lottery revenues realized in the 2009‑2010 fiscal year shall be used for scholarships for needy students.
SECTION 5.1.(d)  Section 5.2.(d) of S.L. 2009‑451, as enacted by Section 3N of S.L. 2009‑575, is repealed.
SECTION 5.1.(e)  Notwithstanding G.S. 18C‑164(c), G.S 115C‑546.2(d), or any other provision of law, funds appropriated in this section to the Public School Building Capital Fund for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be allocated to counties on the basis of average daily membership (ADM). Counties may authorize local school administrative units to use all or part of these funds for classroom teachers.
These funds shall not be included in the computation of "average per pupil allocation for average daily membership" or "per pupil local current expense appropriation" under G.S. 115C‑238.29H.
SECTION 5.1.(f)  Notwithstanding G.S. 18C‑164(c), Article 35A of Chapter 115C of the General Statutes, or any other provision of law, of the funds appropriated in this section for Scholarships for Needy Students, the sum of twenty‑six million six hundred sixty‑one thousand forty‑six dollars ($26,661,046) shall be administered in accordance with the policy adopted by the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina.
SECTION 5.1.(g)  Subsections (c) and (d) of this section become effective June 30, 2010.

Information Technology Availability and appropriation
SECTION 5.2.  Section 5.3.(b) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 5.3.(b)  Appropriations are made from the Information Technology Fund for the 2009‑2011 fiscal biennium as follows:

Office of Information Technology Services	FY 2009‑2010	FY 2010‑2011

Information Technology Operations		 
	Center for Geographic Information and Analysis		$740,000
	Enterprise Security and Risk Management Office		1,101,296
	Enterprise Project Management Office		1,795,000
	Architecture and Engineering		648,000
		Total Information Technology Operations	$5,350,000	$4,284,296

Information Technology Projects		
	Enterprise Licensing		$300,000
	State Portal		500,000
	Enterprise Identity Management		1,250,000
	IT Consolidation		2,079,467
	Electronic Forms/Digital Signatures		653,704
		Total Information Technology Projects	$4,462,733	$4,783,171

Budget and Performance Management System	$1,021,985	0

Budget/Committee Reporting System	$500,000	0

Total			$11,334,718	$9,067,467"

Appropriation of Cash Balances
SECTION 5.3.  Section 5.4 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 5.4.(a)  State funds, as defined in G.S. 143C‑1‑1(d)(25), are appropriated  as provided in G.S. 143C‑1‑2 for the 2009‑2011 fiscal biennium as follows:
(1)	For all budget codes listed in the Base Budget and Performance Management Information sections of "North Carolina State Budget, Recommended Operating Budget 2009‑2011, Volumes 1 through 6," and in the Budget Support Document, cash balances and receipts are appropriated up to the amounts specified in Volumes 1 through 6, as adjusted by the General Assembly, for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the 2010‑2011 fiscal year. Funds may be expended only for the programs, purposes, objects, and line items specified in Volumes 1 through 6, or otherwise authorized by the General Assembly. Expansion budget funds listed in those documents are appropriated only as otherwise provided in this act.
(2)	For all budget codes that are not listed in "North Carolina State Budget, Recommended Operating Budget 2009‑2011, Volumes 1 through 6," or in the Budget Support Document, cash balances and receipts are appropriated for each year of the 2009‑2011 fiscal biennium up to the level of actual expenditures for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year, unless otherwise provided by law. Funds may be expended only for the programs, purposes, objects, and line items authorized for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year.
(3)	Notwithstanding subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection, any receipts that are required to be used to pay debt service requirements for various outstanding bond issues and certificates of participation are appropriated up to the actual amounts received for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the 2010‑2011 fiscal year and shall be used only to pay debt service requirements. 
(4)	Notwithstanding subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection, cash balances and receipts of funds that meet the definition issued by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board of a trust or agency fund are appropriated for and in the amounts required to meet the legal requirements of the trust agreement for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.
"SECTION 5.4.(b)  Receipts collected in a fiscal year in excess of the amounts authorized by this section shall remain unexpended and unencumbered until appropriated by the General Assembly in a subsequent fiscal year, unless the expenditure of overrealized receipts in the fiscal year in which the receipts were collected is authorized by the State Budget Act.
Overrealized receipts are appropriated up to the amounts necessary to implement this subsection.
In addition to the consultation and reporting requirements set out in G.S. 143C‑6‑4, the Office of State Budget and Management shall report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and to the Fiscal Research Division within 30 days after the end of each quarter on any overrealized receipts approved for expenditure under this subsection by the Director of the Budget. The report shall include the source of the receipt, the amount overrealized, the amount authorized for expenditure, and the rationale for expenditure.
"SECTION 5.4.(c)  Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) of this section, there is appropriated from the Reserve for Reimbursements to Local Governments and Shared Tax Revenues for each fiscal year an amount equal to the amount of the distributions required by law to be made from that reserve for that fiscal year."

Other Receipts From Pending Grant Awards
SECTION 5.4.  Section 5.6 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 5.6. Notwithstanding G.S. 143C‑6‑4, State agencies may, with approval of the Director of the Budget and after consultation with the Joint Legislative Committee on Governmental Operations, spend funds received from grants awarded subsequent to the enactment of this act. The Office of State Budget and Management shall work with the recipient State agencies to budget grant awards according to the annual program needs and within the parameters of the respective granting entities. Depending on the nature of the award, additional State personnel may be employed on a time‑limited basis. The Office of State Budget and Management shall consult with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations prior to expending any funds received from grant awards. Funds received from such grants are hereby appropriated and shall be incorporated into the authorized budget of the recipient State agency."

PART VI. GENERAL PROVISIONs

Expenditure of Funds in Reserves Limited
SECTION 6.1.  All funds appropriated by this act into reserves may be expended only for the purposes for which the reserves were established.

Budget Code Consolidations
SECTION 6.2.  Notwithstanding G.S. 143C‑6‑4, the Office of State Budget and Management may adjust the enacted budget by making transfers among purposes or programs for the purpose of consolidating budget and fund codes or eliminating inactive budget and fund codes. The Office of State Budget and Management shall change the authorized budget to reflect these adjustments.

Budget Realignment
SECTION 6.3.  Notwithstanding G.S. 143C‑6‑4(b), the Office of State Budget and Management, in consultation with the Office of the State Controller and the Fiscal Research Division, may adjust the enacted budget by making transfers among purposes or programs for the sole purpose of correctly aligning authorized positions and associated operating costs with the appropriate purposes or programs as defined in G.S. 143C‑1‑1(d)(23).  The Office of State Budget and Management shall change the certified budget to reflect these adjustments only after reporting the proposed adjustments to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division.  Under no circumstances shall total General Fund expenditures for a State department exceed the amount appropriated to that department from the General Fund for the fiscal year.

budget adjustments authorized
SECTION 6.4.(a)  Notwithstanding G.S. 143C‑6‑4(a) or any other provision of law, the maximum amount expended at the budget code level from funds appropriated in Section 2.1 of S.L. 2009‑451, as amended, shall not exceed by more than three percent (3%) the amount appropriated for that budget code in Section 2.1 of S.L. 2009‑451, as amended.
SECTION 6.4.(b)  This section applies to the 2010‑2011 fiscal year only.

Establishing or Increasing Fees Pursuant to this Act
SECTION 6.5.(a)  Notwithstanding G.S. 12‑3.1, an agency is not required to consult with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations prior to establishing or increasing a fee as authorized or anticipated in this act.
SECTION 6.5.(b)  Notwithstanding G.S. 150B‑21.1A(a), an agency may adopt an emergency rule in accordance with G.S. 150B‑21.1A to establish or increase a fee as authorized by this act if the adoption of a rule would otherwise be required under Article 2A of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.

Legislative Budget Priorities
SECTION 6.6.  The General Assembly finds North Carolina's citizens and businesses are suffering from the effects of a significant State, national, and international financial crisis and that this financial crisis has resulted in large reductions in revenues available to fund the State's budget for the upcoming year and in large increases in demand for State services.  The General Assembly further finds that, in spite of the reduced revenues, the State must act decisively to create jobs, encourage economic activity to keep our families working, provide job training and higher education opportunities to the citizens of the State, and protect core government services such as health care for the most vulnerable populations and public safety for the citizens of the State; therefore, the General Assembly provides funding for and support of the following initiatives:
(1)	Retention of classroom teachers.
(2)	Tax credits for small businesses.
(3)	Small Business Assistance Fund.
(4)	Preservation of access to health care for vulnerable populations.
(5)	Financial aid to needy college and community college students.
(6)	Full funding community college enrollment growth to be used to hire additional faculty and student support staff.
(7)	Small Business Centers at community colleges.
(8)	Business Recruitment.
(9)	One North Carolina Small Business.
(10)	One North Carolina Fund.
(11)	Job Maintenance and Capital Development Fund.
(12)	Health science and engineering programs at the community college and university levels.
(13)	Energy Research Grants.
(14)	Regional Economic Development Commissions.
(15)	Home Grown Jobs.
(16)	Funding restored for mental health programs.
(17)	Tar Heel Work Program.
(18)	UNCC Energy Production Infrastructure Center (EPIC).
(19)	ECU Dental School Operations.
(20)	Sustainable Communities Task Force.
(21)	Clean Water State Revolving Fund.
(22)	Drinking Water State Revolving Fund.
(23)	Minority Support Center.
(24)	Tourism Marketing.
(25)	In‑Source NC.
(26)	Lab‑to‑Market Commercialization Funds.
(27)	Capital projects.

Amend ARRA Funds
SECTION 6.7.  Section 6.6C.(b) of Session Law 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 6.6C.(b) Appropriation of ARRA Funds. – Funds received from ARRA grants and receipts not specified in this act are hereby appropriated in the amounts provided in the notification of award from the federal government or any entity acting on behalf of the federal government to administer federal ARRA funds. OSBM and affected state agencies shall report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations on ARRA grants received that are not expressly delineated in this act."

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY OPERATIONS
SECTION 6.8.  Section 6.7 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 6.7.(a)  Office of Information Technology Services Budget. – Notwithstanding G.S. 147‑33.88, the Office of Information Technology Services shall develop an annual budget for review and approval by the Office of State Budget and Management in accordance with a schedule prescribed by the Director of the Office of State Budget and Management. The approved Office of Information Technology Services budget shall be included in the Governor's budget recommendations to the General Assembly.
The Office of State Budget and Management shall ensure that State agencies have an opportunity to adjust their budgets based on any rate changes proposed by the Office of Information Technology Services.
"SECTION 6.7.(b)  Enterprise Projects. – The State Chief Information Officer shall consult the respective State agency chief information officers to identify specific State agency requirements prior to the initiation of any enterprise project. State agency requirements shall be incorporated into any enterprise agreement signed by the State Chief Information Officer. Enterprise projects shall not exceed the participating State agencies' ability to financially support the contracts.
The State Chief Information Officer shall not enter into any information technology contracts without obtaining written agreements from participating State agencies regarding apportionment of funding. State agencies agreeing to participate in a contract shall:
(1)	Ensure that sufficient funds are budgeted to support their agreed shares of enterprise agreements throughout the life of the contract.
(2)	Transfer the agreed‑upon funds to the Office of Information Technology Services in sufficient time for the Office of Information Technology Services to meet contract requirements.
(3)	Ensure that enterprise project costs are allocated to participating agencies in an equitable manner.
"SECTION 6.7.(c)  Notwithstanding the cash management provisions of G.S. 147‑86.11, the Office of Information Technology Services may procure information technology goods and services for periods of up to a total of three years where the terms of the procurement contract require payment of all, or a portion, of the contract purchase price at the beginning of the agreement. All of the following conditions shall be met before payment for these agreements may be disbursed:
(1)	Any advance payment complies with the Office of Information Technology Services budget.
(2)	The State Controller receives conclusive evidence that the proposed agreement would be more cost‑effective than a multiyear agreement that complies with G.S. 147‑86.11.
(3)	The procurement complies in all other aspects with applicable statutes and rules.
(4)	The proposed agreement contains contract terms that protect the financial interests of the State against contractor nonperformance or insolvency through the creation of escrow accounts for funds, source codes, or both, or by any other reasonable means that have legally binding effect.
The Office of State Budget and Management shall ensure the savings from any authorized agreement shall be included in the Office of Information Technology Services calculation of rates before the Office of State Budget and Management annually approves the proposed rates. The Office of Information Technology Services shall report to the Office of State Budget and Management on any State agency budget impacts resulting from multiyear contracts.
The Office of Information Technology Services shall submit a quarterly written report of any authorizations granted under this subsection to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Information Technology and to the Fiscal Research Division.
"SECTION 6.7.(d)  State agencies developing and implementing information technology projects shall use the State infrastructure to host their projects. The State Chief Information Officer may grant an exception if the State agency can demonstrate any of the following:
(1)	Using an outside contractor would be more cost‑effective for the State.
(2)	The Office of Information Technology Services does not have the technical capabilities required to host the application.
(3)	Valid security requirements preclude the use of State infrastructure, and a contractor can provide a more secure environment.
"SECTION 6.7.(e)  Service level agreements developed with supported State agencies shall include metrics for ITS, as well as the supported agencies. When ITS or an agency fails to meet metrics established by the SLA, a report will be provided to the Office of State Budget and Management and the Fiscal Research Division of the General Assembly within 10 days that details the shortfall and provides a corrective action plan with a time line.
"SECTION 6.7.(f)  The Office of Information Technology Procurement shall assist State agencies in identifying the least expensive source for the purchase of IT goods and services and shall ensure that agencies receive every available discount when purchasing IT goods and services.
"SECTION 6.7.(g)  The State CIO shall ensure that the agency bills from ITS for information technology goods and services are easily understood and fully transparent."

Coordination of Information Technology Requirements and Geographical Information System Efforts
SECTION 6.9.(a)  The State Chief Information Officer (SCIO), through the Enterprise Program Management Office (EPMO), shall adopt measures to avoid the duplication of information technology capabilities and resources across State agencies. When multiple State agencies require the same or a substantially similar information technology capability, the SCIO shall designate one State agency as the lead to coordinate support and to manage that capability for all State agencies requiring the capability, with the SCIO maintaining oversight of the effort. Further, the EPMO shall:
(1)	Review all ongoing and future information technology projects to determine whether the capabilities required for each project, or the specific requirements comprising a component within a project, already exist in a planned, ongoing, or completed information technology project developed by another State agency.
(2)	When State agencies request approval for new projects determine if the information technology project has transferable applicability to current or future capabilities required by another State agency.
(3)	Upon identifying an existing information technology capability needed by a State agency, assist that agency in determining how best to access existing projects.
(4)	Identify all current instances of duplication and work with the affected State agencies to develop and implement a plan to integrate their efforts. These plans shall be reported to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Information Technology and to the Fiscal Research Division by January 1, 2011.
SECTION 6.9.(b)  All State agencies shall coordinate any Geographic Information System (GIS) initiatives through the Center for Geographic Information and Analysis (CGIA) to ensure that they are not duplicating an existing function.  The CGIA shall monitor and approve all new GIS‑related information technology projects and expansion budget requests. By January 1, 2011, the CGIA shall make a written report to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Information Technology and to the Fiscal Research Division on the results of these efforts.

Criminal Justice Law Enforcement Automated Data Services (cjleads)
SECTION 6.10.(a)  The Office of the State Controller, in cooperation with the State Chief Information Officer, shall:
(1)	Continue the implementation of the Criminal Justice Data Integration Pilot Program, which is now known as the Criminal Justice Law Enforcement Automated Data Services (CJLEADS), in Wake County; and
(2)	Begin the transfer of the hosting of CJLEADS to the Department of Justice.
The Office of the State Controller shall not expand CJLEADS beyond Wake County.
SECTION 6.10.(b)  Effective October 1, 2010, CJLEADS is transferred from the Office of State Controller to the Department of Justice.  This transfer shall have all of the elements of a Type I transfer, as defined in G.S. 143A‑6.
SECTION 6.10.(c)  The Department of Justice shall administer CJLEADS with the assistance of a Leadership Council consisting of:
(1)	The Attorney General;
(2)	The Director of Administrative Office of the Courts;
(3)	The Secretary of the Department of Correction;
(4)	The Secretary of Crime Control and Public Safety;
(5)	The Secretary of the Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention;
(6)	The Commissioner of Motor Vehicles, Department of Transportation;
(7)	The President of The North Carolina Association of Chiefs of Police;
(8)	The Executive Director of the North Carolina Sheriffs' Association, Inc.;
(9)	A representative of the Federal Bureau of Investigation who shall be a nonvoting member; and
(10)	The State Controller.
SECTION 6.10.(d)  The transfer of the hosting of CJLEADS to the Department of Justice shall be completed by July 1, 2011.
SECTION 6.10.(e)  Funds appropriated for CJLEADS shall be used only for project requirements of CJLEADS and not for other BEACON data integration requirements.

ITS Network Integration
SECTION 6.11.  Section 6.13.(c) of S.L. 2009‑451 as amended by Section 3A(b) of S.L. 2009‑575 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 6.13.(c)  Following completion of the feasibility study by the Office of Information and Technology Services and the Office of State Budget and Management, and if the Program Evaluation Division and the Fiscal Research Division can verify that the efficiencies and savings identified in the study are valid, accurate, and substantial enough to justify increased coordination, then the Office of Information Technology Services and MCNC shall develop a plan to identify areas in which it may be feasible to coordinate their operations. The coordination plan shall include at least the following:
(1)	Definition of requirements to achieve statewide integration.
(2)	Detailed information on the allocation of responsibility for each requirement and component.
(3)	An estimate of the associated costs with each requirement or component, including what the costs to each agency would be without coordination.
(4)	Priorities for integration.
(5)	A schedule for implementation.
(6)	Detailed cost information for the development and integration of a single network.
(7)	A governance structure for management and oversight of the network.
(8)	A means for resolution of any issues identified during the feasibility study.
The coordination plan shall be completed by December 1, 2010, and shall be presented to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Information Technology."

Information Technology Contracted personnel
SECTION 6.12.  Section 6.18 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 6.18.(a)  Beginning July 1, 2009, and notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary:
(1)	No contract for information technology personal services, or providing personnel to perform information technology functions, may be established or renewed without the express written approval of the Statewide Information Technology Procurement Office.
(2)	Before any State agency, department, or institution may renew a contract position for information technology personnel the State agency must report to the Statewide Information Technology Procurement Office (SITPO), Office of State Budget and Management (OSBM), to the Office of State Personnel (OSP), to the Office of Information Technology Services (ITS), and to the Fiscal Research Division (FRD) of the Legislative Services Office on the justification for the contract. The report shall explain:
a.	The proposed duration of the contract position. If the contract term is for more than 12 months, why recruitment for an in‑house State employee position is not feasible.
b.	Whether the contract position requires unique skills for which the State has a short‑term need.
c.	Whether the contract position is required by a specific information technology project and if the position will be terminated upon completion of the project.
d.	The specific work products and completion time lines for the contract position.
(3)	Contract positions subject to this subsection shall be reviewed and approved by the Statewide Information Technology Procurement Office and shall be entered in the project portfolio management tool. 
(4)	Once approved, contract positions will be reviewed by the Office of State Personnel to determine what the market rate is for the type of contractor required, as well as to determine the comparable cost for a State employee. Agencies may not exceed the market rate determined by OSP.
(5)	After OSP provides cost data, OSBM must approve funding for the position.
(6)	Whenever a State agency, department, or institution determines that only a contractor can fill a position and the position is required to perform an ongoing function within the agency, the head of the State agency must develop and implement a plan to hire or train a qualified State employee to fill that position within 12 months. Within 60 days of hiring the contractor, this plan shall be forwarded to the Office of State Budget and Management, to the Office of State Personnel, to the Office of Information Technology Services, to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Information Technology, and to the Fiscal Research Division of the Legislative Services Office.
(7)	Any contract position requiring information technology skills is subject to this provision. OSBM may immediately terminate the funding for any information technology position that is filled without following defined procedures.
(8)	All information technology personnel contracts shall be competitive and shall be subject to competition each time they expire. Exceptions must be approved by ITS, OSP, and OSBM and can only be approved once for a particular individual. Approved exceptions must be immediately reported to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Information Technology and to the Fiscal Research Division of the Legislative Services Office.
"SECTION 6.18.(b)  By October 1, 2009, and monthly thereafter, each State agency, department, and institution employing information technology personal services contractors, or personnel to perform information technology functions, shall provide a detailed report on those contracts to the Office of State Budget and Management, to the Office of State Personnel, to the Office of Information Technology Services, to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Information Technology, and to the Fiscal Research Division of the Legislative Services Office. Each State agency's report shall include at least the following:
(1)	For each contracted information technology position:
a.	The title of the position, a brief synopsis of the essential functions of the position, and how long the position has existed.
b.	The name of the individual filling the position and the vendor company, if any, that regularly employees that individual.
c.	The type, start date, and the termination date of the contract.
d.	The length of time that the individual filling the contracted position has been employed as a contractor.
e.	The contracted position salary or hourly rate, the number of hours per year, and the total annualized cost of the contracted position.
f.	The salary and benefits cost for a State employee performing the same function.
g.	The purchase order number for the position.
h.	Whether the position can be converted to a State employee position. This determination shall be made by the SITPO.
i.	When the agency anticipates converting the position to a State employee.
(2)	The total annual cost for information technology contractors and the total annual salary and benefits cost for filling the contract positions with State employees.
(3)	A determination of whether the information technology functions performed by contractors can be performed by State employees, which shall be validated by the Statewide Information Technology Procurement Office.
(4)	All information required by this subsection related to information technology contractors regardless of the contracting source.
(5)	A detailed explanation for any differences between the agency report and the Information Technology Expenditures Report annually published by the Office of the State Controller. 
"SECTION 6.18.(c)  This section does not apply to The University of North Carolina and its constituent institutions."

continuing Pilot Program to Allow Public‑Private Partnerships to meet department of revenue technology needs
SECTION 6.13.  Section 6.20 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 6.20.(a)  To speed the implementation of the Tax Information Management System (TIMS) and the additional components of the Planning and Design Project (PDP) through June 30, 2015, the Secretary of the Department of Revenue may enter into public‑private arrangements where (i) the funding of project under the arrangement comes from revenue generated by the project and (ii) the project is related to the implementation of TIMS and additional components of the PDP. As used in this section, the "additional components of the PDP" are Enterprise Data Warehouse, Management Reporting and Decision Analytics, Customer Relationship Management, Enterprise Case Management, and E‑Services.
Work under a public‑private arrangement may be contracted by requests for proposals, modifications to existing contracts, and purchases using existing contract vehicles.
The Secretary of Revenue shall establish a measurement process to determine the increased revenue attributable to the public‑private arrangements. To accomplish this, the Secretary shall consult subject matter experts outside the Department of Revenue, both within State government and from private industry. The measurement process shall include:
(1)	Calculation of a revenue baseline against which the increased revenue attributable to the project is measured;
(2)	Periodic evaluation to determine if the baseline needs to be modified based on significant measurable changes in the economic environment; and
(3)	Monthly calculation of increased revenue attributable to contracts executed under this program.
Of funds generated from collections above the baseline established by subdivision (1) of this subsection, in both the General and Highway Funds, up to forty‑one million dollars ($41,000,000) may be authorized by the Office of State Budget and Management (i) for the purchases related to the implementation of TIMS and the additional components of the PDP, including payment for services from non‑State entities and (ii) toward internal State costs related to the implementation of TIMS and PDP components. The total of any funds expended for implementation of TIMS and the additional PDP components shall not exceed the sum of forty‑one million dollars ($41,000,000).
If the Department of Revenue finds that it cannot generate additional benefits totaling forty‑one million dollars ($41,000,000) through June 30, 2015, the Department shall immediately notify the Chairs of the House of Representatives and Senate Appropriations Committees and Fiscal Research Division, identify any obligations to vendors, identify options for meeting obligations to vendors, and provide costs associated with each option. The Department shall ensure that this notification is made in sufficient time to allow the General Assembly to properly evaluate the options presented.
"SECTION 6.20.(b)  Notwithstanding G.S. 114‑2.3, the Department of Revenue shall engage the services of private counsel with the pertinent information technology and computer law expertise to review requests for proposals, and to negotiate and review contracts associated with TIMS and the additional components of the Planning and Design Project (PDP) (Enterprise Data Warehouse, Management Reporting and Decision Analytics, Customer Relationship Management, Enterprise Case Management, and E‑Services).
"SECTION 6.20.(c)  There is established within the Department of Revenue the Oversight Committee for reviewing and approving the benefits measurement methodology and calculation process. The Oversight Committee shall review and approve all contracts executed under this section. This shall include (i) details of each public‑private contract, (ii) the benefits from each contract, and (iii) a comprehensive forecast of the benefits of using public‑private agreements to implement TIMS and the additional PDP components, including the measurement process established for the Secretary of Revenue. The Oversight Committee shall approve all of the fund transfers for this project.
The members of the Committee shall include the following:
(1)	The State Budget Director;
(2)	The Secretary of the Department of Revenue;
(3)	The State Chief Information Officer;
(4)	Two persons appointed by the Governor;
(5)	One member of the general public having expertise in information technology appointed by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives; and
(6)	One member of the general public having expertise in economic and revenue forecasting appointed by the General Assembly upon recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate.
The State Budget Director shall serve as chair of the Committee. The Committee shall set its meeting schedule and adopt its rules of operation by majority vote. A majority of the members constitutes a quorum. Vacancies shall be filled by the appointing authority. Administrative support staff shall be provided by the Department of Revenue. Members of the Committee shall receive reimbursements for subsistence and travel expenses as provided by Chapter 138 of the General Statutes. The Committee shall terminate on June 30, 2015.
"SECTION 6.20.(d)  Beginning October 1, 2009 and quarterly thereafter, the Department of Revenue shall submit reports to the Chairs of the House of Representatives and Senate Committees on Appropriation, to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Information Technology, and to the Fiscal Research Division of the Legislative Services Office. The report shall include (i) details of each public‑private contract, (ii) the benefits from each contract, (iii) a comprehensive forecast of the benefits of using public‑private agreements to implement TIMS and the additional PDP components, including cost savings and the acceleration of the project timeline, (iv) and any issues associated with the operation of the public‑private partnership. Within 60 days of implementing the public‑private partnership, the Department of Revenue shall provide to the Chairs of the House of Representatives and Senate Appropriations Committees, and Fiscal Research Division, a schedule for vendor payments that identifies sources and amounts of funding anticipated as a result of the project's implementation.
"SECTION 6.20.(e)  In addition to the oversight provided by the Oversight Committee established in subsection (c) of this section, the TIMS project shall be subject to existing Information Technology project oversight legislation, including, but not limited to, G.S. 147‑33.72C and G.S. 147‑33.72E."

FUNDING FOR DATA INTEGRATION ENTERPRISE LICENSING AGREEMENTS
SECTION 6.14.(a)  If the cost of data integration enterprise licensing agreements for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year is in excess of two million dollars ($2,000,000), the Office of Information Technology Services shall recover the excess cost through cost allocation to participating agencies.
SECTION 6.14.(b)  The State Chief Information Officer shall develop a plan for the equitable distribution of all costs for executive agency data integration enterprise licensing agreements to the participating agencies.  By October 1, 2010, the State Chief Information Officer shall present this plan to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Information Technology and shall provide a copy to Fiscal Research Division.
SECTION 6.14.(c)  Beginning with the 2011‑2012 fiscal year, all costs for executive agency data integration enterprise licensing agreements shall be allocated to the participating agencies.

Network Security Assessments
SECTION 6.15.(a)  G.S. 147‑33.111 reads as rewritten:
"§ 147‑33.111.  State CIO approval of security standards and security assessments.
(a)	Notwithstanding G.S. 143‑48.3 or any other provision of law, and except as otherwise provided by this section, all information technology security purchased using State funds, or for use by a State agency or in a State facility, shall be subject to approval by the State Chief Information Officer in accordance with security standards adopted under this Article.
(a1)	The State Chief Information Officer shall conduct assessments of network vulnerability, including network penetration or any similar procedure. The State Chief Information Officer may contract with another party or parties to perform the assessments. Detailed reports of the security issues identified shall be kept confidential as provided in G.S. 132‑6.1(c).
(b)	If the legislative branch, the judicial branch, The University of North Carolina and its constituent institutions, local school administrative units as defined by G.S. 115C‑5, or the North Carolina Community Colleges System develop their own security standards, taking into consideration the mission and functions of that entity, that are comparable to or exceed those set by the State Chief Information Officer under this section, then these entities may elect to be governed by their own respective security standards, and approval of the State Chief Information Officer shall not be required before the purchase of information technology security. The State Chief Information Officer shall consult with the legislative branch, the judicial branch, The University of North Carolina and its constituent institutions, local school administrative units, and the North Carolina Community Colleges System in reviewing the security standards adopted by those entities.
(c)	Before a State agency may enter into any contract with another party for an assessment of network vulnerability, the State agency shall notify the State Chief Information Officer and obtain approval of the request. If the State agency enters into a contract with another party for assessment and testing, after approval of the State Chief Information Officer, the State agency shall issue public reports on the general results of the reviews. The contractor shall provide the State agency with detailed reports of the security issues identified that shall not be disclosed as provided in G.S. 132‑6.1(c). The State agency shall provide the State Chief Information Officer with copies of the detailed reports that shall not be disclosed as provided in G.S. 132‑6.1(c).
(d)	Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the Office of the State Auditor from assessing the security practices of State information technology systems as part of that Office's duties and responsibilities."
SECTION 6.15.(b)  G.S. 147‑64.6(c)(18) is repealed.

INMATE MEDICAL COST CONTAINMENT
SECTION 6.16.(a)  Providers and facilities that deliver medically necessary services to inmates in the Department's custody of the Department of Correction shall charge the Department using the same schedule of charges used for other patients, and the Department may reimburse those providers and facilities at up to seventy percent (70%) of the amount charged. The requirements of this subsection shall apply to all medical and facility services provided outside the correctional facility, including hospitalizations, professional services, medical supplies, and other medications provided to any inmate confined in a correctional facility.
SECTION 6.16.(b)  The Department of Correction shall make every effort to contain inmate medical costs by making use of its own hospital and health care facilities to provide health care services to inmates. To the extent that the Department of Correction must utilize other facilities and services to provide health care services to inmates, the Department shall make use of hospitals with available capacity or other health care facilities in a region to accomplish that goal. The Department shall work to ensure that care usage is distributed equitably among all hospitals or other appropriate health care facilities, with no one health care facility being required to admit more than five percent (5%) of all patients requiring hospitalization or hospital services, unless doing so would jeopardize the health of an inmate or unless otherwise agreed to by contract. The Department shall also give preference to those hospitals in the same county or an adjoining county to the correctional facility where an inmate requiring hospitalization is incarcerated.
SECTION 6.16.(c)  The Department of Correction shall consult with the Division of Medical Assistance in the Department of Health and Human Services to develop protocols for prisoners who would be eligible for Medicaid if they were not incarcerated to access Medicaid while in custody or under extended limits of confinement. The Department shall seek reimbursement from Medicaid for those health care costs incurred by the Department in those instances when an inmate's Medicaid eligibility has been temporarily reinstated due to a hospitalization.
SECTION 6.16.(d)  The Department of Correction, in consultation with the Office of State Budget and Management, shall study the impact on inmate medical costs resulting from the measures set forth in subsections (a), (b), and (c) of this section. The Department shall present its findings by March 1, 2011, to the Chairs of the House of Representatives and Senate Appropriations Subcommittees on Justice and Public Safety and to the Joint Legislative Corrections, Crime Control, and Juvenile Justice Oversight Committee.
SECTION 6.16.(e)  If the findings of the Department of Correction demonstrate that the Department has been unable to achieve the savings in inmate medical costs called for in the 2010‑2011 budget, the Office of State Budget and Management may require that any hospital that provides health care services to Medicaid and Medicare patients shall also provide services to any inmate confined in a correctional facility at the rates applicable under subsection (a) of this section.
SECTION 6.16.(f)  The Department of Correction shall make every effort to explore other cost containment methods not expressly outlined in this section. These methods may include the following:
(1)	Contracting with a private third party to manage and provide all inmate medical services;
(2)	Partnering with the federal government to allow for treatment of State inmates in federal correctional hospitals; and 
(3)	Purchasing a fixed number of beds at a hospital.
SECTION 6.16.(g)  The Department of Correction shall report to the Joint Legislative Corrections, Crime Control, and Juvenile Justice Oversight Committee no later than October 1, 2010, on
(1)	The Department's progress with the RFP process initiated pursuant to Section 19.20(b) of S.L. 2009‑451, as rewritten by Section 15A of S.L. 2009‑575, to contract for claims processing, medical management services, and the development and management of a medical professional and facility provider network.
(2)	The anticipated effects on medical care provided to inmates as a result of the new hospital at Central Prison and the updated facilities at the North Carolina Correctional Institute for Women, as well as any other new medical services capacity within the Department. Specifically, the Department shall report on:
a.	The types and volumes of services that the new and updated facilities will provide that previously would have been provided by community providers; and
b.	The projected types and volumes of services that will still be referred to community providers.
The report shall also address changes in statewide inmate custody that are needed to maximize the utilization of the new facilities and the Department's ability to contract with community providers with the available capacity throughout the State.
SECTION 6.16.(h)  The Department of Correction shall report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations no later than October 1, 2010, and quarterly thereafter on:
(1)	The volume of services provided by community medical providers that can be scheduled in advance and, of that volume, the percentage of those services that are provided by contracted providers; and
(2)	The volume of services provided by community medical providers that cannot be scheduled in advance and, of that volume, the percentage of those services that are provided by contracted providers.
SECTION 6.16.(i)  Section 19.20(a) of S.L. 2009‑451, as amended by Section 15A of S.L. 2009‑575, is repealed.

PART VII. PUBLIC SCHOOLS

FUNDS FOR CHILDREN WITH DISABILITIES
SECTION 7.1.  The State Board of Education shall allocate additional funds for children with disabilities on the basis of three thousand five hundred ninety‑eight dollars and fifty‑five cents ($3,598.55) per child. Each local school administrative unit shall receive funds for the lesser of (i) all children who are identified as children with disabilities or (ii) twelve and five‑tenths percent (12.5%) of the 2010‑2011 allocated average daily membership in the local school administrative unit. The dollar amounts allocated under this section for children with disabilities shall also adjust in accordance with legislative salary increments, retirement rate adjustments, and health benefit adjustments for personnel who serve children with disabilities.

funds for academically gifted children
SECTION 7.2.  The State Board of Education shall allocate additional funds for academically or intellectually gifted children on the basis of one thousand one hundred ninety‑two dollars and ninety cents ($1,192.90) per child. A local school administrative unit shall receive funds for a maximum of four percent (4%) of its 2010‑2011 allocated average daily membership, regardless of the number of children identified as academically or intellectually gifted in the unit. The dollar amounts allocated under this section for academically or intellectually gifted children shall also adjust in accordance with legislative salary increments, retirement rate adjustments, and health benefit adjustments for personnel who serve academically or intellectually gifted children.

STATE FISCAL STABILIZATION FUND APPROPRIATION
SECTION 7.3.  In order to ensure compliance with the requirements of Title XIV of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 and notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Office of State Budget and Management shall adjust the State Fiscal Stabilization Fund appropriation amounts, including any associated budget reductions, between the State Public School Fund and The University of North Carolina budget to align with the requirements of the North Carolina State Fiscal Stabilization Fund application as amended for 2010‑2011.

NORTH CAROLINA VIRTUAL PUBLIC SCHOOLS ALLOTMENT FORMULA
SECTION 7.4.(a)  The State Board of Education shall implement an allotment formula for the North Carolina Virtual Public Schools (NCVPS) beginning with the 2010‑2011 school year.  In accordance with Section 7.16 of S.L. 2006‑66, the allotment formula shall create a sustainable source of funding that increases commensurate with student enrollment and recognizes "the extent to which projected enrollment in e‑learning courses affects funding required for other allotments that are based on ADM."
SECTION 7.4.(b)  The State Board shall use only funds provided through the North Carolina Virtual Public Schools Allotment Formula to fund NCVPS.
SECTION 7.4.(c)  The Department of Public Instruction shall take the following steps to implement the North Carolina Virtual Public Schools Allotment Formula:
(1)	Project the unduplicated NCVPS enrollment for each local school administrative unit and for each grade level.
(2)	Divide the projected unduplicated NCVPS enrollment for each unit by six in order to calculate its ADM‑equivalent student enrollment in NCVPS.
(3)	Reduce the unit's ADM allotments by seventy‑five percent (75%) of its ADM‑equivalent student enrollment in NCVPS.
(4)	Transfer a dollar amount equal to seventy‑five percent (75%) of the unit's ADM‑equivalent student enrollment to NCVPS.
NCVPS shall use the funds transferred to it to provide the NCVPS program at no cost to all high school students in North Carolina who are enrolled in North Carolina's public schools, Department of Defense schools, and schools operated by the Bureau of Indian Affairs.
SECTION 7.4.(d)  NCVPS shall provide only high school courses.
SECTION 7.4.(e)  The Director of NCVPS shall continue to ensure that course quality standards are established and met and that all e‑learning opportunities offered by State‑funded entities to public school students are consolidated under the North Carolina Virtual Public School program, eliminating course duplication.

more at four program
SECTION 7.5.(a)  The Department of Public Instruction shall continue the implementation of the More at Four prekindergarten program for four‑year‑olds who are at risk for school failure in all counties. The State prekindergarten program shall serve children who reach the age of four on or before August 31 of that school year and who meet eligibility criteria that indicate a child's risk for school failure. Prekindergarten classrooms shall be operated in public schools, Head Start programs, and licensed child care facilities that choose to participate under procedures defined by the Office of Early Learning within the Department of Public Instruction. All such classrooms shall be subject to the supervision of the Office of Early Learning and shall be operated in accordance with standards adopted by the State Board of Education.
SECTION 7.5.(b)  The Office of Early Learning shall specify program standards and requirements addressing:
(1)	Early learning standards and curricula;
(2)	Teacher education and specialized training;
(3)	Teacher in‑service training and professional development;
(4)	Maximum class size;
(5)	Staff‑child ratio;
(6)	Screenings, referrals, and support services;
(7)	Meals; and
(8)	Monitoring of sites to demonstrate adherence to State programs standards.
SECTION 7.5.(c)  The State Board of Education shall submit an annual report no later than March 15 of each year to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, the Joint Legislative Education Oversight Committee, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Education, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Education, the Office of State Budget and Management, and the Fiscal Research Division. The report shall include the following:
(1)	The number of children participating in State prekindergarten.
(2)	The number of children participating in State prekindergarten who have never been served in other early education programs, such as child care, public or private preschool, Head Start, Early Head Start, or early intervention programs.
(3)	The expected State prekindergarten expenditures for the programs and the source of the local contributions.
(4)	The results of an annual evaluation of the program.
SECTION 7.5.(d)  The Office of Early Learning shall establish income eligibility requirements for the program not to exceed seventy‑five percent (75%) of the State median income. Up to twenty percent (20%) of children enrolled may have family incomes in excess of seventy‑five percent (75%) of median income if they have other designated risk factors. Furthermore, any age‑eligible child of (i) an active duty member of the armed forces of the United States, including the North Carolina National Guard, State military forces, or a reserve component of the armed forces who is ordered to active duty by the proper authority within the last 18 months or expected to be ordered within the next 18 months or (ii) a member of the armed forces of the United States, including the North Carolina National Guard, State military forces, or a reserve component of the armed forces, who was injured or killed while serving on active duty, shall be eligible for the program.
SECTION 7.5.(e)  The More at Four program funding shall not supplant any funding for classrooms serving four‑year‑olds as of the 2005‑2006 fiscal year. Support of existing four‑year‑old classrooms with More at Four program funding shall be permitted when current funding is eliminated, reduced, or redirected as required to meet other specified federal or State mandates.
SECTION 7.5.(f)  The Office of Early Learning shall develop a new More at Four funding model to be implemented in the 2010‑2011 fiscal year. The per‑child funding rates shall be based on participating provider cost structures and shall require a contribution of local resources to support the full cost of providing high quality prekindergarten. The Office of Early Learning shall implement an administrative cap on More at Four program funding and shall establish parameters for allowable administrative costs.
SECTION 7.5.(g)  The Office of Early Learning shall contract with an independent research organization not affiliated with the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Public Instruction, the Office of the Governor, or any entity currently funded by or affiliated with the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Public Instruction, or the Office of the Governor to produce an annual report to include longitudinal review of the More at Four program and academic, behavioral, and other child‑specific outcomes. The review shall include a quasi‑experimental research design of a representative sample of children who complete the More at Four program every year and shall report on their sustained progress until the end of grade 9. The review shall also study a representative sample of children who do not enter the More at Four program but who are of the same grade level and demographic as those who complete the program, and their sustained progress shall also be reviewed until the end of grade 9. The review shall be presented to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Education by January 31 of every year.

LEADERSHIP ACADEMY
SECTION 7.6.  Of the funds appropriated in this act to the Department of Public Instruction for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, up to two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) may be used to support a Leadership Academy that provides professional development to superintendents enabling them to train principals to address critical areas such as student achievement and teacher recruitment and retention.

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
SECTION 7.7.(a)  The Department of Public Instruction is not required to eliminate receipt‑supported positions for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.
SECTION 7.7.(b)  The Department of Public Instruction shall review expenditures of federal funds for personnel and contracts at the State level. Unless the expenditure is a condition of receiving the funds, the Department shall reallocate the funds to local school administrative units whenever possible.
The Department shall report on the reallocation of these funds to local school administrative units, to the Office of the Governor, the chairs of the House of Representatives Committee on Appropriations and the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Education, the chairs of the Senate Committee on Appropriations/Base Budget and the Senate Appropriations Committee on Education/Higher Education, and the Office of State Budget and Management no later than January 15, 2011.

CAREER AND COLLEGE – READY, SET, GO!
SECTION 7.8.(a)  The State Board of Education shall work with all member institutions of the Education Cabinet and the Joint Governing Boards to focus funding and program priorities to ensure that all North Carolina students graduate prepared to successfully pursue a career or further education. Each Education Cabinet Institution shall prioritize the Governor's Ready, Set, Go! initiative and ensure that all students PK‑20:
(1)	Are prepared to be successful in school and can successfully progress through PK‑20 education. This includes, but is not limited to:
a.	Establishment of the Governor's Child Advocacy Council to increase ways for all children to come to school healthy and ready to learn;
b.	Investment in early child development programs like Smart Start and More at Four;
c.	Investment in smaller class sizes in K‑3;
d.	Implementation of student diagnostics in grades K‑3 and 5 to ensure that all students at a minimum possess grade‑level reading, writing, and math skills;
e.	Implementation of student diagnostics for career and college readiness in grades 8 and 11 so students graduate prepared for work, college, or technical training; and
f.	Implementation of the Student Learning Conditions Survey for grades 7, 9, and 11 that is aligned with the Teacher Working Conditions Survey.
(2)	Receive clear standards and high expectations, and benefit from the best teachers and principals that can most effectively help students reach those standards. This includes, but is not limited to:
a.	Adoption of the State‑led National Common Standards, including Career and College Ready Skills and assessments that prepare students for the global economy;
b.	Evaluation of Teacher Preparation programs to identify best practices and programs that produce effective teachers;
c.	Increased access to virtual learning opportunities for students and teachers like those provided through the NC Virtual Public School;
d.	Increased access to Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) opportunities;
e.	Development of leadership academies that recruit and prepare effective principals;
f.	Development of a PK‑20 data system to provide comprehensive information on students;
g.	Reduction and eventual elimination of low‑performing status in North Carolina schools; and
h.	Job‑imbedded professional development for teachers and principals.
(3)	Fully understand and complete the prerequisites for the career, certification, or degree of choice that promotes workforce success. This includes, but is not limited to:
a.	Development of academic boot camps for high school students who need additional support in reading, composition, and math;
b.	Consolidation of high school transition courses to provide high school students with more college level or career and technical courses;
c.	Increased access to virtual college level and specific career and technical courses for high school students;
d.	Alignment between high school and college curricula so that all students are prepared for higher education work; and
e.	Implementation of NCSuccess, a program designed to increase the number of certificates and associate or bachelor's degrees in higher education.
SECTION 7.8.(b)  The Education Cabinet shall report by January 15, 2011, to the Office of the Governor, the Joint Governing Boards, and the Joint Education Oversight Committee on its progress toward reaching the Governor's goal that every North Carolina student will graduate ready to be successful in a career, a 2‑ or 4‑year college, or technical training.

SCHOOL CONNECTIVITY INITIATIVE
SECTION 7.9.  Section 7.12.(a) of S.L. 2009‑451, as rewritten by Section 3E of S.L. 2009‑575, is repealed.

SCHOOL CALENDAR PILOT PROGRAM
SECTION 7.10.  Section 7.40 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 7.40. The State Board of Education shall establish a school calendar pilot program in the Wilkes County Schools. The purpose of the pilot program is to determine whether and to what extent a local school administrative unit can save money during this extreme fiscal crisis by consolidating the school calendar.
Notwithstanding G.S. 115C‑84.2(a)(1), the school calendar for the 2009‑2010 and the 2010‑2011 calendar years for the Wilkes County Schools shall include a minimum of 180 days or 1,000 hours of instruction covering at least nine calendar months. Notwithstanding G.S. 115C‑84.2(d), the opening date for students shall not be before August 24.
If the Wilkes County Board of Education adds instructional hours to previously scheduled days under this section, the local school administrative unit is deemed to have a minimum of 180 days of instruction and teachers employed for a 10‑month term are deemed to have been employed for the days being made up and shall be compensated as if they had worked the days being made up.
The State Board of Education shall report to the Joint Legislative Education Oversight Committee by March 15, 2011, on the administration of the pilot program, cost‑savings realized by it, and its impact on student achievement."

National Board for Professional Teaching Standards (NBPTS)  funds
SECTION 7.11.(a)  G.S. 115C‑296.2(d1) reads as rewritten:
"(d1)	Repayment of the Application Fee. – A teacher shall repay the application fee to the State Education Assistance Authority within three years. The State Education Assistance Authority may forgive the loan upon the death or permanent disability of the teacher.
All funds appropriated to, or otherwise received by, the Authority to provide loans to teachers pursuant to this section, all funds received as repayment of loans, and all interest earned on these funds shall be placed in a trust fund. This fund shall be used only for loans made pursuant to this section and administrative costs of the Authority."
SECTION 7.11.(b)  The State Board of Education shall transfer funds in the amount of three million two hundred seventy‑four thousand five hundred dollars ($3,274,500) from the State Public School Fund to the State Education Assistance Authority for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year for NBPTS loans.  It is the intent of the General Assembly that these funds are included in the certified budget for the State Education Assistance Authority for the 2011‑2012 fiscal year and subsequent fiscal years.

DRIVER EDUCATION
SECTION 7.12.  The Highway Safety Research Center Institute of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill shall work in collaboration with the Department of Public Instruction and the Governor's Highway Safety Commission to create a standard curriculum to be used for the Driver Education Program in the Department of Public Instruction. The curriculum shall be ready for use in the school year beginning in the fall of 2011 and shall be used for all driver education programs funded with State funds.
PROTECTION OF THE CLASSROOM WHILE MAXIMIZING FLEXIBILITY
SECTION 7.13.(a)  Section 7.8 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 7.8.(a)  The State Board of Education is authorized to adopt emergency rules in accordance with G.S. 150B‑21.1A to grant maximum flexibility to local school administrative units regarding the expenditure of State funds. These rules shall not be subject to the limitations on transfers of funds between funding allotment categories set out in G.S. 115C‑105.25. These rules:
(1)	Shall authorize the transfer of textbook funds to other allotments to manage funding cuts; and
(2)	Shall not permit the transfer of funds from school‑based positions to the central office.
"SECTION 7.8.(b) For the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, local school administrative units shall reduce spending whenever and wherever such budget reductions are appropriate to protect direct classroom services. Local school administrative units shall implement administrative and other operating efficiencies prior to the dismissal of classroom‑based personnel. Local school administrative units shall maximize federal funds received  including American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA), P.L. 111‑5; Keep Our Educators Working Act or any other federal act that provides funding that can be expended on positions; Individuals with Disabilities Act (IDEA); Title I; and Title II funds. Local school administrative units are encouraged to designate all Title I‑eligible schools and must maximize attrition prior to the dismissal of classroom‑based personnel. Notwithstanding G.S. 115C‑301 or any other law, local school administrative units shall have the maximum flexibility to use allotted teacher positions to maximize student achievement in grades 4‑12. Allocation of teachers and class size requirements in grades K‑3 shall remain unchanged.
"SECTION 7.8.(c)  Within 14 days of the date this act becomes law, the State Board of Education shall notify each local school administrative unit and charter school of the amount the unit must reduce from the State General Fund appropriations. The State Board shall determine the amount of the reduction for each unit on the basis of average daily membership.
"SECTION 7.8.(d) Each unit shall report to the State Board of Education, the Office of State Budget and Management, and the Department of Public Instruction on the flexibility budget reductions it has identified for the unit, including an explanation of how administrative efficiencies, federal funds, and attrition have been maximized prior to the dismissal of classroom‑based personnel, within 30 days of the date this act becomes law."
SECTION 7.13.(b)  For fiscal year 2010‑2011, local boards of education may also implement furloughs in accordance with Section 29.1 of this act to manage funding amounts.

probationary teachers
SECTION 7.14.(a)  G.S. 115C‑325(c)(5) reads as rewritten:
"(5)	Consecutive Years of Service. – If a probationary teacher in a full‑time permanent position does not work for at least 120 workdays in a school year because the teacher is on sick leave, disability leave, or both, that school year shall not be deemed to constitute (i) a consecutive year of service for the teacher or (ii) a break in the continuity in consecutive years of service for the teacher.
If a probationary teacher in a full‑time permanent position resigns or is not renewed because of a reduction in force and is subsequently rehired by the same school system within three years, there shall be deemed to be no break in the continuity in consecutive years of service for such teacher up to a maximum of three consecutive years towards career status. If, at the time the teacher resigns or is not renewed because of a reduction in force, the teacher had been employed by a school system for four consecutive years pursuant to G.S. 115C‑325(c)(1), or one year pursuant to G.S. 115C‑325(c)(2), and the board subsequently rehires such teacher within three years, the board may grant career status immediately upon reemploying the teacher, or vote on the teacher's career status pursuant to G.S. 115C‑325(c)(1) or (c)(2) after one additional year of employment."
SECTION 7.14.(b)  This act is effective when it becomes law and applies to probationary teacher employed by a local school administrative unit in a full‑time permanent position for the 2010‑2011 school year.

LEARN AND EARN ONLINE
SECTION 7.15.  Section 7.10(j) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 7.10.(j)  For the 2009‑2011 biennium, high school students attending a nonpublic school may enroll in any Learn and Earn Online course. Notwithstanding subsection (h) of this section, nonpublic school students shall be responsible for supplying their own textbooks and other instructional materials."

PART VIII COMMUNITY COLLEGES

CARRYFORWARD OF COLLEGE INFORMATION SYSTEM FUNDS
SECTION 8.1.(a)  Of the funds appropriated to the Community Colleges System Office for the 2009‑2011 fiscal biennium for the College Information System, up to one million two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($1,250,000) shall not revert at the end of each fiscal year but shall remain available until expended.  These funds may only be used to purchase periodic system upgrades.
SECTION 8.1.(b)  This section becomes effective June 30, 2010.

state aid budget flexibility
SECTION 8.2.  G.S. 115D‑31 is amended by adding a new subsection to read:
"(b1)	A local community college may use all State funds allocated to it, except for Literacy funds and Customized Training funds, for any authorized purpose that is consistent with the college's Institutional Effectiveness Plan. Each local community college shall include in its Institutional Effectiveness Plan a section on how funding flexibility allows the college to meet the demands of the local community and to maintain a presence in all previously funded categorical programs."

tuition for prison inmates
SECTION 8.3.(a)  Funds are appropriated to the Department of Correction in Section 2.1 of this act to provide courses for inmates in State prisons.  These funds shall be used only for courses that are known to reduce recidivism.
Courses provided in federal prisons or local jails shall be offered on a self‑supporting basis.
SECTION 8.3.(b)  The Department of Correction and the Community Colleges System Office shall report to the 2011 General Assembly on:
(1)	The implementation of the new funding structure and requirements.
(2)	Strategies for implementing their recommendations to:
a.	Enhance measurable goals, objectives, and outcomes.
b.	Enhance and standardize data collection.
c.	Strengthen the continuum of programming from entry to exit, based on assessment of skills and needs.
d.	Give individuals the opportunity to use specific skills through work assignments that meet system needs.
e.	Tailor programs to specific inmate needs.
f.	Increase Cognitive Behavioral Interventions (CBI) courses.
g.	Develop an offender‑specific human resources development course.
h.	Explore additional funding sources.
i.	Explore federal grant for wiring courses.
(3)	Strategies for reasonably limiting the number of courses an individual takes while in prison.
SECTION 8.3.(c)  The Office of State Budget and Management shall transfer sufficient funds from the Department of Correction to the Community Colleges System Office to pay for inmates' tuition for the Fall 2010 semester.

tuition waivers
SECTION 8.4.(a)  G.S. 115D‑5(b) reads as rewritten:
"(b)	In order to make instruction as accessible as possible to all citizens, the teaching of curricular courses and of noncurricular extension courses at convenient locations away from institution campuses as well as on campuses is authorized and shall be encouraged. A pro rata portion of the established regular tuition rate charged a full‑time student shall be charged a part‑time student taking any curriculum course. In lieu of any tuition charge, the State Board of Community Colleges shall establish a uniform registration fee, or a schedule of uniform registration fees, to be charged students enrolling in extension courses for which instruction is financed primarily from State funds. The State Board of Community Colleges may provide by general and uniform regulations for waiver of tuition and registration fees for:
(1)	Persons not enrolled in elementary or secondary schools taking courses leading to a high school diploma or equivalent certificate;
(2)	Training courses for (i) volunteer firemen, (ii) local fire department personnel, (iii) volunteer rescue and lifesaving department personnel, (iv) local rescue and lifesaving department personnel, (v) Radio Emergency Associated Citizens Team (REACT) members when the REACT team is under contract to a county as an emergency response agency, (vi) municipal, county, State, or federal law‑enforcement officers, provided that the permanent duty station of the officers is within North Carolina, (vii) all full‑time custodial employees of the Department of Correction, and (viii) employees of the Department's Division of Community Corrections and employees of the Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention required to be certified under Chapter 17C of the General Statutes and the rules of the Criminal Justice and Training Standards Commission;
(3)	Patients in State alcoholic rehabilitation centers;
(4)	Trainees enrolled in courses conducted under the  Customized Training Program;
(5)	Clients of sheltered workshops;
(6)	Clients of adult developmental activity programs;
(7)	Students in Health and Human Services Development Programs;
(8)	Juveniles of any age committed to the Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention by a court of competent jurisdiction;
(9)	Members of the North Carolina State Defense Militia as defined in G.S. 127A‑5 and as administered under Article 5 of Chapter 127A of the General Statutes;
(10)	Elementary and secondary school employees enrolled in courses in first aid or cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR);
(11)	Up to six hours of credit instruction and one course of noncredit instruction per academic semester for senior citizens age 65 or older who are qualified as legal residents of North Carolina;
(12)	All courses taken by high school students at community colleges, including students in early college and middle college high school programs, in accordance with G.S. 115D‑20(4) and this section; and
(13)	Human resources development courses for any individual who (i) is unemployed; (ii) has received notification of a pending layoff; (iii) is working and is eligible for the Federal Earned Income Tax Credit (FEITC); or (iv) is working and earning wages at or below two hundred percent (200%) of the federal poverty guidelines."
SECTION 8.4.(b)  The Community Colleges System Office shall report to the 2011 General Assembly on the number and cost of courses taken by State law enforcement officers and of courses taken by local law enforcement officers.
SECTION 8.4.(c)  The Community Colleges System Office shall make a comprehensive study of the currently authorized tuition waivers and shall report to the 2011 General Assembly on waivers that should be modified or abolished because they are not being used or for other reasons.

community college financial aid loans
SECTION 8.5.(a)  The State Board of Community Colleges shall permanently realign its funding formula by increasing the amount allocated in the funding formula for students' services by fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) and by reducing the amount in the funding formula for curriculum and continuing education instruction by a commensurate amount.  The revised formula shall ensure that community colleges have the adequate funds and resources necessary to administer and provide financial aid services to students. 
SECTION 8.5.(b)  G.S. 115D‑40.1 reads as rewritten:
"§ 115D‑40.1.  Financial Assistance for Community College Students.
(a)	Need‑Based Assistance Program. – It is the intent of the General Assembly that the Community College System make these financial aid funds available to the neediest students who are not eligible for other financial aid programs that fully cover the required educational expenses of these students. The State Board may use some of these funds as short‑term loans to students who anticipate receiving the federal HOPE or Lifetime Learning Tax Credits.
(b)	Targeted Assistance. – Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, the State Board may allocate no more than ten percent (10%) of the funds appropriated for Financial Assistance for Community College Students to:
(1)	Students who do not qualify for need‑based assistance but who enroll in low‑enrollment programs that prepare students for high‑demand occupations, and
(2)	Students with disabilities who have been referred by the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and are enrolled in a community college.
(c)	Administration of Program. – The State Board shall adopt rules and policies for the disbursement of the financial assistance provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Degree, diploma, and certificate students must complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) to be eligible for financial assistance. The State Board may contract with the State Education Assistance Authority for administration of these financial assistance funds. These funds shall not revert at the end of each fiscal year but shall remain available until expended for need‑based financial assistance. The
 interest earned on the funds provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this section may be used to support the costs of administering the Community College Grant Program.
(d)	Participation in Federal Loan Programs. – All community colleges shall participate in the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program. The State Board shall ensure that at least one counselor is available at each college to inform students about federal programs and funds available to assist community college students, including, but not limited to, Pell Grants, HOPE and Lifetime Learning Tax Credits, and the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program, and to actively encourage students to utilize these federal programs and funds."
SECTION 8.5.(c)  Subsection (b) of this section becomes effective July 1, 2011.  The remainder of this section becomes effective July 1, 2010.

tuition refunds
SECTION 8.6.(a)  A refund of community college tuition shall not be made except under the following circumstances:
(1)	A one hundred percent (100%) refund shall be made if the student officially withdraws prior to the first day of class of the academic semester or term as noted in the college calendar. Also, a student is eligible for a 100 percent refund if the class in which the student is officially registered is cancelled  due to insufficient enrollment. 
(2)	A seventy‑five percent (75%) refund shall be made if the student officially withdraws from the class prior to or on the official ten percent (10%) point of the semester.
(3)	For classes beginning at times other than the first week (seven calendar days) of a semester a one hundred percent (100%) refund shall be made if the student officially withdraws from the class prior to the first class meeting. A seventy‑five percent (75%) refund shall be made if the student officially withdraws from the class prior to or on the ten percent (10%) point of the class.
(4)	A one hundred percent (100%) refund shall be made if the student officially withdraws from a contact hour class prior to the first day of class of the academic semester or term or if the college cancels the class. A seventy‑five percent (75%) shall be made if the student officially withdraws from a contact hour class on or before the tenth calendar day of the class.
SECTION 8.6.(b)  To comply with applicable federal regulations regarding refunds, federal regulations supersede the provisions of this section.
SECTION 8.6.(c)  Where a student, having paid the required tuition for a semester, dies during that semester (prior to or on the last day of examinations of the college the student was attending), all tuition and fees for that semester may be refunded to the estate of the deceased.
SECTION 8.6.(d)  Community colleges shall adopt local refund policies for classes for which they collect receipts which are not required to be deposited into the State Treasury account.

MANAGEMENT FLEXIBILITY REDUCTION/COMMUNITY COLLEGES
SECTION 8.7.  Section 8.24 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 8.24. The management flexibility reduction for the North Carolina Community College System shall be allocated by the State Board of Community Colleges in a manner that accounts for the unique needs of each college and provides for the equitable distribution of funds to the institutions consistent with G.S. 115D‑5(a). Before taking reductions to instructional budgets, the community colleges shall consider reducing budgets for senior and middle management personnel and for programs that have both low‑enrollment and low‑postgraduate success. Colleges shall minimize the impact on student support services and on the retraining of dislocated workers. Colleges shall not reduce funding for the Small Business Centers. The community colleges shall also review their institutional funds to determine whether there are monies available in those funds that can be used to assist with operating costs before taking reductions in instructional budgets."

PART IX. UNIVERSITIES

REPEAL ESCHEAT FUND APPROPRIATION for millennium teaching scholarship loan program
SECTION 9.1.  Section 9.1.(c) of S.L. 2009‑451 is repealed.

Study Financial Aid Consolidation
SECTION 9.2.(a)  The State Education Assistance Authority, The University of North Carolina, the North Carolina Community College System, and the Fiscal Research Division of the General Assembly shall establish a work group to study jointly the simplification and consolidation of State‑funded financial aid for students.  North Carolina Independent Colleges and Universities, Inc., shall also be included as a joint member of the work group if it chooses to participate in the study.  The State Education Assistance Authority shall be the lead agency for the work group and study.
SECTION 9.2.(b)  The purpose of the study is to develop recommendations and options for simplifying and consolidating the delivery of, administration of, and access to State‑funded financial aid for students.  In conducting the study, the work group shall consider the State's current student financial aid programs and how to consolidate those programs into two categories of State‑funded student aid programs:  one program that consolidates the State's major need‑based programs and one program that consolidates many of the State's scholarship and forgivable loan programs currently available to students who plan to earn degrees and pursue careers in certain professional areas.  More specifically the work group shall do the following:
(1)	Design a unified need‑based financial aid program that combines at a minimum the following three programs into a single need‑based financial aid program:  The University of North Carolina Need‑Based Grant program, the North Carolina Community College Grant program, and the North Carolina Education Lottery Scholarship program established under Article 35A of Chapter 115C of the General Statutes. Currently each of these programs has its own award criteria, formulas, target populations, and funding sources (Escheat Fund, General Fund, and Lottery Funds). As part of its study, the work group shall determine what the appropriate parameters may be for such a unified program by using models that take into account income, expected family contribution, college expenses, type of college attended, and any other factors the work group deems relevant. In designing the program, the work group shall address the issue of proportionality of funding and shall take into account all of the following in its consideration of that issue:  the proportionality of funding that currently exists among The University of North Carolina, the North Carolina Community College System, and the North Carolina private colleges and universities; funding sources; accounting for student enrollment change; monetary differences between certain categories of students and whether based on those monetary differences student financial aid should be based on cost of attendance or tuition and fees. The work group may also consider whether it is appropriate to redefine "need" for purposes of student financial aid and to develop a common formula for the distribution of financial aid and the consequences of any proposed modifications if the decision is made to redefine "need" and develop a common formula. The program shall be designed to:  (i) distribute funds in a manner that is consistent with legislative intent, but more easily understood by potential students, and (ii) retain the ability to track lottery funds.
(2)	Design a "forgivable loans for service" program that combines at a minimum the following existing programs into one consolidated program that focuses on loans for services:  the Nurse Educators of Tomorrow; Nurse Scholars Program; Nurse Education Scholarship Loan Program; Board of Governors Medical Scholarship Loans; Board of Governors Dental Scholarship Loans; Health, Science and Mathematics Student Loan Program; Prospective Teacher Scholarship Loan Program; and the Teacher Assistant Scholarship Program. This single consolidated program shall initially focus on two high area needs:  teaching and health professions (including nursing, allied health and medical, dental, and pharmacy careers). In designing this program, the work group may consider the current allocation of funds among the various scholarship and forgivable loan programs, whether it would be appropriate to allow the reallocation and award of funds not distributed as forgivable loans in a specific service area to be awarded as forgivable loans in a different service area, and, if so, what procedure and methodology would be appropriate to trigger the reallocation of funds and provide for the distribution of those funds as awards in a different service area.
SECTION 9.2.(c)  In addition to the considerations set out in subsection (b) of this section, the work group shall also consider all of the following: 
(1)	The time period required to phase out student loans from any of the programs affected by the program consolidation.
(2)	How federal funding may affect student financial aid services.
(3)	How to deal with current recipients of funds from programs affected by the consolidation.
(4)	How to deal with recipients who are paying back loans made through programs affected by the consolidation.
(5)	Whether the State Education Assistance Authority should be authorized to extend the repayment period for forgivable loans in hardship circumstances when a good faith effort has been made to repay the loan in a timely manner, and if so, what the appropriate procedure may be for making that determination and extending the repayment period.
(6)	Whether there are, and if so how to address, any significant abuses of the financial aid system, particularly by persons who intentionally apply for and receive financial aid but who intend to drop out of school after securing financial aid funds.
(7)	Any other issues the work group deems relevant to this study.
SECTION 9.2.(d)  The work group shall present its proposed program designs and report its findings and recommendations to the Joint Select Committee on State Funded Student Financial Aid by October 1, 2010.  In its report the work group shall also identify options that may vary from the proposed program designs but that are alternatives that the work group determines may also be workable and consistent with the legislative intent of this study.  The work group shall also include in the report any legislative changes that may be needed to implement the program designs and work group recommendations.

COORDINATE THE REPORT DUE DATES FOR VARIOUS TEACHER EDUCATION REPORTS
SECTION 9.3.(a)  G.S. 116‑11 is amended by adding a new subdivision to read:
"(12d)	The Board of Governors shall provide a comprehensive annual report on teacher education efforts at The University of North Carolina. The report shall include information about teacher education and recruitment, 2+2 initiatives, distance education programs focused on teacher education, and professional development programs for teachers and school administrators. The teacher education report shall be due on April 15 of each year to the Joint Legislative Education Oversight Committee and the State Board of Education."
SECTION 9.3.(b)  G.S. 116‑74.21(c) reads as rewritten:
"(c)	The Board of Governors shall study the issue of supply and demand of school administrators to determine the number of school administrators to be trained in the programs in each year of the biennium and report the results of this study to the Joint Legislative Education Oversight Committee no later than April 15 annually."
SECTION 9.3.(c)  Section 9.7(c) of S.L. 2008‑107 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 9.7.(c)  The University of North Carolina and Community Colleges System Office shall report by April 15, 2011, and annually thereafter, to the Joint Legislative Education Oversight Committee, the State Board of Education, the Office of State Budget and Management, and the Fiscal Research Division of the General Assembly on the implementation of the UNC‑NCCCS 2+2 E‑Learning Initiative. This report shall include:
(1)	The courses and programs within the 2+2 E‑Learning Initiative;
(2)	The total number of prospective teachers that have taken or are taking part in this initiative to date broken down by the current academic period and each of the previous academic periods since the program's inception;
(3)	The total number of teachers currently in the State's classrooms, by local school administrative unit, who have taken part in this initiative;
(4)	The change in the number of teachers available to schools since the program's inception;
(5)	The qualitative data from students, teachers, local school administrative unit personnel, university personnel, and community college personnel as to the impact of this initiative on our State's teaching pool; and
(6)	An explanation of the expenditures and collaborative programs between the North Carolina Community College System and The University of North Carolina, including recommendations for improvement."
SECTION 9.3.(d)  Section 9.3(c) of S.L. 2005‑276 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 9.3.(c)  These results shall be reported by April 15, 2011, and annually thereafter to the State Board of Education, the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina, the State Board of Community Colleges, the Education Cabinet, the Joint Legislative Education Oversight Committee, and the Office of State Budget and Management."
SECTION 9.3.(e)  Section 9.9 of S.L. 2002‑126 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 9.9. The Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina may allow Elizabeth City State University, the University of North Carolina at Pembroke, and Western Carolina University each to allocate up to one hundred seventy‑eight thousand three hundred eighty dollars ($178,380) of the funds allocated to them for focused enrollment growth for a maximum of 20 Prospective Teacher Scholars. These funds may be used to recruit new nonresident students to enter into agreements to:  (i) pursue a full‑time course of study that will lead to teacher certification in North Carolina and (ii) teach in a North Carolina public school or a school operated by the United States government in North Carolina for one year for each year that they receive this benefit. The Board of Governors shall establish guidelines and regulations for this pilot program, including methodology for determining its success in increasing the supply of qualified teachers for North Carolina public schools. The Board shall report its guidelines and regulations to guide these pilot programs to the Joint Legislative Education Oversight Committee by April 15, 2011. The Board shall report annually to the Committee on the progress of the pilot programs and their costs."

Eliminate Biennial Distance Education Reports
SECTION 9.4.  Section 11.7 of S.L. 1998‑212 reads as rewritten:
"Section 11.7. This act provides funding to The University of North Carolina Board of Governors for degree‑related courses provided away from the campus sites of the constituent institutions of The University of North Carolina. The intent of this commitment is to provide expanded opportunities for higher education to more North Carolina residents, including nontraditional students, and to increase the number of North Carolina residents who earn post‑secondary degrees. 
These funds shall be used for the provision of off‑campus higher education programs, including the costs for the development or adaptation of programs for this purpose, and the funds may be used for the costs of providing space and services at the off‑campus sites. 
Prior to approving funding for off‑campus programs in nursing, the Board shall consult with the central office of the Area Health Education Centers (AHEC) to obtain information about regional needs and priorities and to coordinate funding with AHEC efforts in nursing education.
The Board of Governors shall track these funds separately in order to provide data on the costs of providing these programs, including the different costs for various methods of delivery of educational programs. The Board of Governors shall provide for evaluation of these off‑campus programs, including comparisons to the costs and quality of on‑campus delivery of similar programs, as well as the impact on access to higher education and the educational attainment levels of North Carolina residents."

Repeal Duplicate Study/State‑Funded Student Financial Aid
SECTION 9.5.  Section 9.24 of S.L. 2009‑451 is repealed.

PERMANENT TRANSFER OF FUNDING TO ROANOKE ISLAND COMMISSION FOR PERFORMING ARTS
SECTION 9.6.  Section 9.4 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 9.4. The General Assembly finds that in order to expand opportunities for students involved in the performing arts, existing funding for the Summer Institute on Roanoke Island should not be allocated to one specific University of North Carolina institution but instead be allocated directly to the Roanoke Island Commission, so that any interested University of North Carolina institution may have the opportunity to participate in summer arts enrichment and education programs. Therefore, of the funds appropriated by this act to the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina and allocated to the Summer Institute of the University of North Carolina School of the Arts on Roanoke Island program for the 2009‑2011 fiscal biennium, the sum of four hundred sixty‑one thousand six hundred forty‑six dollars ($461,646) shall be transferred for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year to the Roanoke Island Commission, and the recurring funds appropriated for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year to the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina and allocated to the University of North Carolina School of the Arts for the Summer Institute on Roanoke Island program shall be permanently transferred to the Department of Cultural Resources and allocated to the Roanoke Island Commission. The amount to be transferred shall be equal to the amount of the appropriation remaining after all reductions, prior to and included in the act, are incorporated. The Roanoke Island Commission may use these funds to purchase equipment and to contract with any of the constituent institutions of The University of North Carolina System to provide music and drama students an education in a professional performing environment while providing a public service to the State. Any available funds may be used to contract with community‑based or nonprofit performing arts groups or other performing arts groups supported with State or local funds to provide music and drama on Roanoke Island."

REVIEW OF UNC SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND MATHEMATICS (STEM) PROGRAMS
SECTION 9.7.(a)  In order to assess the effectiveness of the science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) programs administered by The University of North Carolina, General Administration shall compile a comprehensive list of the programs within The University System whose primary objective is to provide community outreach in the form of either (i) teacher professional development programs to strengthen the quality of science or mathematics instruction in the public schools; or (ii) K‑12 student enrichment programs in the areas of science, technology, engineering, or mathematics. The University of North Carolina General Administration shall submit the list of STEM programs compiled pursuant to this subsection to the Office of State Budget and Management and the Fiscal Research Division by February 15, 2011.
At a minimum, all of the following programs shall be included in the list:
(1)	Pre‑College and Teacher Professional Development programs administered through the North Carolina Mathematics and Science Education Network (NC‑MSEN).
(2)	Summer Ventures Program.
(3)	North Carolina Central University Center for Science, Math and Technology Education.
(4)	Fayetteville State University CHEER Summer Bridges.
(5)	NCSTEM Community Collaborative.
SECTION 9.7.(b)  The University of North Carolina General Administration shall conduct a review of each of the programs identified pursuant to subsection (a) of this section and shall report the results to the Office of State Budget and Management and the Fiscal Research Division no later than September 30, 2011, to assist with future funding decisions. The report shall contain the following information for each program:
(1)	A description of the program mission, goals, and objectives.
(2)	The statutory objectives for the program if applicable.
(3)	Annual State appropriation and receipt funding for the program.
(4)	Program effectiveness measures for Teacher Professional Development programs to include at a minimum:
a.	A measure of teachers' classroom effectiveness in STEM areas before and after attending a university professional development program.
b.	A measure of math and science educators retained as a result of attending a UNC professional development program.
(5)	Program effectiveness measures for student enrichment programs to include at a minimum:
a.	A measure of students' expected college and career aspirations before and after attending a STEM program.
b.	A measure of students' math and science performance on standardized tests before and after attending a STEM program.
c.	A measure of declared STEM majors within the UNC system who attended a UNC‑sponsored STEM program.
SECTION 9.7.(c)  In addition, the Department of Public Instruction shall survey math and science educators in North Carolina to identify the number of current math and science educators who attended a Pre‑College or Summer Ventures program sponsored by The University of North Carolina before entering college. The survey may be conducted in cooperation with ongoing data collection efforts within The University of North Carolina System. The data shall be reported to the Office of State Budget and Management and the Fiscal Research Division by February 15, 2011.

TRANSFER OF A+ SCHOOLS FROM UNC‑GREENSBORO TO DEPARTMENT OF CULTURAL RESOURCES
SECTION 9.8.  The A+ Schools program is transferred from the University of North Carolina at Greensboro to the North Carolina Arts Council in the Department of Cultural Resources, as if by a Type I transfer as defined in G.S. 143A‑6, with all the elements of such a transfer. The program transfer shall include the sum of fifty‑eight thousand six hundred thirty‑eight dollars ($58,638).

Coastal Demonstration Wind Turbines
SECTION 9.9.  Section 9.14 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 9.14.(a)  Of the funds received by the State and appropriated by United States Public Law 111‑005, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and appropriated in this act to the State Energy Office for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year, the sum of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) in nonrecurring funds shall be allocated to The University of North Carolina to continue the coastal sounds wind energy study set forth in Section 9.12 of S.L. 2008‑107. The University shall contract with a third party by October 1, 2009, to design, permit, procure, construct, establish, and operate up to three demonstration turbines and necessary support facilities in the sounds or off the coast of North Carolina. The contract shall provide for the reclamation and decommissioning of the project at the end of its economic life. The demonstration project shall commence operations as soon as practicable, and, in any event, no later than December 31, 2011.
Any contract entered into between The University and a third party pursuant to this section shall ensure that The University is provided appropriate access to the demonstration turbines and necessary support facilities for research purposes. The actual number and placement of the wind turbines and necessary support facilities shall be determined by the coastal sounds wind energy study in coordination with participating entities. The Director of the Budget shall ensure that any available federal funds are secured by the State to construct the demonstration turbines and necessary support facilities. The University may negotiate and execute any rights‑of‑way, easements, leases, and any other agreements necessary to construct, establish, and operate the demonstration turbines and supporting facilities, notwithstanding any other provisions of law governing such negotiation and execution of any rights‑of‑way, easements, leases, or other required agreements required for the facilities authorized under this section.
…
"SECTION 9.14.(c)  The North Carolina Utilities Commission is directed to facilitate and expedite wind energy pilot projects developed pursuant to this act that come within its jurisdiction to the extent allowed by law and consistent with State statute. A wind turbine constructed pursuant to this section shall be exempt from the requirements of G.S. 62‑110.1.  For such wind turbines owned by a public utility, upon an application by the public utility seeking a rider to recover the costs of such project, the Utilities Commission shall establish an annual rider for the public utility to recover the just and reasonable costs, including the utility's cost of debt and equity, of such project upon completion. Should the project development and construction of the demonstration wind turbines be unreasonably delayed beyond the date set forth in subsection (a) of this section for reasons outside the control of the public utility, all just and reasonable costs incurred by the public utility during project development and construction shall nonetheless be recoverable through an annual rider under this subsection, provided that the public utility shall bear the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that the reasons for the delay were beyond its control and its execution of the project was reasonable and prudent. Should the demonstration wind turbines be abandoned prior to completion, the capital costs and AFUDC related to the project shall nonetheless be recoverable under this Article, provided that the utility shall bear the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that the decision to abandon construction of the project was prudent.
…"

Coastal Wave Energy Research and Prototype Project
SECTION 9.10.(a)  In order to provide opportunities for research into tidal, wave, and other ocean‑based sources of alternative energy, the University of North Carolina Coastal Studies Institute shall form a consortium with the Colleges of Engineering at North Carolina State University, North Carolina Agricultural and Technical State University, and the University of North Carolina at Charlotte to design and construct a prototype generator to capture energy of ocean waves.  The generator shall be attached to or staged from an existing State‑owned structure located in the ocean waters of the State and shall be used to support marine or ocean‑based research collaborations involving public and private universities.
SECTION 9.10.(b)  With respect to the demonstration wave energy facility and necessary support facilities authorized by subsection (a) of this section, the facilities authorized under this act shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of general law applicable to the construction of State facilities, except that the State Property Office shall expedite and grant all easements and use agreements required for construction of the facilities without payment of any fee, royalty, or other cost. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, construction of the facilities authorized by this section shall be exempt from the following statutes and rules implementing those statutes: G.S. 143‑48 through 143‑64, 143‑128, 143‑129, 143‑132, 113A‑1 through 113A‑10, 113A‑50 through 113A‑66, and 113A‑116 through 113A‑128. With respect to any other environmental permits required for construction of the facilities, the Department of Environment and Natural Resources is directed to expedite permitting of the project to the extent allowed by law and shall waive any application fees that would be otherwise applicable to applications for permits required for the facilities and, where possible under applicable law, issue all permits within 40 days of receipt of a complete application.

University of North Carolina Health Care System
SECTION 9.11.  G.S. 116‑37 reads as rewritten:
"§ 116‑37.  University of North Carolina Health Care System.
(a)	Creation of System. –
…
(4)	With respect to the provisions of subsections (d), (e), (f), (h), (i), (j), and (k) of this section, the board of directors may adopt policies that make the authorities and responsibilities established by one or more of said subsections applicable to the University of North Carolina Hospitals at Chapel Hill, to the clinical patient care programs of the School of Medicine of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, to both, or to other persons or entities affiliated with or under the control of the University of North Carolina Health Care System.
…
(b)	Board of Directors. – There is hereby established a board of directors of the University of North Carolina Health Care System, effective November 1, 1998.
(1)	The board of directors shall be composed as follows:
a.	A minimum of six members ex officio of said board shall be the President of The University of North Carolina (or the President's designee); the Chief Executive Officer of the University of North Carolina Health Care System; the Chancellor of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and one additional administrative officer of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill designated by the Chancellor; and two members of the faculty of the School of Medicine of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill designated by the Dean of the School of Medicine; provided, that if not such a member ex officio by virtue of holding one or more of the offices aforementioned, additional ex officio memberships shall be held by the President of the University of North Carolina Hospitals at Chapel Hill, the faculty member responsible for leading the clinical patient care programs of the School of Medicine, and the Dean of the School of Medicine of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
b.	No less than nine and no more than 21 members at large, which number shall be determined by the board of directors, shall be appointed for four‑year terms, commencing on November 1 of the year of appointment; provided, that the initial class of at‑large members shall include the persons who hold the appointed memberships on the board of directors of the University of North Carolina Hospitals at Chapel Hill incumbent as of October 31, 1998, with their terms of membership on the board of directors of the University of North Carolina Health Care System to expire on the last day of October of the year in which their term as a member of the board of directors of the University of North Carolina Hospitals at Chapel Hill would have expired. Vacant at‑large positions shall be filled by the appointment of persons from the business and professional public at large who have special competence in business management, hospital administration, health care delivery, or medical practice or who otherwise have demonstrated dedication to the improvement of health care in North Carolina, and who are neither members of the Board of Governors, members of the board of trustees of a constituent institution of The University of North Carolina, nor officers or employees of the State. Members shall be appointed by the President of the University, and ratified by the Board of Governors, from among a slate of nominations made by the board of directors of the University of North Carolina Health Care System. No member may be appointed to more than two full four‑year terms in succession; provided, that persons holding appointed memberships on November 1, 1998, by virtue of their previous membership on the board of directors of the University of North Carolina Hospitals at Chapel Hill, shall not be eligible, for a period of one year following expiration of their term, to be reappointed to the board of directors of the University of North Carolina Health Care System. Any vacancy in an unexpired term shall be filled by an appointment made by the President, and ratified by the Board of Governors, upon the nomination of the board of directors, for the balance of the term remaining.
(2)	The Chancellor of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill or a board member designated by the Chancellor shall serve as chair of the board of directors.…
(4)	In meeting the patient‑care, educational, research, and public‑service goals of the University of North Carolina Health Care System, the board of directors is authorized to exercise such authority and responsibility and adopt such policies, rules, and regulations as it deems necessary and appropriate, not inconsistent with the provisions of this section or the policies of the Board of Governors or, to the extent the board's actions affect employees of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, the policies of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. The board may authorize any component of the University of North Carolina Health Care System, including the University of North Carolina Hospitals at Chapel Hill, to contract in its individual capacity, subject to such policies and procedures as the board of directors may direct. The board of directors may enter into formal agreements with the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill with respect to the provision of clinical experience for students and for the provision of maintenance and supporting services. The board's action on matters within its jurisdiction is final, except that appeals may be made, in writing, to the Board of Governors with a copy of the appeal to the Chancellor of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. The board of directors shall keep the Board of Governors and the board of trustees of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill fully informed about health care policy and recommend changes necessary to maintain adequate health care delivery, education, and research for improvement of the health of the citizens of North Carolina.
(c)	Officers. –
(1)	The executive and administrative head of the University of North Carolina Health Care System shall have the title of "Chief Executive Officer." The board of directors, the board of trustees and the Chancellor of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, following such search process as the boards and the Chancellor deem appropriate, shall identify, two or more persons as candidates for the office, who, pursuant to criteria agreed upon by the boards and the Chancellor, have the qualifications for both the positions of Chief Executive Officer of the University of North Carolina Health Care System and Vice‑Chancellor for Medical Affairs of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. The names of the candidates so identified, once approved by the board of directors and the board of trustees, shall be forwarded by the Chancellor to the President of The University of North Carolina, who if satisfied with the quality of one or more of the candidates, will nominate one as Chief Executive Officer, subject to selection by the Board of Governors. The individual serving as Chief Executive Officer shall have complete executive and administrative authority to formulate proposals for, recommend the adoption of, and implement policies governing the programs and activities of the University of North Carolina Health Care System, subject to all requirements of the board of directors. That same individual, when serving as Vice‑Chancellor for Medical Affairs, shall have all authorities, rights, and responsibilities of a vice‑chancellor of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
…
(3)	The board of directors shall elect, on nomination of the Chief Executive Officer, the President of the University of North Carolina Hospitals at Chapel Hill, and such additional administrative and professional staff employees of the University of North Carolina Health Care System as may be deemed necessary to assist in fulfilling the duties of the office of the Chief Executive Officer, all of whom shall serve at the pleasure of the Chief Executive Officer.
…."

university cancer research fund
SECTION 9.12.  G.S. 116‑29.1 reads as rewritten:
"§ 116‑29.1.  University Cancer Research Fund.
…
(c)	Cancer Research Fund Committee. – The Cancer Research Fund Committee shall consist of five ex officio members and two appointed members. The five ex officio members shall consist of the following: (i) one member shall be the Chancellor of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, (ii) one member shall be the Director of the Lineberger Comprehensive Cancer Center, (iii) one member shall be the Dean of the School of Medicine at The University of North Carolina, (iv) one member shall be the Dean of the School of Pharmacy at The University of North Carolina, and (v) one member shall be the Dean of the School of Public Health at The University of North Carolina. The remaining two members shall be appointed by a majority vote of the standing members of the Committee and shall be selected from persons holding a leadership position in a nationally prominent cancer program.
If any of the specified positions cease to exist, then the successor position shall be deemed to be substituted in the place of the former one, and the person holding the successor position shall become an ex officio member of the Committee."
(d)	Chair. – The chair shall be the Chancellor of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
…."

Unc management flexibility reduction
SECTION 9.13.(a)  Section 9.19 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 9.19. The management flexibility reduction for The University of North Carolina shall not be allocated by the Board of Governors to the constituent institutions and affiliated entities using an across‑the‑board method but in a manner that recognizes the importance of the academic mission and differences among The University of North Carolina entities. Before taking reductions in instructional budgets, the Board of Governors and the campuses of the constituent institutions shall consider reducing budgets for senior and middle management personnel, centers and institutes, low enrollment degree programs, speaker series, and nonacademic activities. The Board of Governors and the campuses of the constituent institutions also shall review the institutional trust funds and the special funds held by or on behalf of The University of North Carolina and its constituent institutions to determine whether there are monies available in those funds that can be used to assist with operating costs before taking reductions in instructional budgets. In addition, the campuses of the constituent institutions also shall require their faculty to have a teaching workload equal to the national average in their Carnegie classification. Budget reductions shall not be considered in funding available for need‑based financial aid.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year only, the constituent institutions may, with the approval of the President of The University of North Carolina, increase tuition by up to seven hundred fifty dollars ($750.00) per academic year. This increase shall be in addition to other increases authorized for the fiscal year. These funds shall be used only to offset the institutions' management flexibility reductions."
SECTION 9.13.(b)  Section 9.23 of S.L. 2009‑451 is repealed.

INstitute for outdoor drama
SECTION 9.14.(a)  The Institute for Outdoor Drama shall be transferred from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill to East Carolina University.  
SECTION 9.14.(b)  Of the funds appropriated to the Department of Commerce, Division of Tourism, Film, and Sports Development, the sum of one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) shall be transferred to the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina for the Institute for Outdoor Drama at East Carolina University.

recruitment of pharmacy students
SECTION 9.15.(a)  The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill shall collaborate with the University of North Carolina at Asheville and Elizabeth City State University regarding the recruitment of students of pharmacy. The universities shall develop and institute a plan in which potential pharmacy students are informed of the pharmacy programs at each of the public universities in an effort to recruit those students to State schools.
SECTION 9.15.(b)  The Board of Governors shall make funds in the amount of forty‑four thousand dollars ($44,000) available to Elizabeth State University for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year for the recruitment and academic support of pharmacy students.

PART X. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

Electronic Benefits Transfer System
SECTION 10.1.  The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Child Development, shall implement an Electronic Benefits Transfer system for child care subsidy. The Department shall review all current electronic card system operations as related to Child Support Enforcement and Food and Nutrition to determine whether coordination may occur among the three‑card systems that result in cost‑savings.
The Department shall monitor the implementation of the "smart card" system pilot program in Georgia and similar technology in other states. The Department shall submit a report to the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division on the implementation of Georgia's pilot program and other states' programs and provide any recommendations for a card system program in this State by May 1, 2011.

Repeal Policies To Facilitate And Expedite Use Of Child Care Subsidy Funds
SECTION 10.2.  Section 10.4 of S.L. 2009‑451 is repealed.

Early Childhood Education And Development Initiatives Enhancements
SECTION 10.3.  Section 10.7.(g) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.7.(g)  For fiscal years 2009‑2010 and 2010‑2011, the local partnerships shall spend an amount for child care subsidies that provides at least fifty‑two million dollars ($52,000,000) for the TANF maintenance of effort requirement and the Child Care Development Fund and Block Grant match requirement."

Cost Share Health‑Related Expenditures With Medicaid
SECTION 10.4.  The Division of Public Health and the Division of Medical Assistance shall coordinate with the North Carolina Partnership for Children, Inc., to cost share the health‑related expenditures with Medicaid. The Division of Child Development shall transfer the amount of planned expenditures for health‑related activities to the Division of Public Health to coordinate the cost‑sharing through local health departments. The Division of Child Development shall report on these activities by October 1, 2010, to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division.

Administrative Allowance For County Departments Of Social Services
SECTION 10.5.  Section 10.10 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.10. The Division of Child Development of the Department of Health and Human Services shall increase the allowance that county departments of social services may use for administrative costs from four percent (4%) to five percent (5%) of the county's total child care subsidy funds allocated in the Child Care Development Fund Block Grant plan. The increase shall be effective for the 2009‑2010 and 2010‑2011 fiscal years."

Mental Health Changes
SECTION 10.6.(a).  Section 10.12.(b) of S.L.  reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.12.(b)  Of the funds appropriated in this act to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services, the sum of twenty million one hundred twenty‑one thousand six hundred forty‑four dollars ($20,121,644) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the sum of  thirty‑two million one hundred twenty‑one thousand six hundred forty‑four dollars ($32,121,644) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be allocated for the purchase of local inpatient psychiatric beds or bed days. These beds or bed days shall be distributed across the State in all LME catchment areas and according to need as determined by the Department. The Department shall enter into contracts with the LMEs and community hospitals for the management of these beds or bed days. The Department shall work to ensure that these contracts are awarded equitably around all regions of the State. Local inpatient psychiatric beds or bed days shall be managed and controlled by the LME, including the determination of which local or State hospital the individual should be admitted to pursuant to an involuntary commitment order. Funds shall not be allocated to LMEs but shall be held in a statewide reserve at the Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services to pay for services authorized by the LMEs and billed by the hospitals through the LMEs. LMEs shall remit claims for payment to the Division within 15 working days of receipt of a clean claim from the hospital and shall pay the hospital within 30 working days of receipt of payment from the Division. If the Department determines (i) that an LME is not effectively managing the beds or bed days for which it has responsibility, as evidenced by beds or bed days in the local hospital not being utilized while demand for services at the State psychiatric hospitals has not reduced, or (ii) the LME has failed to comply with the prompt payment provisions of this subsection, the Department may contract with another LME to manage the beds or bed days, or, notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, may pay the hospital directly. The Department shall develop reporting requirements for LMEs regarding the utilization of the beds or bed days. Funds appropriated in this section for the purchase of local inpatient psychiatric beds or bed days shall be used to purchase additional beds or bed days not currently funded by or through LMEs and shall not be used to supplant other funds available or otherwise appropriated for the purchase of psychiatric inpatient services under contract with community hospitals, including beds or bed days being purchased through Hospital Utilization Pilot funds appropriated in S.L. 2007‑323. Not later than March 1, 2010, the Department shall report to the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, the Senate, the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services, and the Fiscal Research Division on a uniform system for beds or bed days purchased (i) with local funds, (ii) from existing State appropriations, (iii) under the Hospital Utilization Pilot, and (iv) purchased using funds appropriated under this subsection.
SECTION 10.6.(b).  Section 10.12.(f) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.12.(f)
					
			The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services shall require the seven LMEs participating in the current Supports Intensity Scale (SIS) assessment tool pilot project to administer a SIS assessment to all clients with developmental disabilities. The participating LMEs shall use the results of the SIS assessment to assign clients with developmental disabilities to one of the Tiers within the CAP‑MR/DD Waiver and to other needed services, according to their relative intensity of need."

Term Limits For County Managers on Area Mental Health Boards
SECTION 10.7.  G.S. 122C‑118.1(d) reads as rewritten:
"(d)	Any member of an area board who is a county commissioner serves on the board in an ex officio capacity. The terms of county commissioners on an area board are concurrent with their terms as county commissioners. The terms of county managers on an area board may be for the duration of their employment as a county manager. The terms of the other members on the area board shall be for three years, except that upon the initial formation of an area board one‑third shall be appointed for one year, one‑third for two years, and all remaining members for three years. Members, other than county managers, shall not be appointed for more than two consecutive terms. Board members serving as of July 1, 2006, may remain on the board for one additional term. This subsection applies to all area authority board members regardless of the procedure used to appoint members under subsection (a) of this section."

Repeal School‑Based Child And Family Team Initiative
SECTION 10.8.  Section 10.13 of S.L. 2009‑451 is repealed.

Joint Study Committee On Autism Spectrum Disorders And Public Safety
SECTION 10.9.  Section 10.21D.(i) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.21D.(i)  The Committee may submit an interim report on the results of its study, including any proposed legislation, to the members of the Senate and the House of Representatives on or before May 1, 2010, by filing a copy of the report with the Office of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, the Office of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the Legislative Library. The Committee shall submit a final report on the results of its study, including any proposed legislation, to the members of the Senate and the House of Representatives  upon the completion of its work by filing a copy of the report with the Office of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, the Office of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the Legislative Library. The Committee shall terminate upon the completion of its work."

Closure Plan For Dorothea Dix Hospital
SECTION 10.10.  The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services shall do all of the following with respect to Dorothea Dix Hospital:
(1)	By August 1, 2010, submit an operations budget for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year to the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division.
(2)	By October  1, 2010, develop and submit a plan for closing the hospital no later than June 30, 2011, to the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division.

Changes To Community‑Focused Eliminating Health Disparities Initiative
SECTION 10.11.  Section 10.23.(c) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.23.(c)  The Department of Health and Human Services shall report on the following with respect to funds appropriated to the CFEHDI for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year. The report shall address the following:
(1)	Which community programs and local health departments received CFEHDI grants.
(2)	The amount of funding each program or local  health department received.
(3)	Which of the minority populations were served by the programs or local health departments.
(4)	Which counties were served by the programs or local health departments.
(5)	What activities were planned and implemented by the programs or local health departments to fulfill the community focus of the CFEHDI program.
(6)	How the activities implemented by the programs or local health departments fulfilled the goal of reducing health disparities among minority populations.
The report shall also include specific activities undertaken pursuant to subsection (a) of this section to address large gaps in health status among North Carolinians who are African‑American and other minority populations in this State. The Department shall submit the report not later than March 14, 2011, to the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division."

SUPPLEMENTAL FUNDS FOR HEALTH INITIATIVES FROM HEALTH AND WELLNESS TRUST FUND
SECTION 10.12.(a)  The Health and Wellness Trust Fund Commission shall allocate from funds available in the Health and Wellness Trust Fund in the 2010‑2011 fiscal year the sum of three million two hundred ninety‑seven thousand dollars ($3,297,000) for health initiatives in the Department of Health and Human Services in accordance with the following:
(1)	Stroke Prevention	$450,000
(2)	Improve Birth Outcomes	$247,000
(3)	Prevent Neural Tube Birth Defects	$350,000
(4)	Prevent Blindness	$150,000
(5)	Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS)	$300,000
(6)	Adolescent and Teen Pregnancy Prevention	$650,000
(7)	Healthy Carolinians	$100,000
(8)	North Carolina Arthritis Patient Services	$  50,000
(9)	Rural Hospital Operation & Maintenance	$1,000,000
These funds shall supplement and not supplant other funds allocated within the Department of Health and Human Services for these activities.
SECTION 10.12.(b)  The Health and Wellness Trust Fund Commission shall not reduce allocations for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year for any of the programs or initiatives currently funded through the Health and Wellness Trust Fund.

Immunization Changes
SECTION 10.13.  Section 10.29A of S.L. 2009‑451 is amended by adding a new subsection to read:
"(c)	The General Assembly finds that health insurers licensed to practice in this State currently provide reimbursement for the full series of standard immunizations recommended by the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the American Academy of Family Physicians, and required by the North Carolina Immunization Program. The covered immunizations include all of the following:
(1)	Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus Toxoid (DPT)
(2)	Polio
(3)	Measles, Mumps, Rubella (MMR)
(4)	Influenza
(5)	Pneumococcal vaccine
(6)	Human Papilloma virus (HPV)
(7)	Haemophilus Influenzae Type b (Hib) vaccine
(8)	Hepatitis B
(9)	Meningococcal vaccine
(10)	Chicken Pox
(11)	Rotavirus
(12)	Shingles
The General Assembly also finds that, consistent with G.S. 130A‑153, physicians and local health departments currently administer the required immunizations listed in subdivisions (1) through (12) of this subsection, that are supplied by the federal government at no cost through the Vaccine For Children (VFC) program, to uninsured and under‑insured children with incomes below two hundred percent (200%) of the federal poverty level. Therefore, the General Assembly eliminates the State appropriation for the purchase of childhood vaccines for which health care providers, including local health departments, should be billing health insurers."

North Carolina Health Choice Emergency Room Visit Co‑payments
SECTION 10.14.  Under the North Carolina Health Choice Program for Children, the co‑payment for nonemergency visits to the emergency room for children whose family income is at or below one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the federal poverty level is ten dollars ($10.00).  The co‑payment for children whose family income is between one hundred fifty‑one percent (151%) and two hundred percent (200%) of the federal poverty level is twenty‑five dollars ($25.00).

Community Care Of North Carolina
SECTION 10.15.  Section 10.36 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"				

"SECTION 10.36.(f)  The Department of Health and Human Services (Department) shall conduct a Request for Proposal process to solicit bids from qualified outside entities with proven experience in conducting actuarial and health care studies and evaluations to annually report on the Medicaid cost savings achieved by the Community Care of North Carolina (CCNC) networks during a 12‑month period. Beginning March 1, 2011, and every year thereafter, the Department shall submit a report on the Medicaid cost savings achieved by the CCNC networks, which shall include children, adults, and the aged, blind, and disabled, to the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division.
"SECTION 10.36.(g)  By October 1, 2010, the Department and the Division of Medical Assistance (DMA) shall contract with North Carolina Community Care Networks, Inc. (NCCCN, Inc.) and the 14 participating local CCNC networks represented by NCCCN, Inc. to provide standardized clinical and budgetary coordination, oversight, and reporting for a State‑wide Enhanced Primary Care Management System for Medicaid enrollees. The contract with NCCCN, Inc., shall build upon and expand the existing successful CCNC primary care case management model to include comprehensive State‑wide quantitative performance goals and deliverables which shall include all of the following areas: (i) service utilization management, (ii) budget analytics, (iii) budget forecasting methodologies, (iv) quality of care analytics, (v) participant access measures, and (vi) predictable cost containment methodologies.
"SECTION 10.36.(g1)  NCCCN, Inc., shall report quarterly to the Department and to the Office of State Budget and Management (OSBM) on the development of the statewide Enhanced Primary Care Case Management System and its defined goals and deliverables as agreed upon in the contract. Beginning July 1, 2010, NCCCN, Inc., shall submit a quarterly report to the Secretary of Health and Human Services, OSBM, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division on the progress and results of implementing the quantitative, analytical, utilization, quality, cost containment, and access goals and deliverables set out in the contract. NCCCN, Inc., shall conduct its own analysis of the CCNC system to identify any variations from the development plan for the Enhanced Primary Care Case Management System and its defined goals and deliverables set out in the contract between DMA and NCCCN, Inc. Upon identifying any variations, NCCCN, Inc., shall develop and implement a plan to address the variations. NCCCN, Inc., shall report the plan to DMA within 30 days after taking any action to implement the plan.
"SECTION 10.36.(h)  By July 1, 2011, the Department and OSBM shall assess the performance of NCCCN, Inc., and CCNC regarding the goals and deliverables established in the contract. Based on this assessment, the Department and DMA shall expand, cancel, or alter the contract with NCCCN, Inc., and CCNC effective October 1, 2011. Expansion or alteration of the contract may reflect refinements based on clearly identified goals and deliverables in the areas of quality of care, participant access, cost containment, and service delivery.
"SECTION 10.36.(i)  By July 1, 2011, the Department, DMA, and NCCCN, Inc., shall finalize a comprehensive plan that establishes management methodologies which include all of the following:  (i) quality of care measures, (ii) utilization measures, (iii) recipient access measures, (iv) performance incentive models in which past experience indicates a benefit from financial incentives, (v) accountable budget models, (vi) shared savings budget models, and (vii) budget forecasting analytics as agreed upon by the Department, DMA, and NCCCN, Inc. In the development of these methodologies, the Department, DMA, and NCCCN, Inc., shall consider options for shared risk. The Department and DMA shall provide assistance to NCCCN, Inc., in meeting the objectives of this section.
"SECTION 10.36.(j)  Beginning with the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the Department shall establish a separate line item in Budget Code 14445 for all expenditures in DMA associated with managed care activities pertaining to the utilization of Medicaid expenditures through CCNC.
"SECTION 10.36.(k)  The Department shall not increase the per member per month funding to CCNC without prior approval from the General Assembly."

Medicaid Management Information System (MMIS) Funds/Implementation of MMIS
SECTION 10.16.  Section 10.41.(a) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.41.(a)  Of the funds appropriated in this act to the Department of Health and Human Services (Department), the sum of eleven million seven hundred thirty‑seven thousand four hundred fourteen dollars ($11,737,414) for fiscal year 2010‑2011 shall be (i) deposited to the Department's information technology budget code and (ii) used to match federal funds for the procurement, design, development, and implementation of the new Medicaid Management Information System (MMIS) and to fund the central management of the project. The Department shall utilize all prior year earned revenues received for the MMIS. In the event that the Department does not receive prior year earned revenues in the amounts authorized by this section, the Department is authorized, with approval of the Office of State Budget and Management, to utilize other overrealized receipts and funds appropriated to the Department to achieve the level of funding specified in this section for the MMIS."

ELIMINATE STATE FUNDING FOR CHILD SUPPORT OFFICES
SECTION 10.17.  Section 10.46A of S.L. 2009‑451 is amended by adding a new subsection to read:
"SECTION 10.46A.(c)  Notwithstanding G.S. 143‑64.03 and G.S. 143‑64.05, the Secretary of Department of Health and Human Services may transfer State‑owned equipment, including computers, printers, and furniture, used by State‑operated child support offices to administer child support enforcement programs to a county government or the Eastern Band of the Cherokee Indians for the sole purpose of facilitating the county government or the Eastern Band of the Cherokee Indians' administration of the child support program. The transfer shall be at no cost to the county government or the Eastern Band of the Cherokee Indians and shall occur no later than July 1, 2010.
The county government or the Eastern Band of the Cherokee Indians assuming responsibility for the child support program effective July 1, 2010, shall identify from the existing equipment and office furnishings which items will be needed to administer the child support program. A comprehensive list of items to be transferred shall be compiled and signed by the manager of the State‑operated child support office and the manager of the county or tribal child support office and the signed list shall serve as official documentation of the transfer. Copies of the documentation shall be provided to the Department of Health and Human Services Controller's Office and the Department of Administration. Any equipment not included in the transfer shall revert to the Department of Administration, Division of Surplus Property."

Child Welfare Postsecondary Support Program/Use of Escheat Fund
SECTION 10.18.  Section 10.50 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.50.(a)  There is appropriated from the Escheat Fund income to the Department of Health and Human Services the sum of three million one hundred sixty‑eight thousand two hundred fifty dollars ($3,168,250) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year. These funds shall be used to support the child welfare postsecondary support program for the educational needs of foster youth aging out of the foster care system and special needs children adopted from foster care after age 12 by providing assistance with the "cost of attendance" as that term is defined in 20 U.S.C. § 1087ll. The Department shall collaborate with the State Education Assistance Authority to develop policies and procedures for the distribution of these funds.
If the interest income generated from the Escheat Fund is less than the amounts referenced in this section, the difference may be taken from the Escheat Fund principal to reach the appropriations referenced in this section; however, under no circumstances shall the Escheat Fund principal be reduced below the sum required in G.S. 116B‑6(f).
Funds appropriated by this subsection shall be allocated by the State Education Assistance Authority.
The purpose for which funds are appropriated under this section is in addition to other purposes for which Escheat Fund income is distributed under G.S. 116B‑7 and shall not be construed to otherwise affect the distribution of funds under G.S. 116B‑7.
"SECTION 10.50.(a1)  Of the funds appropriated from the General Fund to the Department of Health and Human Services, the sum of one million five hundred eighty‑four thousand one hundred twenty‑five dollars ($1,584,125) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to support the child welfare postsecondary support program for the educational needs of foster youth aging out of the foster care system and special needs children adopted from foster care after age 12 by providing assistance with the "cost of attendance" as that term is defined in 20 U.S.C. § 1087ll.
Funds appropriated by this subsection shall be allocated by the State Education Assistance Authority.
"SECTION 10.50.(b)  Of the funds appropriated from the General Fund to the Department of Health and Human Services the sum of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the sum of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be allocated to the North Carolina State Education Assistance Authority (SEAA). The SEAA shall use these funds only to perform administrative functions necessary to manage and distribute scholarship funds under the child welfare postsecondary support program.
"SECTION 10.50.(c)  Of the funds appropriated from the General Fund to the Department of Health and Human Services the sum of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the sum of three hundred thirty‑nine thousand four hundred ninety‑three dollars ($339,493) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to contract with an entity to develop and administer the child welfare postsecondary support program described under subsection (a) of this section, which development and administration shall include the performance of case management services.
"SECTION 10.50.(d)  Funds appropriated to the Department of Health and Human Services for the child welfare postsecondary support program shall be used only for students attending public institutions of higher education in this State."

TANF Benefit Implementation
SECTION 10.19.  Section 10.51 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.51.(a)  The General Assembly approves the plan titled "North Carolina Temporary Assistance for Needy Families State Plan FY 2010‑2012," prepared by the Department of Health and Human Services and presented to the General Assembly. The North Carolina Temporary Assistance for Needy Families State Plan covers the period October 1, 2010, through September 30, 2012. The Department shall submit the State Plan, as revised in accordance with subsection (b) of this section, to the United States Department of Health and Human Services, as amended by this act or any other act of the 2009 General Assembly.
"SECTION 10.51.(b)  The counties approved as Electing Counties in the North Carolina Temporary Assistance for Needy Families State Plan FY 2010‑2012, as approved by this section are:  Beaufort, Caldwell, Catawba, Lenoir, Lincoln, Macon, and Wilson.
"SECTION 10.51.(c)  Counties that submitted the letter of intent to remain as an Electing County or to be redesignated as an Electing County and the accompanying county plan for fiscal years 2009 through 2011, pursuant to G.S. 108A‑27(e), shall operate under the Electing County budget requirements effective July 1, 2009. For programmatic purposes, all counties referred to in this subsection may remain under their current county designation through September 30, 2012.
"SECTION 10.51.(d)  For the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, Electing Counties shall be held harmless to their Work First Family Assistance allocations for the 2008‑2009 fiscal year, provided that remaining funds allocated for Work First Family Assistance and Work First Diversion Assistance are sufficient for payments made by the Department on behalf of Standard Counties pursuant to G.S. 108A‑27.11(b).
"SECTION 10.51.(e)  In the event that Departmental projections of Work First Family Assistance and Work First Diversion Assistance for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year indicate that remaining funds are insufficient for Work First Family Assistance and Work First Diversion Assistance payments to be made on behalf of Standard Counties, the Department is authorized to deallocate funds, of those allocated to Electing Counties for Work First Family Assistance in excess of the sums set forth in G.S. 108A‑27.11, up to the requisite amount for payments in Standard Counties. Prior to deallocation, the Department shall obtain approval by the Office of State Budget and Management. If the Department adjusts the allocation set forth in subsection (d) of this section, then a report shall be made to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division."

Extend Reporting Date/Evaluation of Consolidation of Administrative Functions of County Department of Social Services
SECTION 10.20.  Section 10.52.(b) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.52.(b) The Program Evaluation Division shall report its findings and recommendations to the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division by February 1, 2011."

Elimination of the Office of Education Services/Transfer Residential and Preschools to the Department of Public Instruction
SECTION 10.21.(a)  The Office of Education Services (OES) within the Department of Health and Human Services is hereby dissolved and the Central Office, Resource Support, Governor Morehead School Outreach, Deaf/Blind, and Exceptional Children Support programs within OES are eliminated.
SECTION 10.21.(b)  In accordance with G.S. 143A‑6, the North Carolina School for the Deaf, the Eastern North Carolina School for the Deaf, the Governor Morehead School for the Blind, the Governor Morehead Preschool, Early Intervention Services – Preschool, and Family Resource Center programs operated within the Office of Education Services are transferred to the Department of Public Instruction, Exceptional Children Division, by Type I transfer. In addition, the School Administrator position, #60089692, and School Speech‑Language Pathologist position, #60039336, shall be transferred to the Department of Public Instruction, Exceptional Children Division, to continue to provide technical assistance to Local Education Agencies and support collaborative efforts with the following:
(1)	North Carolina Central University, Visual Impairment Training Program.
(2)	East Carolina University, Teacher Support Program for Students with Deaf‑Blindness.
(3)	East Carolina University, Project E.A.R.
(4)	Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Public Health, Early Intervention Services.
(5)	Beginnings for Parents of Children Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing.
(6)	University of North Carolina Center for the Acquisition of Spoken Language through Listening Enrichment (CASTLE).
SECTION 10.21.(c)  The Office of State Budget and Management, the Department of Health and Human Services, and the Department of Public Instruction shall effect this Type I transfer no later than July 1, 2010.
SECTION 10.21.(d)  Upon transfer, the Director of the Exceptional Children Division shall assume the functions of the Superintendent of the Local Education Agency comprised of the North Carolina School for the Deaf, the Eastern North Carolina School for the Deaf, and the Governor Morehead School for the Blind. The Department shall establish an Assistant Director position to augment management of residential school and itinerant preschool programs.
SECTION 10.21.(e)  The Department of Public Instruction shall reinstate the residential and instructional schedules for the Governor Morehead School for the Blind, Eastern North Carolina School for the Deaf, and North Carolina School for the Deaf in effect before February 8, 2010. Residential students shall have the opportunity to arrive at their respective schools on the evening of the day before commencement of academic instruction for the week. The Department of Public Instruction shall also reinstate on‑site summer school programming for these schools.

Medicaid Policy Changes
SECTION 10.22.(a)  Section 10.58.(d) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.58.(d) Services and Payment Bases. – The Department shall spend funds appropriated for Medicaid services in accordance with the following schedule of services and payment bases. All services and payments are subject to the language at the end of this subsection. Unless otherwise provided, services and payment bases will be as prescribed in the State Plan as established by the Department of Health and Human Services and may be changed with the approval of the Director of the Budget.
…
(28)	Drugs. – Reimbursements. Reimbursements shall be available for prescription drugs as allowed by federal regulations plus a professional services fee per month, excluding refills for the same drug or generic equivalent during the same month. Payments for drugs are subject to the provisions of this subdivision or in accordance with the State Plan adopted by the Department of Health and Human Services, consistent with federal reimbursement regulations. Payment of the professional services fee shall be made in accordance with the State Plan adopted by the Department of Health and Human Services, consistent with federal reimbursement regulations. The professional services fee shall be five dollars and sixty cents ($5.60) per prescription for generic drugs and four dollars ($4.00) per prescription for brand‑name drugs. Adjustments to the professional services fee shall be established by the General Assembly. In addition to the professional services fee, the Department may pay an enhanced fee for pharmacy services.
Limitations on quantity. – The Department of Health and Human Services may establish authorizations, limitations, and reviews for specific drugs, drug classes, brands, or quantities in order to manage effectively the Medicaid pharmacy program. The Department may impose prior authorization requirements on brand‑name drugs in instances where the phrase "medically necessary" is written on the prescription.
Dispensing of generic drugs. – Notwithstanding G.S. 90‑85.27 through G.S. 90‑85.31, or any other law to the contrary, under the Medical Assistance Program (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), and except as otherwise provided in this subsection for drugs listed in the narrow therapeutic index, a prescription order for a drug designated by a trade or brand name shall be considered to be an order for the drug by its established or generic name, except when the prescriber has determined, at the time the drug is prescribed, that the brand‑name drug is medically necessary and has written on the prescription order the phrase "medically necessary." An initial prescription order for a drug listed in the narrow therapeutic drug index that does not contain the phrase "medically necessary" shall be considered an order for the drug by its established or generic name, except that a pharmacy shall not substitute a generic or established name prescription drug for subsequent brand or trade name prescription orders of the same prescription drug without explicit oral or written approval of the prescriber given at the time the order is filled. Generic drugs shall be dispensed at a lower cost to the Medical Assistance Program rather than trade or brand‑name drugs. Notwithstanding this subdivision to the contrary, the Secretary of Health and Human Services may prevent substitution of a generic equivalent drug, including a generic equivalent that is on the State maximum allowable cost list, when the net cost to the State of the brand‑name drug, after consideration of all rebates, is less than the cost of the generic equivalent. As used in this subsection, "brand name" means the proprietary name the manufacturer places upon a drug product or on its container, label, or wrapping at the time of packaging; and "established name" has the same meaning as in section 502(e)(3) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as amended, 21 U.S.C. § 352(e)(3).
Prior authorization. – The Department of Health and Human Services shall not impose prior authorization requirements or other restrictions under the State Medical Assistance Program on medications prescribed for Medicaid recipients for the treatment of (i) mental illness, including, but not limited to, medications for schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, major depressive disorder or (ii) HIV/AIDS. Medications prescribed for the treatment of mental illness shall be included on the Preferred Drug List (PDL). The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, may initiate prior authorization for the prescribing of drugs specified for the treatment of mental illness for the purpose of identifying providers who fail to prescribe those drugs in accordance with indications and dosage levels approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration or in accordance with best practices. The Department may require retrospective clinical justification for the use of multiple psychotropic drugs for a Medicaid patient. For individuals 18 years of age and under who are prescribed three or more psychotropic medications, the Department shall implement clinical edits that target inefficient, ineffective, or potentially harmful prescribing patterns. When such patterns are identified, the Medical Director for the Division of Medical Assistance and the Chief of Clinical Policy for the Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services shall require a peer‑to‑peer consultation with the target prescribers. Alternatives discussed during the peer‑to‑peer consultations shall be based upon:
a.	Evidence‑based criteria available regarding efficacy or safety of the covered treatments; and
b.	Policy approval by a majority vote of the North Carolina Physicians Advisory Group (NCPAG).
The target prescriber has final decision‑making authority to determine which prescription drug to prescribe or refill.
…
(30)	Experimental or trial procedures. – Coverage is limited to procedures that are recognized or approved by a nationally recognized professional specialty organization.
(31)	Medicaid as secondary payer claims. – The Department shall apply Medicaid medical policy to recipients who have primary insurance other than Medicare, Medicare Advantage, and Medicaid. The Department shall pay an amount up to the actual coinsurance or deductible or both, in accordance with the State Plan, as approved by the Department of Health and Human Services. The Department may disregard application of this policy in cases where application of the policy would adversely affect patient care."
SECTION 10.22.(b)  Section 10.58.(e) of S.L.  reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.58.(e) Provider Performance Bonds and Visits. – 
(1)	Subject to the provisions of this subdivision, the Department may require Medicaid‑enrolled providers to purchase a performance bond in an amount not to exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) naming as beneficiary the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, or provide to the Department a validly executed letter of credit or other financial instrument issued by a financial institution or agency honoring a demand for payment in an equivalent amount. The Department may require the purchase of a performance bond or the submission of an executed letter of credit or financial instrument as a condition of initial enrollment, reenrollment, or reinstatement if:
a.	The provider fails to demonstrate financial viability,
b.	The Department determines there is significant potential for fraud and abuse,
c.	The Department otherwise finds it is in the best interest of the Medicaid program to do so.
The Department shall specify the circumstances under which a performance bond or executed letter of credit will be required.
(1a)	The Department may waive or limit the requirements of this paragraph for individual Medicaid‑enrolled providers or for one or more classes of Medicaid‑enrolled providers based on the following:
a.	The provider's or provider class's dollar amount of monthly billings to Medicaid. 
b.	The length of time an individual provider has been licensed, endorsed, certified, or accredited in this State to provide services.
c.	The length of time an individual provider has been enrolled to provide Medicaid services in this State.
d.	The provider's demonstrated ability to ensure adequate record keeping, staffing, and services.
e.	The need to ensure adequate access to care.
In waiving or limiting requirements of this paragraph, the Department shall take into consideration the potential fiscal impact of the waiver or limitation on the State Medicaid Program. The Department shall provide to the affected provider written notice of the findings upon which its action is based and shall include the performance bond requirements and the conditions under which a waiver or limitation apply. The Department may adopt temporary rules in accordance with G.S. 150B‑21.1 as necessary to implement this provision.
(2)	Reimbursement is available for up to 30 visits per recipient per fiscal year for the following professional services: physicians, nurse practitioners, nurse midwives, clinics, health departments, optometrists, chiropractors, and podiatrists. The Department of Health and Human Services shall adopt medical policies in accordance with G.S. 108A‑54.2 to distribute the allowable number of visits for each service or each group of services consistent with federal law. In addition, the Department shall establish a threshold of some number of visits for these services. The Department shall ensure that primary care providers or the appropriate CCNC network are notified when a patient is nearing the established threshold to facilitate care coordination and intervention as needed.
Prenatal services, all EPSDT children, emergency room visits, and mental health visits subject to independent utilization review are exempt from the visit limitations contained in this subdivision. Subject to appropriate medical review, the Department may authorize exceptions when additional care is medically necessary. Routine or maintenance visits above the established visit limit will not be covered unless necessary to actively manage a life threatening disorder or as an alternative to more costly care options."

Specialty Drug Provider Network
SECTION 10.23.  The Department of Health and Human Services shall create a specialty drug provider network that requires best practices, prevents overutilization, and allows for drug reimbursement rate negotiations for hemophilia, hepatitis C, and intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG) drugs.

Statewide Expansion of Capitated 1915(b)/(c) Behavioral Health Waivers
SECTION 10.24.  The Division of Medical Assistance and the Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services may expand the capitated 1915(b)/(c) waivers which have been operating in the Piedmont Behavioral Healthcare Local Management Entity (LME) catchment area as a demonstration program since April 2005.  The Divisions shall add additional LMEs to the waiver program as they demonstrate readiness to participate through a request for proposal process.  The waiver program shall include all Medicaid‑covered mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse services.  Expansion of the waiver to additional LMEs shall be contingent upon approval by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.

Study Medicaid Provider Rates
SECTION 10.25.(a)  The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, shall initiate a study or contract out for a study of reimbursement rates for Medicaid providers and program benefits. The study shall include the following information:
(1)	A comparison of Medicaid reimbursement rates in North Carolina with reimbursement rates in surrounding states and with rates in two additional states; and
(2)	A comparison of Medicaid program benefits in North Carolina with program benefits provided in surrounding states and with rates in two additional states. Selected provider rates shall be studied for the initial report.
SECTION 10.25.(b)  The Department shall report its initial findings to the Governor, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division by April 1, 2011.
SECTION 10.25.(c)  Funds appropriated to the Department of Health and Human Services may be used to complete this study.

Medicaid Fraud Prevention
SECTION 10.26.(a)  The Department of Health and Human Services (Department) is authorized to create a fraud prevention program that uses information, lawfully obtained, from State and private databases to develop a fraud risk analysis of Medicaid providers and recipients. This analysis would be used to prevent fraud before it takes place and to achieve cost avoidance savings. While it is the intent that this initiative allow broad new access to information and databases across State government, the plan shall comply with all necessary security measures and restrictions to ensure that access to any specific information held confidential under federal and State law shall be limited to authorized persons.
SECTION 10.26.(b)  The information obtained by the Department pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be privileged and confidential, is not a public record pursuant to G.S. 132‑1, and may only be used for investigative or evidentiary purposes related to violations of State or federal law and regulatory activities. The Department shall release data collected pursuant to this section to the following persons only:
(1)	An individual who requests the individual's own Medicaid recipient information.
(2)	A provider who requests the provider's Medicaid provider information.
(3)	Special agents of the North Carolina State Bureau of Investigation who are assigned to the Medicaid Fraud Investigations Unit. The SBI shall notify the Office of the Attorney General of North Carolina of each request for inspection of records maintained by the Department.
(4)	To a court pursuant to a lawful court order in a criminal action.
The Department may provide data to public or private entities for statistical, research, or educational purposes only after removing information that could be used to identify individual recipients or providers of Medicaid services.
SECTION 10.26.(c)  Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, the Department may modify or extend existing contracts to achieve Medicaid fraud prevention savings in a timely manner, subject to review and approval by the Secretary of the Department of Administration. The requirements of G.S. 143‑59 apply to contracts entered into, modified, or extended pursuant to this section.
SECTION 10.26.(d)  The Department shall report on the activities conducted under this section, including actions taken relating to compliance with G.S. 143‑59 and any contract modifications or extensions that are approved pursuant to this section to the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, the Office of State Budget and Management, and the Fiscal Research Division on or before April 1, 2011.
SECTION 10.26.(e)  The authority granted to the Department under this section expires one year following the effective date of this section. The Department shall destroy all records and information obtained pursuant to this section after five years. Any records or information turned over to the State Bureau of Investigation or a court of competent jurisdiction shall not be subject to the destruction requirements of this subsection.

STUDY HIV Medicaid Waiver
SECTION 10.27.  By November 1, 2010, the Department of Health and Human Services, Divisions of Medical Assistance and Public Health, shall jointly study and report to the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division on the financial and programmatic feasibility of reducing the waiting list for the AIDS Drug Assistance Program (ADAP) by expanding eligibility for Medicaid to HIV‑positive individuals with incomes at or below one hundred thirty‑three percent (133%) of the federal poverty level. The study shall include an assessment of the cost‑effectiveness of using State dollars to expand Medicaid eligibility to this population as compared to using State dollars for ADAP. The study may also consider any planning and coordination benefits the State may derive from expanding Medicaid eligibility to HIV‑positive individuals, in preparation for the expansion of Medicaid eligibility in calendar year 2014 to all individuals with incomes at or below one hundred thirty‑three percent (133%) of the federal poverty level. If, as a result of the study, the Divisions of Medical Assistance and Public Health conclude that expanding Medicaid eligibility to HIV‑positive individuals with incomes at or below one hundred thirty‑three percent (133%) of the federal poverty level is a cost‑effective means for the State to eliminate its ADAP waiting list, then the Division of Medical Assistance shall apply to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) for an appropriate waiver to implement this expansion in Medicaid eligibility.  If approved by CMS, the Division shall not implement the waiver except as authorized by an act of the General Assembly appropriating funds for this purpose.

Eliminate Reimbursement of "Never Events"
SECTION 10.28.  The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, shall modify its Medicaid State Plan, as detailed by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services in its July 31, 2008, letter to State Medicaid Directors, to ensure that inpatient hospital reimbursement is not provided for Hospital‑Acquired Conditions (HACs) that are identified as nonpayable by Medicare. The State Plan Amendment addressing this "Never Event" modification shall apply to all Medicaid reimbursement provisions in section 4.19A of the North Carolina Medicaid State Plan governing inpatient hospital reimbursement, including Medicaid supplemental or enhanced payments and Medicaid disproportionate share hospital payments.

Amend Medicaid Provider Appeals Process
SECTION 10.29.(a)  Section 10.15A(e1) of S.L. 2008‑107 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.15A.(e1)  For the purpose of expediting the resolution of appeals by providers of community support services or  personal care services (PCS) and thereby saving State and federal funds that are paid for services that are found to be unnecessary or otherwise ineligible for payment, the Department shall implement a community support/PCS provider appeals process. The process shall be a substitute for informal provider appeals at the Department level and formal provider appeals by the Office of Administrative Hearings. The community support/PCS provider appeals process shall apply to a provider of community support services or PCS:
(1)	Who is aggrieved by a decision of the Department to reduce, deny, recoup, or recover reimbursement for community support services or PCS, or to deny, suspend, or revoke a provider agreement to provide community support services or PCS.
(2)	Whose endorsement has been withdrawn or whose application for endorsement has been denied by a local management entity.
SECTION 10.29.(b)  Section 10.15A(e2) of S.L. 2008‑107, as amended by Section 1.1(c) of S.L. 2009‑550, reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.15A.(e2)  The appeals process for providers of community support services or PCS shall be developed and implemented as follows:
…
(2)	If there is a timely request for an appeal, the Department shall promptly designate a hearing officer who shall hold an evidentiary hearing. The hearing officer shall conduct the hearing according to applicable federal law and regulations and shall ensure that:
a.	Notice of the hearing is given not less than 15 days before the hearing. The notice shall state the date, hour, and place of the hearing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date that a copy of the notice is mailed, via certified mail, to the address provided by the petitioner in the petition for hearing.
b.	The hearing is held in Wake County, except that the hearing officer may take testimony and receive evidence by telephone or other electronic means. The petitioner and the petitioner's legal representative may appear before the hearing officer in Wake County.c.	Discovery is no more extensive or formal than that required by federal law and regulations applicable to the hearings. Prior to and during the hearing, a provider representative shall have adequate opportunity to examine the provider's own case file. No later than five days before the date of the hearing, each party to a contested case shall provide to each other party a copy of any documentary evidence that the party intends to introduce at the hearing and shall identify each witness that the party intends to call.
(3)	The hearing officer shall have the power to administer oaths and affirmations, subpoena the attendance of witnesses, rule on prehearing motions, and regulate the conduct of the hearing. The following shall apply to hearings held pursuant to this section:
a.	At the hearing, the parties may present such sworn evidence, law, and regulations as are relevant to the issues in the case.
b.	The petitioner and the respondent agency each have a right to be represented by a person of his choice, including an attorney obtained at the party's own expense.
c.	The petitioner and the respondent agency shall each have the right to cross‑examine witnesses as well as make a closing argument summarizing his view of the case and the law.
d.	The appeal hearing shall be recorded. If a petition for judicial review is filed, the Department shall include a copy of the recording of the hearing as part of the official record. The recording of the appeal hearing may be erased or otherwise destroyed 180 days after the final decision is mailed as provided in G.S. 108A‑79(i)(5).
…
(8)	In the event of a conflict between federal law or regulations and State law or regulations, federal law or regulations shall control. This section applies to all petitions that are filed by a Medicaid PCS provider on or after July 1, 2010, and for all Medicaid PCS provider petitions that have been filed at the Office of Administrative Hearings previous to July 1, 2010, but for which a hearing on the merits has not been commenced prior to that date. The requirement that the agency decision must be rendered not more than 90 days from the date of the filing of the petition for hearing shall not apply to (i) PCS provider petitions that were filed at the Office of Administrative Hearings or (ii) requests for a hearing under the Department's informal settlement process prior to the effective date of this act. The Office of Administrative Hearings shall transfer all cases affected by this section to the Department of Health and Human Services within 30 days of the effective date of this section. This act preempts the existing informal appeals process and reconsideration review process at the Department of Health and Human Services and the existing appeal process at the Office of Administrative Hearings with regard to all appeals filed by Medicaid PCS providers under the Medical Assistance Program."
SECTION 10.29.(c)  Sections 10.15A(e3) and 10.15A(e4) of S.L. 2008‑107 read as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.15A.(e3)  Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, the Department of Health and Human Services may, pursuant to its authority or federal Medicaid requirements, suspend the endorsement or Medicaid participation of a provider of community support services or PCS pending a final agency decision based on a fair hearing of the provider's appeal filed with the Department under its community support/PCS provider appeal process. A provider of community support services or PCS whose endorsement or Medicaid participation has been suspended is not entitled to payment during the period the appeal is pending, and the Department shall make no such payment to the provider during that period. If the final agency decision is in favor of the provider, the Department shall remove the suspension, commence payment for provider services, and reimburse the provider for payments withheld during the period of appeal. This subsection applies to community support provider appeals pending in the Department of Health and Human Services or the Office of Administrative Hearings, as applicable, on and after July 1, 2008. This subsection also applies to appeals by providers of PCS pending in the Department of Health and Human Services or the Office of Administrative Hearings, as applicable, on and after July 1, 2010.
""
SECTION 10.29.(d)  G.S. 122C‑151.4(g) reads as rewritten:
"(g)	This section does not apply to providers of community support services or personal care services who appeal directly to the Department of Health and Human Services under the Department's community support/PCS provider appeal process."
SECTION 10.29.(e)  G.S. 150B‑1(e)(16) reads as rewritten:
"(16)	The Department of Health and Human Services with respect to contested cases commenced by (i) Medicaid providers appealing a denial, recoupment, suspension, or reduction in reimbursement for community support or personal care services, or a denial, suspension, or revocation of a Medicaid provider agreement for community support or personal care services, or a denial, suspension, or revocation of a Medicaid provider agreement for community support or personal care services, and (ii) providers of community support or personal care services appealing decisions by the LME to deny or withdraw the provider's endorsement."

Amend Medicaid Recipient Appeals Process
SECTION 10.30.(a)  Section 10.15A.(h1) through (h6) of S.L. 2008‑107, as amended by Section 3.13.(b) of S.L. 2008‑118, Section 2.(a) of S.L. 2009‑526, Section 2.(b) of S.L. 2009‑526, and by ss. 1.1(a) and (b) of S.L. 2009‑550 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.15A.(h1)
(1)	General Rule. – Notwithstanding any provision of State law or rules to the contrary, this subsection shall govern the process used by a Medicaid applicant or recipient to appeal a determination made by the Department of Health and Human Services to deny, terminate, suspend, or reduce Medicaid covered services. For purposes of this subsection, the phrase "adverse determination" means a determination by the Department to deny, terminate, suspend, or reduce Medicaid covered services. For purposes of this subsection, all references to an applicant or recipient include the applicant or recipient's parent, guardian, or legal representative; however, notice need only be given to a parent, guardian, or legal representative who has requested in writing to receive the notice. 
(2)	Notice. – Except as otherwise provided by federal law or regulation, at least 10 days before the effective date of an adverse determination, the Department shall notify the applicant or recipient, and the provider, if applicable, in writing of the determination and of the applicant's or recipient's right to appeal the determination. The notice shall be mailed on the date indicated on the notice as the date of the determination. The notice shall include:
a.	An identification of the applicant or recipient whose services are being affected by the adverse determination, including full name and Medicaid identification number.
b.	An explanation of what service is being denied, terminated, suspended, or reduced and the reason for the determination.
c.	The specific regulation, statute, or medical policy that supports or requires the adverse determination.
d.	The effective date of the adverse determination.
e.	An explanation of the applicant's or recipient's right to appeal the Department's adverse determination in an evidentiary hearing before an administrative law judge.
f.	An explanation of how the applicant or recipient can request a hearing and a statement that the applicant or recipient may represent himself or use legal counsel, a relative, or other spokesperson.
g.	A statement that the applicant or recipient will continue to receive Medicaid services at the level provided on the day immediately preceding the Department's adverse determination or the amount requested by the applicant or recipient, whichever is less, if the applicant or recipient requests a hearing before the effective date of the adverse determination. The services shall continue until the hearing is completed and a final decision is rendered. 
h.	The name and telephone number of a contact person at the Department to respond in a timely fashion to the applicant's or recipient's questions.
i.	The telephone number by which the applicant or recipient may contact a Legal Aid/Legal Services office.
j.	The appeal request form described in subdivision (4) of this subsection that the applicant or recipient may use to request a hearing.
(3)	Appeals. – Except as provided by this subsection and subsection 10.15A(h2) of this act, a request for a hearing to appeal an adverse determination of the Department under this section is a contested case subject to the provisions of Article 3 of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes. The applicant or recipient must request a hearing within 30 days of the mailing of the notice required by subdivision (2) of this subsection by sending an appeal request form to the Office of Administrative Hearings and the Department. Where a request for hearing concerns the reduction, modification, or termination of Medicaid services, upon the receipt of a timely appeal, the Department shall reinstate the services to the level or manner prior to action by the Department as permitted by federal law or regulation. The Department shall immediately forward a copy of the notice to the Office of Administrative Hearings electronically. The information contained in the notice is confidential unless the recipient appeals. The Office of Administrative Hearings may dispose of the records after one year. The Department may not influence, limit, or interfere with the applicant's or recipient's decision to request a hearing.
(4)	Appeal Request Form. – Along with the notice required by subdivision (2) of this subsection, the Department shall also provide the applicant or recipient with an appeal request form which shall be no more than one side of one page. The form shall include the following:
a.	A statement that in order to request an appeal, the applicant or recipient must send the form by mail or fax to the address or fax number listed on the form within 30 days of mailing of the notice.
b.	The applicant's or recipient's name, address, telephone number, and Medicaid identification number.
c.	A preprinted statement that indicates that the applicant or recipient would like to appeal the specific adverse determination of which the applicant or recipient was notified in the notice.
d.	A statement informing the applicant or recipient that he or she may choose to be represented by a lawyer, a relative, a friend, or other spokesperson.
e.	A space for the applicant's or recipient's signature and date.
(5)	Final Decision. – After a hearing before an administrative law judge, the judge shall return the decision and record to the Department in accordance with subsection 10.15A(h2) of this act. The Department shall make a final decision in the case within 20 days of receipt of the decision and record from the administrative law judge and promptly notify the applicant or recipient of the final decision and of the right to judicial review of the decision pursuant to Article 4 of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.
"SECTION 10.15A.(h2)
(1)	Application. – This subsection applies only to contested Medicaid cases commenced by Medicaid applicants or recipients under subsection 10.15A(h1) of this act. Except as otherwise provided by subsection 10.15A(h1) and this subsection governing time lines and procedural steps, a contested Medicaid case commenced by a Medicaid applicant or recipient is subject to the provisions of Article 3 of Chapter 150B. To the extent any provision in this subsection or subsection 10.15A(h1) of this act conflicts with another provision in Article 3 of Chapter 150B, this subsection and subsection 10.15A(h1) controls.
(2)	Simple Procedures. – Notwithstanding any other provision of Article 3 of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, the chief administrative law judge may limit and simplify the procedures that apply to a contested Medicaid case involving a Medicaid applicant or recipient in order to complete the case as quickly as possible. To the extent possible, the Office of Administrative Hearings shall schedule and hear all contested Medicaid cases within 55 days of submission of a request for appeal. Hearings shall be conducted telephonically or by video technology, however the recipient or applicant, or the recipient's or applicant's representative may request that the hearing be conducted before the administrative law judge in‑person. An in‑person hearing shall be conducted in Wake County, however for good cause shown, the in‑person hearing may be conducted in the county of residence of the recipient or applicant. Good cause shall include but is not limited to the applicant's or recipient's impairments limiting travel or the unavailability of the applicant's or recipient's treating professional witnesses. The Department shall provide written notice to the recipient or applicant of the use of telephonic hearings, hearings by video conference,  and in‑person hearings before the administrative law judge, and how to request a hearing in the recipient's or applicant's county of residence. The simplified procedure may include requiring that all prehearing motions be considered and ruled on by the administrative law judge in the course of the hearing of the case on the merits. An administrative law judge assigned to a contested Medicaid case shall make reasonable efforts in a case involving a Medicaid applicant or recipient who is not represented by an attorney to assure a fair hearing and to maintain a complete record of the hearing. The administrative law judge may allow brief extensions of the time limits contained in this section for good cause and to ensure that the record is complete. Good cause includes delays resulting from untimely receipt of documentation needed to render a decision and other unavoidable and unforeseen circumstances. Continuances shall only be granted in accordance with rules adopted by the Office of Administrative Hearings, and shall not be granted on the day of the hearing, except for good cause shown. If a petitioner fails to make an appearance at a hearing that has been properly noticed via certified mail by the Office of Administrative Hearings, the Office of Administrative Hearings shall immediately dismiss the contested case provision.
(3)	Mediation. – Upon receipt of an appeal request form as provided by subdivision 10.15A(h1)(4) of this act or other clear request for a hearing by a Medicaid applicant or recipient, the Office of Administrative Hearings shall immediately notify the Mediation Network of North Carolina which shall within five days contact the petitioner to offer mediation in an attempt to resolve the dispute. If mediation is accepted, the mediation must be completed within 25 days of submission of the request for appeal. Upon completion of the mediation, the mediator shall inform the Office of Administrative Hearings and the Department within 24 hours of the resolution by facsimile or electronic messaging. If the parties have resolved matters in the mediation, the case shall be dismissed by the Office of Administrative Hearings. The Office of Administrative Hearings shall not conduct any contested Medicaid cases hearings until it has received notice from the mediator assigned that either: (i) the mediation was unsuccessful, or (ii) the petitioner has rejected the offer of mediation, or (iii) the petitioner has failed to appear at a scheduled mediation. Nothing in this subdivision shall restrict the right to a contested case hearing.
(4)	Burden of Proof. – The petitioner has the burden of proof to show entitlement to a requested benefit or the propriety of requested agency action when the agency has denied the benefit or refused to take the particular action. The agency has the burden of proof when the appeal is from an agency determination to impose a penalty or reduce, terminate, or suspend a benefit previously granted. The party with the burden of proof on any issue has the burden of going forward, and the administrative law judge shall not make any ruling on the preponderance of evidence until the close of all evidence.
(4a)	New Evidence.‑ The petitioner shall be permitted to submit evidence regardless of whether obtained prior to or subsequent to the Department's actions and regardless of whether the Department had an opportunity to consider the evidence in making its determination to deny, reduce, terminate or suspend a benefit. When such evidence is received, at the request of the Department, the administrative law judge shall continue the hearing for a minimum of 15 days and a maximum of 30 days to allow for the Department's review of the evidence. Subsequent to review of the evidence, if the Department reverses its original decision, it shall immediately inform the administrative law judge.
(4b)	Issue for Hearing.‑ For each penalty imposed or benefit reduced, terminated, or suspended, the hearing shall determine whether the Department substantially prejudiced the rights of the petitioner and if the Department, based upon evidence at the hearing:
a.	Exceeded its authority or jurisdiction;
b.	Acted erroneously;
c.	Failed to use proper procedure;
d.	Acted arbitrarily or capriciously; or,
e.	Failed to act as required by law or rule.
(5)	Decision. – The administrative law judge assigned to a contested Medicaid case shall hear and decide the case without unnecessary delay. The Office of Administrative Hearings shall send a copy of the audiotape or diskette of the hearing to the agency within five days of completion of the hearing. The judge shall prepare a written decision and send it to the parties. The decision must be sent together with the record to the agency within 20 days of the conclusion of the hearing.
"SECTION 10.15A.(h3)  From funds available to the Department of Health and Human Services for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the sum of two million dollars ($2,000,000) shall be transferred by the Department of Health and Human Services to the Office of Administrative Hearings. These funds shall be allocated by the Office of Administrative Hearings for mediation services provided for Medicaid applicant and recipient appeals and to contract for other services necessary to conduct the appeals process.
"SECTION 10.15A.(h4)  Effective October 1, 2008, the Department of Health and Human Services shall discontinue its current informal appeals process for Medicaid applicants and recipients appealing a determination made by the Department to deny, terminate, suspend, or reduce Medicaid covered services. All such informal appeals by Medicaid applicants or recipients under the current system which are pending on that date and for which a hearing has not been held shall be discontinued and the applicant or recipient offered an opportunity to appeal to the Office of Administrative Hearings in accordance with the provisions of subsection 10.15A(h1) of this act. The Department shall make every effort to resolve or settle all of the backlogged cases prior to the effective date of this act.
"SECTION 10.15A.(h5)  Nothing in this act shall prevent the Department of Health and Human Services from engaging in an informal review of the case with the applicant or recipient prior to issuing a notice of adverse determination as provided by subsection 10.15A(h1) of this act.""
SECTION 10.30.(b)  The Revisor of Statutes shall codify the statutes set forth in Section 10.30(a).
SECTION 10.30.(c)  Not later than October 1, 2011, the Office of Administrative Hearings shall submit a report to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services on the number, status, and outcome of contested Medicaid cases handled by the Office pursuant to the appeals process established in Section 10.30(a) of this act. The report shall include information on the number of contested Medicaid cases resolved through mediations and through formal hearings, the outcome of settled and withdrawn cases, and the number of incidences in which the Division of Medical Assistance reverses the decision of an administrative law judge.

Accounting For Medicaid Receivables As NonTax Revenue
SECTION 10.31.  Section 10.64.(b) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.64.(b)  For the 2009‑2010 fiscal year, the Department of Health and Human Services shall deposit from its revenues one hundred twenty‑four million nine hundred ninety‑four thousand nine hundred fifty‑four dollars ($124,994,954) with the Department of State Treasurer to be accounted for as nontax revenue. For the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the Department of Health and Human Services shall deposit from its revenues one hundred thirty‑five million dollars ($135,000,000) with the Department of State Treasurer to be accounted for as nontax revenue. These deposits shall represent the return of General Fund appropriations provided to the Department of Health and Human Services to provide indigent care services at State‑owned and operated mental hospitals. The treatment of any revenue derived from federal programs shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in the Code of Federal Regulations, Volume 2, Part 225."

Medicaid Preferred Drug List
SECTION 10.32.  Section 10.66.(c) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.66.(c)  The Department, in consultation with the PAG, shall adopt and publish policies and procedures relating to the preferred drug list, including:
(1)	Guidelines for the presentation and review of drugs for inclusion on the preferred drug list,
(2)	The manner and frequency of audits of the preferred drug list for appropriateness of patient care and cost‑effectiveness,
(3)	An appeals process for the resolution of disputes, and
(4)	Such other policies and procedures as the Department deems necessary and appropriate.
The Department and the pharmaceutical and therapeutics committee shall consider all therapeutic classes of prescription drugs for inclusion on the preferred drug  list.
The Department shall maintain an updated preferred drug list in electronic format and shall make the list available to the public on the Department's Internet Web site. 
The Department shall: (i) enter into a multistate purchasing pool; (ii) negotiate directly with manufacturers or labelers; (iii) contract with a pharmacy benefit manager for negotiated discounts or rebates for all prescription drugs under the medical assistance program; or (iv) effectuate any combination of these options in order to achieve the lowest available price for such drugs under such program.
The Department may negotiate supplemental rebates from manufacturers that are in addition to those required by Title XIX of the federal Social Security Act. The committee shall consider a product for inclusion on the preferred drug list if the manufacturer provides a supplemental rebate. The Department may procure a sole source contract with an outside entity or contractor to conduct negotiations for supplemental rebates."

Medicaid Preferred Drug List (PDL) Review Panel
SECTION 10.33.(a)  The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services shall establish a Preferred Drug List (PDL) Policy Review Panel within 60 days after the effective date of this section. The purpose of the PDL Policy Review Panel is to review the Medicaid PDL recommendations from the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, and the Physician Advisory Group (PAG) Pharmacy and Therapeutics (P&T) Committee.
SECTION 10.33.(b)  The Secretary shall appoint the following individuals to the review panel:
(1)	The Director of Pharmacy for the Division of Medical Assistance.
(2)	A representative from the PAG P&T Committee.
(3)	A representative from the Old North State Medical Society.
(4)	A representative from the North Carolina Association of Pharmacists.
(5)	A representative from Community Care of North Carolina.
(6)	A representative from the North Carolina Psychiatric Association.
(7)	A representative from the North Carolina Pediatric Society.
(8)	A representative from the North Carolina Academy of Family Physicians.
(9)	A representative from the North Carolina Chapter of the American College of Physicians.
Individuals appointed to the Review Panel, except for the Division's Director of Pharmacy, shall only serve a two‑year term.
SECTION 10.33.(c)  Within 30 days after the Department, in consultation with the PAG P&T Committee, publishes a proposed policy or procedure related to the Medicaid PDL, the Review Panel shall hold an open meeting to review the recommended policy or procedure along with any written public comments received as a result of the posting.  The Review Panel shall provide an opportunity for public comment at the meeting. After the conclusion of the meeting, the Review Panel shall submit policy recommendations about the proposed Medicaid PDL policy or procedure to the Department.

Lock Narcotic Prescriptions into Single Pharmacy/Provider
SECTION 10.34.  The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, shall lock narcotic prescription medications provided to Medicaid enrollees into a single pharmacy and provider, as follows:
(1)	Enrollees may be prescribed narcotic medications by only one prescribing physician, and may not change the prescribing physician at any time without prior approval or authorization by the Division.
(2)	Enrollees may have prescriptions for narcotic medications filled at only one pharmacy, and may not change to another pharmacy at any time without prior approval or authorization by the Division. For the purposes of this section, all locations of the same chain of pharmacies shall constitute one pharmacy.

Authorize the Division of Medical Assistance to Take Certain Steps to Effectuate Compliance with Budget Reductions in the Medicaid Program
SECTION 10.35.  Section 10.68A.(a) of S.L. 2009‑451, as amended by Section 5A of S.L. 2009‑575, reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 10.68A.(a)  For the purpose of enabling the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, to achieve the budget reductions enacted in this act for the Medicaid program, the Department may take the following actions, notwithstanding any other provision of this act or other State law or rule to the contrary and subject to the requirements of subsection (e) of this section:
(1)	Electronic transactions. – 
a.	Within 60 days of notification of its procedures via the DMA Web site, Medicaid providers shall follow the Department's established procedures for securing electronic payments. No later than September 1, 2009, the Department shall cease routine provider payments by check.
b.	Effective September 1, 2009, all Medicaid providers shall file claims electronically to the fiscal agent. Nonelectronic claims submission may be required when it is in the best interest of the Department.
c.	Effective September 1, 2009, enrolled Medicaid providers shall submit Preadmission Screening and Annual Resident Reviews (PASARR) through the Department's Web‑based tool or through a vendor with interface capability to submit data into the Web‑based PASARR.
(2)	Clinical coverage. – The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, shall amend applicable clinical policies and submit applicable State Plan amendments to CMS to implement the budget reductions authorized in the following clinical coverage areas in this act:
a.	Consolidate and reduce Targeted Case Management and case management functions bundled within other Medicaid services.
b.	Take appropriate action to lower the cost of HIV case management, including tightening service hours and limiting administrative costs. The Department shall maintain HIV case management as a stand‑alone service outside of departmental efforts to consolidate case management services.
c.	Eliminate coverage of therapeutic camps. The Department shall report on or before October 1, 2009, on the plan to transition children out of mental health residential therapeutic camps. The Department shall submit the report to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services.
							
(3)	Medicaid Personal Care Service provision. – The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, shall reform the Personal Care Services (PCS) and Personal Care Services‑Plus (PCS‑Plus) programs provided under the State Medicaid plan as follows:
a.	Terminate all services provided under these two PCS programs and implement two new PCS programs, PCS‑C and PCS‑ADE, effective January 1, 2011, or whenever approval is received from CMS.
b.	Determine the most effective and efficient means for Medicaid to manage the cost, quality, and utilization of personal care services through one of the available funding options, including revised Medicaid plan optional services, a §1915(c) home and community‑based services (HCBS) waiver, or through a §1915(i) option that allows states to establish home‑ and community‑based services that can target specific populations.
c.	Submit applications or State plan amendments to CMS as required to obtain approval for two PCS programs, as follows:
1.	PCS for Children (PCS‑C) – To assist families to meet their needs for personal care assistance for children, including individuals under the age of 21 receiving comprehensive and preventative child health services through the Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis, and Treatment (EPSDT) program.
2.	PCS for Disabled and Elderly (PCS‑ADE) – To meet the needs of individuals 21 years of age or older who, because of a medical condition, disability, or cognitive impairment, demonstrate extensive or higher levels of unmet needs for assistance in at least three of the five activities of daily living (ADLs) that include eating, dressing, bathing, toileting, and mobility. PCS‑ADE shall target individuals at the highest level of need who are able to safely remain in the home and who do not meet the State's criteria for nursing facility placement.
d.	Establish program limitations:
1.	PCS‑C shall be limited to no more than 60 hours of service per month, unless additional services are required to correct or ameliorate defects and physical and mental illnesses and conditions as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1396d(r)(5) in accordance with a plan of care approved by DMA or its designee.
2.	PCS‑ADE shall be limited to no more than 80 hours of service per month in accordance with a plan of care approved by DMA or its designee.
e.	For both programs, require that:
1.	Services are provided in a manner that supplements not supplants family roles and responsibilities and care provided by informal caregivers.
2.	Prior to admission to PCS, the recipient be seen by his or her primary or attending physician and that the recipient's physician authorizes referral for PCS in writing and attests to the medical necessity for PCS. The Department of Health and Human Services shall track and analyze from the written referrals to detect and address overutilization of PCS services.
3.	Initial assessments and continuing need reassessments be performed by an Independent Assessment Entity (IAE) that is not a PCS service provider.
4.	The IAE authorize the amount of service to be provided on a "needs basis," as determined by each recipient's degree of functional disability and level of unmet needs for hands‑on personal assistance in the five qualifying ADLs.
5.	PCS shall not be used to perform household chores not directly related to the qualifying ADLs, nonmedical transportation, money management, running errands, and shopping, and nonhands‑on assistance such as cueing, prompting, guiding, or coaching in accordance with the Medicaid Clinical Coverage Policy for each program.
6.	Transition qualified recipients into the programs at such time that all approvals from CMS have been obtained; Medicaid Clinical Coverage Policies have been posted, reviewed, and approved as required; and all appropriate implementation tasks have been completed.
(4)	MH/DD/SA Personal Care and Personal Assistance Services Provision. – A denial, reduction, or termination of Medicaid‑funded personal care services shall result in a similar denial, reduction, or termination of State‑funded MH/DD/SA personal care and personal assistance services.
(5)	Community Support and other MH/DD/SA services. – The Department of Health and Human Services shall transition community support child and adult, individual and group services to other defined services on or before June 30, 2010. The Division of Medical Assistance and the Division of MH/DD/SA shall take the steps necessary for the Medicaid and the State‑funded community support program to provide for transition and discharge planning to recipients currently receiving community support services. The following shall occur:
a.	The Department shall submit to CMS: (i) revised service definitions that separate case management functions from the Community Support definition and (ii) a new service definition for peer support services for adults with mental illness and/or substance abuse disorders, for implementation no sooner than January 1, 2011.
b.	No new admissions for community support individual or group shall be allowed during this transition period unless the Department determines appropriate alternative services are not available, in which case limited community support services may be provided during the transition period. LMEs will be responsible for referring eligible consumers to appropriate alternative services.
c.	Authorizations currently in effect as of the date of enactment of this act remain valid. Any new authorization or subsequent reauthorization is subject to the provisions of this act.
d.	No community support services shall be provided in conjunction with other enhanced services. Until CMS approves the new case management definition, professional level community support may be provided in conjunction with residential Level III and IV to assist in recipient discharge planning. Up to a maximum of 24 hours of case management (professional level) functions may be provided over a 90‑day authorization period as approved by the prior authorization vendor.
e.	The current moratorium on community support provider endorsement shall remain in effect.
f.	A provider of community support services whose endorsement has been withdrawn or whose Medicaid participation has been terminated is not entitled to payment during the period the appeal is pending, and the Department shall make no payment to the provider during that period. If the final agency decision is in favor of the provider, the Department shall remove the suspension, commence payment for valid claims, and reimburse the provider for payments withheld during the period of appeal.
g.	Effective 60 days from the enactment of this act, the paraprofessional level of community support shall be eliminated, and from this date the Department shall not use any Medicaid or State funds to pay for this level of service.
h.	Thirty days after the enactment of this act, any concurrent request shall be accompanied with a discharge plan. Submission of the discharge plan will be a required document for a request to be considered complete. Failure to submit the discharge plan will result in the request being returned as "unable to process."  Discharge from the service must occur within 90 days after the submission of the discharge plan.
i.	Any community support provider that ceases to function as a provider shall provide written notification to DMA, the Local Management Entity, recipients, and the prior authorization vendor 30 days prior to closing of the business.
j.	Medical and financial record retention is the responsibility of the provider and shall be in compliance with the record retention requirements of their Medicaid provider agreement or State‑funded services contract. Records shall also be available to State, federal, and local agencies.
k.	Failure to comply with notification, recipient transition planning, or record maintenance shall result in suspension of further payment until such failure is corrected. In addition, failure to comply shall result in denial of enrollment as a provider for any Medicaid or State‑funded service. A provider (including its officers, directors, agents, or managing employees or individuals or entities having a direct or indirect ownership interest or control interest of five percent (5%) or more as set forth in Title XI of the Social Security Act) that fails to comply with  the required record retention may be subject to sanctions, including exclusion from further participation in the Medicaid program, as set forth in Title XI.
(6)	Community Support Team. – Authorization for a Community Support Team shall be based upon medical necessity as defined by the Department and shall not exceed 18 hours per week. The Division of Medical Assistance shall do an immediate rate study of the Community Support Team to bring the average cost of service per recipient in line with Assertive Community Treatment Team (ACTT) services. The Division shall also revise provider qualifications and tighten the service definition to contain costs in this line item. Not later than December 1, 2009, the Division of Medical Assistance shall report its findings on the rate study and any actions it has taken to conform with this subdivision to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services.
(7)	MH Residential. – The Department of Health and Human Services shall restructure the Medicaid child mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse residential services to ensure that total expenditures are within budgeted levels. All restructuring activities shall be in compliance with federal and State law or rule. The Divisions of Medical Assistance and Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services shall establish a team inclusive of providers, LMEs, and other stakeholders to assure effective transition of recipients to appropriate treatment options. The restructuring shall address all of the following:
a.	Submission of the therapeutic family service definition to CMS.
b.	The Department shall reexamine the entrance and continued stay criteria for all residential services. The revised criteria shall promote least restrictive services in the home prior to residential placement. During treatment, there must be inclusion in community activities and parent or legal guardian participation in treatment.
c.	Require all existing residential providers or agencies to be nationally accredited within one year of enactment of this act. Any providers enrolled after the enactment of this act shall be subject to existing endorsement and nationally accrediting requirements. In the interim, providers who are nationally accredited will be preferred providers for placement considerations.
d.	Before a child can be admitted to Level III or Level IV placement, one or more of the following shall apply:
1.	Placement shall be a step down from a higher level placement such as a psychiatric residential treatment facility or inpatient.
2.	Multisystemic therapy or intensive in‑home therapy services have been unsuccessful.
3.	The Child and Family Team has reviewed all other alternatives and recommendations and recommends Level III or IV placement due to maintaining health and safety.
4.	Transition or discharge plan shall be submitted as part of the initial or concurrent request.
e.	Length of stay is limited to no more than 120 days. Any exceptions granted will require an independent psychiatric assessment, Child and Family Team review of goals and treatment progress, family or discharge placement setting are actively engaged in treatment goals and objectives and active participation of the prior authorization of vendor.
f.	Submission of discharge plan is required in order for the request to be considered complete. Failure to submit a complete discharge plan will result in the request being returned as unable to process.
g.	Any residential provider that ceases to function as a provider shall provide written notification to DMA, the Local Management Entity, recipients, and the prior authorization vendor 30 days prior to closing of the business.
h.	Record maintenance is the responsibility of the provider and must be in compliance with record retention requirements. Records shall also be available to State, federal, and local agencies.
i.	Failure to comply with notification, recipient transition planning, or record maintenance shall be grounds for withholding payment until such activity is concluded. In addition, failure to comply shall be conditions that prevent enrollment for any Medicaid or State‑funded service. A provider (including its officers, directors, agents, or managing employees or individuals or entities having a direct or indirect ownership interest or control interest of five percent (5%) or more as set forth in Title XI of the Social Security Act) that fails to comply with the required record retention may be subject to sanctions, including exclusion from further participation in the Medicaid program, as set forth in Title XI.
j.	On or before October 1, 2009, the Department shall report on its plan for transitioning children out of Level III and Level IV group homes. The Department shall submit the reports to the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services.
(8)	Reduce Medicaid rates. – Subject to the prior approval of the Office of State Budget and Management, the Secretary shall reduce Medicaid provider rates to accomplish the reduction in funds for this purpose enacted in this act. The Secretary shall consider the impact on access to care through primary care providers and critical access hospitals and may adjust the rates accordingly. The rate reduction applies to all Medicaid private and public providers with the following exceptions:  federally qualified health clinics, rural health centers, State institutions, hospital outpatient, pharmacies, and the noninflationary components of the case‑mix reimbursement system for nursing facilities. Medicaid rates predicated upon Medicare fee schedules shall follow Medicare reductions but not Medicare increases unless federally required. Inflationary increases for Medicaid providers paying provider fees (private ICF‑MRs and nursing facilities) can occur if the State share of the increases can be funded with provider fees.
(9)	Medicaid identification cards. – The Department shall issue Medicaid identification cards to recipients on an annual basis with quarterly updates.
(10)	The Department of Health and Human Services shall develop a plan for the consolidation of case management services. The plan shall address the time line and process for implementation, the vendors involved, the identification of savings, and the Medicaid recipients affected by the consolidation. Consolidation under this subdivision does not apply to HIV case management. By December 1, 2009, the Department shall report on the plan to the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division.
(11)	For the purpose of promoting cost‑effective utilization of outpatient mental health services for children, DMA shall require prior authorization for services following the 16th visit.
(12)	Provision of Medicaid Private Duty Nursing (PDN) – DMA shall change the Medicaid Private Duty Nursing Program provided under the State Medicaid Plan, as follows:
a.	Restructure the current PDN Program to provide services that are:
1.	Provided only to qualified recipients under the age of 21;
2.	Authorized by the recipient's primary care or attending physician;
3.	Limited to 16 hours of service per day, unless additional services are required to correct or ameliorate defects and physical and mental illnesses and conditions as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1396d(r)(5);
4.	Approved based on an initial assessment and continuing need reassessments performed by an Independent Assessment Entity (IAE) that does not provide PDN services and authorized in amounts that are medically necessary based on the recipient's medical condition, amount of family assistance available, and other relevant conditions and circumstances, as defined by the Medicaid Clinical Coverage Policy for this service.
5.	Provided in accordance with a plan of care approved by DMA or its designee.
b.	Develop and submit to CMS a § 1915(c) Home and Community‑Based Services Waiver for individuals dependent on technology to substitute for a vital body function.
c.	Once approved by CMS and upon approval of the Medicaid Clinical Coverage Policy, transition all qualified recipients age 21 and older currently receiving PDN to waiver services provided under the Technology Dependent Waiver."

Implement Independent Assessments on Mental Health Services
SECTION 10.36.(a)  The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, shall require that, prior to the delivery of enhanced mental health services in the Medicaid program, an independent assessment be conducted that meets all of the following criteria:
(1)	An initial assessment or a continuing need reassessment is performed by an Independent Assessment Entity (IAE) that is not the provider of the services in question.
(2)	The IAE authorizes the type and amount of service to be provided based on the specific health condition and needs of the intended recipient of the service.
SECTION 10.36.(b)  The Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Medical Assistance, shall provide a report of savings generated and other findings relating to the implementation of this section to the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division on or before April 1, 2011.

DHSR ADULT CARE HOME ADMINISTRATOR/MEDICATION AIDE FEES
SECTION 10.36A.(a)  Part 2 of Article 1 of Chapter 131D is amended by adding the following new section to read:
"§ 131D‑4.5A.  Fees for medication aides.
The Medical Care Commission may impose a fee, not to exceed twenty‑five dollars ($25.00), on an applicant seeking certification as an adult care home medication aide to cover the costs of testing and materials in administering a certification examination."
SECTION 10.36A.(b)  Article 20A of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes is amended by adding the following new section to read:
"§ 90‑288.15A.  Fees.
The Department may impose fees not to exceed the following amounts:
(1)	Adult Care Home Administrator
Examination Fee	$50.00
(2)	Adult Care Home Administrator Certificate
Renewal Fee	$30.00 every two years."

DHHS Block Grants
SECTION 10.37.(a)  Appropriations from federal block grant funds are made for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, according to the following schedule:

TEMPORARY ASSISTANCE TO NEEDY FAMILIES
(TANF) FUNDS

Local Program Expenditures

Division of Social Services

01.	Work First Family Assistance	$41,235,452

02.	Work First County Block Grants	94,453,315

03.	Work First Electing Counties	2,378,213

04.	Work First – Boys and Girls Clubs	2,500,000

05.	Work First – After‑School Services
	for At‑Risk Children	1,639,714

06.	Work First – After‑School Programs
	for At‑Risk Youth in Middle Schools	400,000

07.	Work First – Connect, Inc. (Work Central)	440,000

08.	Work First – Citizens Schools Program	360,000

09.	Adoption Services – Special Children's Adoption Fund	3,000,000

10.	Family Violence Prevention	2,200,000

11.	Child Protective Services – Child Welfare
	Workers for Local DSS	14,452,391

12.	Child Welfare Collaborative	1,129,115

12A.	Children's Home Society	200,000

Division of Child Development

13.	Subsidized Child Care Program	65,843,377

Division of Public Health

14.	Teen Pregnancy Initiatives	450,000

Department of Public Instruction

15.	More at Four	16,176,036

DHHS Programs

16.	Community Services	17,000,000

DHHS Administration

17.	Division of Social Services	1,093,176

18.	Office of the Secretary	75,392

Transfers to Other Block Grants

Division of Child Development

19.	Transfer to the Child Care and
	Development Fund	84,330,900

Division of Social Services

20.	Transfer to Social Services Block Grant for Child
	Protective Services – Child Welfare Training in
	Counties	1,750,000

21.	Transfer to Social Services Block Grant for
	Maternity Homes	943,002

22.	Transfer to Social Services Block Grant for Teen
	Pregnancy Prevention Initiatives	2,500,000

23.	Transfer to Social Services Block Grant for County
	Departments of Social Services for Children's Services	4,500,000

24.	Transfer to Social Services Block Grant for
	Foster Care Services	390,000

TOTAL TEMPORARY ASSISTANCE TO NEEDY FAMILIES
(TANF) FUNDS	$359,440,083

TEMPORARY ASSISTANCE TO NEEDY FAMILIES (TANF)
EMERGENCY CONTINGENCY FUNDS RECEIVED THROUGH
THE AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT (ARRA)

Local Program Expenditures

Division of Social Services

01.	Work First Family Assistance	$46,392,544

Division of Child Development

02.	Subsidized Child Care	20,000,000

TOTAL TEMPORARY ASSISTANCE TO NEEDY FAMILIES (TANF)
EMERGENCY CONTINGENCY FUNDS RECEIVED THROUGH THE
AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT (ARRA)	$66,392,544

SOCIAL SERVICES BLOCK GRANT

Local Program Expenditures

Divisions of Social Services and Aging and Adult Services

01.	County Departments of Social Services	$ 28,868,189
(Transfer from TANF – $4,500,000)

02.	State In‑Home Services Fund	2,101,113

03.	State Adult Day Care Fund	2,155,301

04.	Child Protective Services/CPS Investigative
	Services‑Child Medical Evaluation Program	609,455

05.	Foster Care Services	1,997,619
	(Transfer from TANF – $390,000)

06.	Maternity Homes (Transfer from TANF)	943,002

07.	Special Children Adoption Incentive Fund	500,000

08.	Child Protective Services‑Child Welfare Training
	for Counties	1,750,000
(Transfer from TANF)

09.	Home and Community Care Block Grant (HCCBG)	1,834,077

10.	Child Advocacy Centers	375,000

Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance
	Abuse Services

11.	Mental Health Services Program	422,003

12.	Developmental Disabilities Services Program	5,000,000

13.	Mental Health Services‑Adult and
Child/Developmental Disabilities Program/
	Substance Abuse Services‑Adult	3,234,601

Division of Child Development

14.	Subsidized Child Care Program	1,156,744

Division of Vocational Rehabilitation

15.	Vocational Rehabilitation Services – Easter Seal Society/UCP
	Community Health Program	188,263

Division of Public Health

16.	Teen Pregnancy Prevention Initiatives	2,500,000
(Transfer from TANF)

DHHS Program Expenditures

Division of Aging and Adult Services

17.	UNC‑CARES Training Contract	247,920

Division of Services for the Blind

18.	Independent Living Program	3,633,077

Division of Health Service Regulation

19.	Adult Care Licensure Program	411,897

20.	Mental Health Licensure and Certification Program	205,668

DHHS Administration

21.	Division of Aging and Adult Services	688,436

22.	Division of Social Services	892,624

23.	Office of the Secretary/Controller's Office	138,058

24.	Office of the Secretary/DIRM	87,483

25.	Division of Child Development	15,000

26.	Division of Mental Health, Developmental
	Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services	29,665

27.	Division of Health Service Regulation	235,625

28.	Office of the Secretary‑NC Inter‑Agency Council
	for Coordinating Homeless Programs	250,000

29.	Office of the Secretary	48,053

Transfers to Other State Agencies

Department of Administration

30.	NC Commission of Indian Affairs In‑Home
	Services for the Elderly	203,198

Transfers to Other Block Grants

Division of Public Health

31.	Transfer to Preventive Health Services Block Grant
	for HIV/STD Prevention and Community Planning	145,819

TOTAL SOCIAL SERVICES BLOCK GRANT	$ 60,867,890

LOW‑INCOME HOME ENERGY ASSISTANCE BLOCK GRANT

Local Program Expenditures

Division of Social Services

01.	Low‑Income Energy Assistance Program (LIEAP)	$ 70,909,401

02.	Crisis Intervention Program (CIP)	40,373,328

Local Administration

Division of Social Services

03.	County DSS Administration	6,362,505

DHHS Administration

04.	Division of Social Services	275,000

05.	Division of Mental Health, Developmental
	Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services	8,128

06.	Office of the Secretary/DIRM	276,784

07.	Office of the Secretary/Controller's Office	12,332

Transfers to Other State Agencies

Department of Commerce

08.	Weatherization Program	500,000

09.	Heating Air Repair and Replacement
	Program (HARRP)	8,103,157

10.	Local Residential Energy Efficiency Service
	Providers – Weatherization	25,000

11.	Local Residential Energy Efficiency Service
	Providers – HARRP	266,375

12.	Department of Commerce Administration – 
	Weatherization	25,000

13.	Department of Commerce Administration – 
	HARRP	266,375

14.	Department of Administration – 
N.C. State Commission of Indian Affairs	129,807

TOTAL LOW‑INCOME HOME ENERGY ASSISTANCE
BLOCK GRANT	$ 127,533,192

CHILD CARE AND DEVELOPMENT FUND BLOCK GRANT

Local Program Expenditures

Division of Child Development

01.	Subsidized Child Care Services (CCDF)	$153,889,889

02.	Contract Subsidized Child Care Services Support	547,600

03.	Subsidized Child Care Services
	(Transfer from TANF)	84,330,900

04.	Quality and Availability Initiatives	23,726,564

05.	TEACH	3,800,000

Division of Social Services

06.	Local Subsidized Child Care Services Support	$19,340,596

DHHS Administration

Division of Child Development

07.	DCD Administrative Expenses	6,539,277

Division of Central Administration

08.	DHHS Central Administration – DIRM
	Technical Services	774,317

TOTAL CHILD CARE AND DEVELOPMENT FUND
BLOCK GRANT	$292,949,143

CHILD CARE AND DEVELOPMENT FUND BLOCK GRANT RECEIVED THROUGH THE AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT (ARRA)

Local Program Expenditures

Division of Child Development

01.	Subsidized Child Care Services (CCDF)	$5,980,997

02.	Electronic Benefits Transfer System	4,000,000

DHHS Program Expenditures

Division of Child Development

03.	Quality and Availability Initiatives	2,904,787

TOTAL CHILD CARE AND DEVELOPMENT FUND
BLOCK GRANT RECEIVED THROUGH THE AMERICAN
RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT (ARRA)	$12,885,784

MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES BLOCK GRANT

Local Program Expenditures

01.	Mental Health Services – Adult	$ 5,124,810

02.	Mental Health Services	1,731,432

03.	Mental Health Services – Child	5,421,991

04.	Administration	100,000

TOTAL MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES BLOCK GRANT	$ 12,378,233

SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION
AND TREATMENT BLOCK GRANT

Local Program Expenditures

Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services

01.	Substance Abuse Services – Adult	$ 19,278,310

02.	Substance Abuse Services	2,729,770

03.	Substance Abuse Treatment Alternative for
	Women	8,107,303

04.	Substance Abuse – HIV and IV Drug	5,116,378

05.	Substance Abuse Prevention – Child	7,186,857

06.	Substance Abuse Services – Child	4,940,500

07.	Institute of Medicine	250,000

08.	Administration	250,000

Division of Public Health

09.	Risk Reduction Projects	633,980

10.	Aid‑to‑Counties	209,576

TOTAL SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION
AND TREATMENT BLOCK GRANT	$ 48,702,674

MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH BLOCK GRANT

Local Program Expenditures

Division of Public Health

01.	Children's Health Services	7,534,865

02.	Women's Health	7,701,691

03.	Oral Health	38,041

DHHS Program Expenditures

Division of Public Health

04.	Children's Health Services	1,368,778

05.	Women's Health	135,452

06.	State Center for Health Statistics	179,483

07.	Quality Improvement in Public Health	14,646

08.	Health Promotion	88,746

09.	Office of Minority Health	55,250

10.	Immunization Program – Vaccine Distribution	382,648

DHHS Administration

Division of Public Health

11.	Division of Public Health Administration	631,966

TOTAL MATERNAL AND CHILD
HEALTH BLOCK GRANT	$ 18,131,566

PREVENTIVE HEALTH SERVICES BLOCK GRANT

Local Program Expenditures

Division of Public Health

01.	NC Statewide Health Promotion	$1,730,653

02.	Services to Rape Victims	197,112

03.	HIV/STD Prevention and Community Planning
	(Transfer from Social Services Block Grant)	145,819

DHHS Program Expenditures

Division of Public Health

04.	NC Statewide Health Promotion	1,623,117

05.	Oral Health	70,000

06.	State Laboratory of Public Health	16,600

TOTAL PREVENTIVE HEALTH SERVICES BLOCK GRANT	$3,783,301

COMMUNITY SERVICES BLOCK GRANT

Local Program Expenditures

Office of Economic Opportunity

01.	Community Action Agencies	$ 17,968,944

02.	Limited Purpose Agencies	998,275

DHHS Administration

03.	Office of Economic Opportunity	998,274

TOTAL COMMUNITY SERVICES BLOCK GRANT	$ 19,965,493

COMMUNITY SERVICES BLOCK GRANT RECEIVED THROUGH
THE AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT (ARRA)

Local Program Expenditures

Office of Economic Opportunity

01.	Community Action Agencies	$ 10,000,000

TOTAL COMMUNITY SERVICES BLOCK GRANT
RECEIVED THROUGH THE AMERICAN RECOVERY
AND REINVESTMENT ACT (ARRA)	$ 10,000,000

GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 10.37.(b)  Information to Be Included in Block Grant Plans. – The Department of Health and Human Services shall submit a separate plan for each Block Grant received and administered by the Department, and each plan shall include the following:
(1)	A delineation of the proposed allocations by program or activity, including State and federal match requirements.
(2)	A delineation of the proposed State and local administrative expenditures.
(3)	An identification of all new positions to be established through the Block Grant, including permanent, temporary, and time‑limited positions.
(4)	A comparison of the proposed allocations by program or activity with two prior years' program and activity budgets and two prior years' actual program or activity expenditures.
(5)	A projection of current year expenditures by program or activity.
(6)	A projection of federal Block Grant funds available, including unspent federal funds from the current and prior fiscal years.
SECTION 10.37.(c)  Changes in Federal Fund Availability. – If the Congress of the United States increases the federal fund availability for any of the Block Grants or contingency funds and other grants related to existing block grants administered by the Department of Health and Human Services from the amounts appropriated in this section, the Department shall allocate the increase proportionally across the program and activity appropriations identified for that Block Grant in this section.  In allocating an increase in federal fund availability, the Office of State Budget and Management shall not approve funding for new programs or activities not appropriated in this section.
If the Congress of the United States decreases the federal fund availability for any of the Block Grants or contingency funds and other grants related to existing block grants administered by the Department of Health and Human Services from the amounts appropriated in this section, the Department shall reduce State administration by at least the percentage of the reduction in federal funds. After determining the State administration, the remaining reductions shall be allocated proportionately across the program and activity appropriations identified for that Block Grant in this section. The Office of State Budget and Management shall report on these changes.
Prior to allocating the change in federal fund availability, the proposed allocation must be approved by the Office of State Budget and Management. If the Department adjusts the allocation of any Block Grant due to changes in federal fund availability, then a report shall be made to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division.
SECTION 10.37.(d)  Appropriations from federal Block Grant funds are made for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, according to the schedule enacted for State fiscal year 2010‑2011 or until a new schedule is enacted by the General Assembly.
SECTION 10.37.(e)  All changes to the budgeted allocations to the Block Grants or contingency funds and other grants related to existing block grants administered by the Department of Health and Human Services that are not specifically addressed in this section shall be approved by the Office of State Budget and Management, and the Office of State Budget and Management shall consult with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations for review prior to implementing the changes. The report shall include an itemized listing of affected programs, including associated changes in budgeted allocations. All changes to the budgeted allocations to the Block Grants shall be reported immediately to the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division. This subsection does not apply to Block Grant changes caused by legislative salary increases and benefit adjustments.

TEMPORARY ASSISTANCE FOR NEEDY FAMILIES (TANF) FUNDS
SECTION 10.37.(f)  The sum of one million ninety‑three thousand one hundred seventy‑six dollars ($1,093,176) appropriated in this section in TANF funds to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to support administration of TANF‑funded programs.
SECTION 10.37.(g)  The sum of two million two hundred thousand dollars ($2,200,000) appropriated under this section in TANF funds to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to provide domestic violence services to Work First recipients.  These funds shall be used to provide domestic violence counseling, support, and other direct services to clients.  These funds shall not be used to establish new domestic violence shelters or to facilitate lobbying efforts.  The Division of Social Services may use up to seventy‑five thousand dollars ($75,000) in TANF funds to support one administrative position within the Division of Social Services to implement this subsection.
Each county department of social services and the local domestic violence shelter program serving the county shall develop jointly a plan for utilizing these funds. The plan shall include the services to be provided and the manner in which the services shall be delivered. The county plan shall be signed by the county social services director or the director's designee and the domestic violence program director or the director's designee and submitted to the Division of Social Services by December 1, 2010. The Division of Social Services, in consultation with the Council for Women, shall review the county plans and shall provide consultation and technical assistance to the departments of social services and local domestic violence shelter programs, if needed.
The Division of Social Services shall allocate these funds to county departments of social services according to the following formula:  (i) each county shall receive a base allocation of five thousand dollars ($5,000); and (ii) each county shall receive an allocation of the remaining funds based on the county's proportion of the statewide total of the Work First caseload as of July 1, 2010, and the county's proportion of the statewide total of the individuals receiving domestic violence services from programs funded by the Council for Women as of July 1, 2010. The Division of Social Services may reallocate unspent funds to counties that submit a written request for additional funds.
SECTION 10.37.(h)  The sum of one million six hundred thirty‑nine thousand seven hundred fourteen dollars ($1,639,714) appropriated in this section in TANF funds to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to expand after‑school programs and services for at‑risk children. The Department shall develop and implement a grant program to award grants to community‑based programs that demonstrate the ability to reach children at risk of teen pregnancy, school dropout, and gang participation. The Department shall award grants to community‑based organizations that demonstrate the ability to develop and implement linkages with local departments of social services, area mental health programs, schools, and other human services programs in order to provide support services and assistance to the child and family. These funds may be used to fund one position within the Division of Social Services to coordinate at‑risk after‑school programs and shall not be used for other State administration.
SECTION 10.37.(i)  The sum of fourteen million four hundred fifty‑two thousand three hundred ninety‑one dollars ($14,452,391) appropriated in this section to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, in TANF funds for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year for child welfare improvements shall be allocated to the county departments of social services for hiring or contracting staff to investigate and provide services in Child Protective Services cases; to provide foster care and support services; to recruit, train, license, and support prospective foster and adoptive families; and to provide interstate and postadoption services for eligible families.
SECTION 10.37.(j)  The sum of three million dollars ($3,000,000) appropriated in this section in TANF funds to the Department of Health and Human Services, Special Children Adoption Fund, for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used in accordance with G.S. 108A‑50.2, as enacted in Section 10.48 of S.L. 2009‑451.  The Division of Social Services, in consultation with the North Carolina Association of County Directors of Social Services and representatives of licensed private adoption agencies, shall develop guidelines for the awarding of funds to licensed public and private adoption agencies upon the adoption of children described in G.S. 108A‑50 and in foster care. Payments received from the Special Children Adoption Fund by participating agencies shall be used exclusively to enhance the adoption services program. No local match shall be required as a condition for receipt of these funds.
SECTION 10.37.(k)  The sum of four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) appropriated in this section to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, in TANF funds for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to expand after‑school programs for at‑risk children attending middle school. The Department shall develop and implement a grant program to award funds to community‑based programs demonstrating the capacity to reach children at risk of teen pregnancy, school dropout, and gang participation. These funds shall not be used for training or administration at the State level. All funds shall be distributed to community‑based programs, focusing on those communities where similar programs do not exist in middle schools.
SECTION 10.37.(l)  In implementing the use of TANF funds, the Department of Health and Human Services shall review policies, programs, and initiatives to ensure that they support men in their role as fathers and strengthen fathers' involvement in their children's lives.  The Department shall encourage county departments of social services to ensure their Work First programs emphasize responsible fatherhood and increased participation by noncustodial fathers.
SECTION 10.37.(m)  The sum of four hundred forty thousand dollars ($440,000) appropriated in this section to the Department in TANF funds for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be transferred to Connect, Inc. Connect, Inc., shall report on the number of people served and the services received as a result of the receipt of funds. The report shall contain expenditure data, including the amount of funds used for administration and direct training. The report shall also include the number of people who have been employed as a direct result of services provided by Connect, Inc., including the length of employment in the new position. The Department of Health and Human Services shall evaluate the program and ensure that services provided are not duplicative of local employment security commissions in the nine counties served by Connect, Inc. The evaluation report shall be submitted to the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division no later than May 1, 2011.
SECTION 10.37.(n)  The sum of two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000) appropriated in this section to the Department in TANF funds for Boys and Girls Clubs for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to make grants for approved programs. The Department of Health and Human Services, in accordance with federal regulations for the use of TANF funds, shall administer a grant program to award funds to the Boys and Girls Clubs across the State in order to implement programs that improve the motivation, performance, and self‑esteem of youths and to implement other initiatives that would be expected to reduce gang participation, school dropout, and teen pregnancy rates. The Department shall encourage and facilitate collaboration between the Boys and Girls Clubs and Support Our Students, Communities in Schools, and similar programs to submit joint applications for the funds if appropriate.
SECTION 10.37.(o)  The sum of one million one hundred twenty‑nine thousand one hundred fifteen dollars ($1,129,115) appropriated in this section to the Department of Health and Human Services in TANF funds for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to continue support for the Child Welfare Collaborative.
SECTION 10.37.(p)  The sum of three hundred sixty thousand dollars ($360,000) appropriated to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, under this section in TANF funds for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to continue support for the Citizens Schools Program, a three‑year urban/rural dropout prevention pilot program in the Durham and Vance County public school systems.
SECTION 10.37.(q)  The sum of seventeen million dollars ($17,000,000) appropriated in this section to the Department of Health and Human Services in TANF funds for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year for community services shall be used to support TANF‑eligible programs. The Department, upon review and approval of the Office of State Budget and Management, shall implement an equivalent reduction of General Fund appropriations and shall transfer the appropriations to support community services.

TEMPORARY ASSISTANCE FOR NEEDY FAMILIES (TANF) EMERGENCY CONTINGENCY FUNDS
SECTION 10.37.(r)  The sum of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) appropriated under this section from TANF Emergency Contingency funds to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used for subsidized child care services. Payment for subsidized child care services provided with TANF Emergency Contingency funds shall comply with all regulations and policies issued by the Division of Child Development for the subsidized child care program.
SECTION 10.37.(s)  The sum of forty‑six million three hundred ninety‑two thousand five hundred forty‑four dollars ($46,392,544) appropriated under this section from TANF Emergency Contingency funds to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to support assistance payments provided under the Work First Family Assistance program.

SOCIAL SERVICES BLOCK GRANT
SECTION 10.37.(t)  Social Services Block Grant funds appropriated to the North Carolina Inter‑Agency Council for coordinating homeless programs, child medical evaluations, and community services provided by Children's Advocacy Centers are exempt from the provisions of 10A NCAC 71R .0201(3).
SECTION 10.37.(u)  The sum of one million seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($1,750,000) appropriated in this section in the Social Services Block Grant to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to support various child welfare training projects as follows:
(1)	Provide a regional training center in southeastern North Carolina.
(2)	Provide training for residential child caring facilities.
(3)	Provide for various other child welfare training initiatives.
SECTION 10.37.(v)  The sum of nine hundred forty‑three thousand two dollars ($943,002) appropriated in this section to the Department of Health and Human Services in the Social Services Block Grant for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to support maternity home services.
SECTION 10.37.(w)  The sum of one million nine hundred ninety‑seven thousand six hundred nineteen dollars ($1,997,619) appropriated in this section in the Social Services Block Grant for child caring agencies for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be allocated in support of State foster home children.
SECTION 10.37.(x)  The Department of Health and Human Services is authorized, subject to the approval of the Office of State Budget and Management, to transfer Social Services Block Grant funding allocated for departmental administration between divisions that have received administrative allocations from the Social Services Block Grant.
SECTION 10.37.(y)  Social Services Block Grant funds appropriated for the Special Children's Adoption Incentive Fund will require a fifty percent (50%) local match.
SECTION 10.37.(z)  The sum of three hundred seventy‑five thousand dollars ($375,000) appropriated in this section in the Social Services Block Grant for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be allocated to the Division of Social Services to support community services provided by Children's Advocacy Centers on behalf of children who are victims of child abuse.
SECTION 10.37.(aa)  The sum of four hundred twenty‑two thousand three dollars ($422,003) appropriated in this section in the Social Services Block Grant to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be used to continue a Mental Health Services Program for children.

LOW‑INCOME HOME ENERGY ASSISTANCE BLOCK GRANT
SECTION 10.37.(bb)  Additional emergency contingency funds received may be allocated for Energy Assistance Payments or Crisis Intervention Payments without prior consultation with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations. Additional funds received shall be reported to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division upon notification of the award. The Department of Health and Human Services shall not allocate funds for any activities, including increasing administration, other than assistance payments, without prior consultation with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations.

CHILD CARE AND DEVELOPMENT FUND BLOCK GRANT
SECTION 10.37.(cc)  Payment for subsidized child care services provided with federal TANF funds shall comply with all regulations and policies issued by the Division of Child Development for the subsidized child care program.
SECTION 10.37.(dd)  If funds appropriated through the Child Care and Development Fund Block Grant for any program cannot be obligated or spent in that program within the obligation or liquidation periods allowed by the federal grants, the Department may move funds to child care subsidies, unless otherwise prohibited by federal requirements of the grant, in order to use the federal funds fully.
SECTION 10.37.(ee)  If American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 funds appropriated through the Child Care and Development Fund Block Grant for any program cannot be obligated or spent in that program within the obligation or liquidation periods allowed by the federal grants, the Department may move funds to child care subsidies, unless otherwise prohibited by federal requirements of the grant, in order to use the federal funds fully.

SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT BLOCK GRANT
SECTION 10.37.(ff)  The sum of two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) appropriated in this section in the Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Block Grant to the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services, for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year for the North Carolina Institute of Medicine (NCIOM) shall be used to study the following:
(1)	The availability of Medicaid and State‑funded mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse services to active duty, reserve, and veteran members of the military and National Guard. The study should discuss the current availability of services, the extent of use, and any gaps in services.
(2)	Issues related to cost, quality, and access to appropriate and affordable health care for all North Carolinians. The North Carolina Institute of Medicine (NCIOM) may use funds appropriated for the 2007‑2009 fiscal biennium to continue the work of its Health Access Study Group to study these issues. The Health Access Study Group may include in its study the matters contained in Sections 31.1, 31.2, and 31.3 of S.L. 2008‑181 and also may monitor federal health‑related legislation to determine how the legislation would impact costs, quality, and access to health care.
(3)	Short‑term and long‑term strategies to address issues within adult care homes that provide residence to persons who are frail and elderly and to persons suffering from mental illness.
The Institute shall make an interim report to the Governor's Office, the Joint Legislative Health Care Oversight Committee, and the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services no later than January 15, 2010, which may include recommendations and proposed legislation, and shall issue its final report with findings, recommendations, and suggested legislation to the 2011 General Assembly upon its convening. In the event members of the General Assembly serve on the NCIOM Health Access Study Group, they shall receive per diem, subsistence, and travel allowances in accordance with G.S. 120‑3.1. The Health Access Study Group may include in its study the matters contained in Sections 31.1, 31.2, and 31.3 of S.L. 2008‑181 and also may monitor federal health‑related legislation to determine how the legislation would impact costs, quality, and access to health care.

MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH BLOCK GRANT
SECTION 10.37.(gg)  If federal funds are received under the Maternal and Child Health Block Grant for abstinence education, pursuant to section 912 of Public Law 104‑193 (42 U.S.C. § 710), for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, then those funds shall be transferred to the State Board of Education to be administered by the Department of Public Instruction. The Department of Public Instruction shall use the funds to establish an abstinence until marriage education program and shall delegate to one or more persons the responsibility of implementing the program and G.S. 115C‑81(e1)(4) and (4a). The Department of Public Instruction shall carefully and strictly follow federal guidelines in implementing and administering the abstinence education grant funds.
SECTION 10.37.(hh)  The Department of Health and Human Services shall ensure that there will be follow‑up testing in the Newborn Screening Program.

PART Xi. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND CONSUMER SERVICES

Fee Increases for Pesticide Dealers, Pesticide Applicators, and Pest Control Consultants
SECTION 11.1.(a)  G.S. 143‑440 reads as rewritten:
"§ 143‑440.  Restricted use pesticides regulated.
(a)	The Board may, by regulation after a public hearing, adopt and from time to time revise a list of restricted use pesticides for the State or for designated areas within the State. The Board may designate any pesticide or device as a "restricted use pesticide" upon the grounds that, in the judgment of the Board (either because of its persistence, its toxicity, or otherwise) it is so hazardous or injurious to persons, pollinating insects, animals, crops, wildlife, lands, or the environment, other than the pests it is intended to prevent, destroy, control, or mitigate that additional restriction on its sale, purpose, use or possession are required.
(b)	The Board may include in any such restricted use regulation the time and conditions of sale, distribution, or use of such restricted use pesticides, may prohibit the use of any restricted use pesticide for designated purposes or at designated times; may require the purchaser or user to certify that restricted use pesticides will be used only as labeled or as further restricted by regulation; may require the certification and recertification of private applicators and, charge a fee of up to ten dollars ($10.00), with the fee set at a level to make the certification/recertification program self‑supporting, and, after opportunity for a hearing, may suspend, revoke or modify the certification for violation of any provision of this Article, or any rule or regulation adopted thereunder; and may, if it deems it necessary to carry out the provisions of this Part, require that any or all restricted use pesticides shall be purchased, possessed, or used only under permit of the Board and under its direct supervision in certain areas and/or under certain conditions or in certain quantities or concentrations except that any person licensed to sell such pesticides may purchase and possess such pesticides without a permit. The Board may require all persons issued such permits to maintain records as to the use of the restricted use pesticides. The Board may authorize the use of restricted use pesticides by persons licensed under the North Carolina Structural Pest Control Act without a permit. A nonrefundable fee of ten dollars ($10.00) shall be charged for each examination required by this section. This examination fee is in addition to the certification or recertification fee, and any other fee authorized pursuant to any other provision of Article 4C of Chapter 106 of the General Statutes.
(c)	A fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be charged for examination of individuals seeking to be designated as Worker Protection Designated Trainers, in accordance with provisions of the Federal Worker Protection Standard set forth in 40 C.F.R. Part 170, and subsequent amendments to those regulations."
SECTION 11.1.(b)  G.S. 143‑448(b) reads as rewritten:
"§ 143‑448.  Licensing of pesticide dealers; fees.
…
(b)	Applications for a pesticide dealer license shall be in the form and shall contain the information prescribed by the Board. Each application shall be accompanied by a non‑refundable fee of seventy‑five dollars ($75.00). All licenses issued under this Part shall expire on December 31 of the year for which they are issued.
…."
SECTION 11.1.(c)  G.S. 143‑449(b) reads as rewritten:
"§ 143‑449.  Qualifications for pesticide dealer license; examinations.
…
(b)	Each applicant shall satisfy the Board as to his responsibility in carrying on the business of a pesticide dealer. Each applicant for an original license must demonstrate upon written, or written and oral, examination to be prescribed by the Board his knowledge of pesticides, their usefulness and their hazards; his competence as a pesticide dealer; and his knowledge of the laws and regulations governing the use and sale of pesticides. A nonrefundable fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be charged for each examination required by this section. This examination fee is in addition to any fee authorized pursuant to any other provision of Article 4C of Chapter 106 of the General Statutes.
…."
SECTION 11.1.(d)  G.S. 143‑452(b) reads as rewritten:
"§ 143‑452.  Licensing of pesticide applicators; fees.
…
(b)	Applications for pesticide applicator license shall be in the form and shall contain the information prescribed by the Board. Each application shall be accompanied by a non‑refundable fee of seventy‑five dollars ($75.00) for each pesticide applicator's license. In addition, an annual inspection fee of twenty‑five dollars ($25.00) shall be submitted for each aircraft to be licensed. Should any aircraft fail to pass inspection, making it necessary for a second inspection to be made, the Board shall require an additional twenty‑five‑dollar ($25.00) inspection fee. In addition to the required inspection, unannounced inspections may be made without charge to determine if equipment is properly calibrated and maintained in conformance with the laws and regulations. All aircraft licensed to apply pesticides shall be identified by a license plate or decal furnished by the Board at no cost to the licensee, which plate or decal shall be affixed on the aircraft in a location and manner prescribed by the Board. No applicator inspection or license fee, original or renewal, shall be charged to State agencies or local governments or their employees. Inspections of ground pesticide application equipment may be made. Any such equipment determined to be faulty or unsafe shall not be used for the purpose of applying a pesticide(s) until such time as proper repairs and/or alterations are made."
SECTION 11.1.(e)  G.S. 143‑453 reads as rewritten:
"§ 143‑453.  Qualifications for pesticide applicator's license; examinations.
(a)	An applicant for a license must present satisfactory evidence to the Board concerning his qualifications for a pesticide applicator license. The contractor and each pilot involved in aerial application of pesticides shall be licensed.
Those qualifications, in the case of a pilot, shall include at least 125 hours and one year's flying experience as a pilot in the field of aerial pesticide application. A pilot lacking 125 hours and one year's experience as a pilot in the field of aerial pesticide application shall be licensed as an apprentice aerial pesticide applicator pilot. All aerial applications of pesticides by a licensed apprentice shall be conducted under the direct supervision of a licensed pesticide applicator pilot. The supervising pilot, while directly supervising an apprentice, shall operate out of the same airstrip as the apprentice and shall be available periodically throughout each day to provide advice and assistance to the apprentice. A nonrefundable fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be charged for the examination required by this subsection. Such examination fee shall be charged in addition to the fees authorized pursuant to subsection (b) of this section or any other provision of Article 4C of Chapter 106 of the General Statutes.(b)	Each applicant shall satisfy the Board as to his knowledge of the laws and regulations governing the use and application of pesticides in the classifications he has applied for (manually or with various equipment that he may have applied for a license to operate), and as to his responsibility in carrying on the business of a pesticide applicator. Each applicant for an original license must demonstrate upon written, or written and oral, examination to be prescribed by the Board his knowledge of pesticides, their usefulness and their hazards; his competence as a pesticide applicator; and his knowledge of the laws and regulations governing the use and application of pesticides in the classification for which he has applied. A nonrefundable fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be charged for the core examination, and an additional twenty dollars ($20.00) shall be charged for each additional specific classification licensure. Such examination fees shall be charged in addition to the fees authorized pursuant to subsection (a) of this section or any other provision of Article 4C of Chapter 106 of the General Statutes.
…."
SECTION 11.1.(f)  G.S. 143‑455 reads as rewritten:
"§ 143‑455.  Pest control consultant license.
(a)	No person shall perform services as a pest control consultant without first procuring from the Board a license. Applications for a consultant license shall be in the form and shall contain the information prescribed by the Board. The application for a license shall be accompanied by a non‑refundable annual fee of seventy‑five dollars ($75.00).
(b)	An applicant for a consultant license must present satisfactory evidence to the Board concerning his qualifications for such license. The Board may classify consultant licenses into one or more classifications or subclassifications based upon types of consulting services performed or to be performed. Such classifications and subclassifications may reflect the crops involved in the consulting service, the discipline or training of consultant, the discretion or lack of discretion involved in the consulting service, and the site or location of the service. Each classification and subclassification may be subject to separate testing procedures and requirements, and may be subject to its own minimum standards of training in specialized subject matter from a recognized college or university, or equivalent specialized consulting experience or training. A nonrefundable fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be charged for the consultant examination, and an additional twenty dollars ($20.00) shall be charged for each additional specific classification licensure permitted  by this subsection. Such examination fee shall be charged in addition to the fees authorized pursuant to subsection (a) of this section or any other provision of Article 4C of Chapter 106 of the General Statutes. Qualifications for licensing may be less stringent if the licensee is restricted to making recommendations contained in publications recognized by the Board as appropriate for a specific consulting classification or subclassification.
…."

Structural Pest Control Act Fee Increases
SECTION 11.2.(a)  G.S. 106‑65.27 reads as rewritten:
"§ 106‑65.27.  Examinations of applicants; fee; license not transferable.
(a)	Certified Applicator. – All applicants for a certified applicator's identification card shall demonstrate practical knowledge of the principles and practices of pest control and safe use of pesticides. Competency shall be determined on the basis of written examinations to be provided and administered by the Committee and, as appropriate, performance testing. Testing shall be based upon examples of problems and situations appropriate to the particular phase or subphase of structural pest control for which application is made and shall include, where relevant, the following areas of competency:
(1)	Label and labeling comprehension.
(2)	Safety factors associated with pesticides – toxicity, precautions, first aid, proper handling, etc.
(3)	Influence of and on the environment.
(4)	Pests – identification, biology, and habits.
(5)	Pesticides – types, formulations, compatibility, hazards, etc.
(6)	Equipment – types and uses.
(7)	Application techniques.
(8)	Laws and regulations.
An applicant for a certified applicator's identification card shall submit an examination fee of twenty‑five dollars ($25.00) for each phase or subphase of structural pest control in which the applicant chooses to be examined. An examination for more than one phase or subphase may be taken at the same time at any regularly scheduled examination. Frequency of such examinations shall be at the discretion of the Committee, provided that a minimum of two examinations be given annually. The examination will cover each phase or subphase of structural pest control for which application is being made.
(b)	License. – Each applicant for an original license must demonstrate upon written examination, to be provided and administered by the Committee, his competency as a structural pest control operator for the phase or subphase in which he is applying for a license. Frequency of such examinations shall be at the discretion of the Committee, provided that a minimum of two examinations shall be given annually. The examination will cover each phase or subphase of structural pest control for which application is being made. All applicants for a license shall register with the Division on a prescribed form. A license examination fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be charged for each phase or subphase of structural pest control in which the applicant chooses to be examined. An examination for more than one phase or subphase of structural pest control may be taken at the same time.
…."
SECTION 11.2.(b)  G.S. 106‑65.31 reads as rewritten:
"§ 106‑65.31.  Annual certified applicator card and license fee; registration of servicemen, salesmen, solicitors, and estimators; identification cards.
(a)	Certified Applicator's Identification Card. – The fee for issuance or renewal of a certified applicator's identification card shall be fifty dollars ($50.00). Within 75 days after the employment of a certified applicator, the licensee shall apply to the Division for the issuance of a certified applicator's identification card. A certified applicator's identification card shall expire on June 30 of each year and shall be renewed annually. All certified applicators who fail or neglect to renew their card on or before June 30 but make application before January 1 of the following year may have their card renewed without having to be reexamined unless the applicant is scheduled for periodic reexamination under regulations adopted pursuant to G.S. 106‑65.27(d)(3). All applicants submitting applications for the renewal of their cards after June 30 shall not use or supervise the use of restricted use pesticides until a new card has been issued.
Any certified applicator whose employment is terminated with a licensee or agent prior to the end of any license year may at any time prior to the end of the license year be reissued a certified applicator's identification card for the remainder of the license year as an employee of another licensee or agency or as an individual for a fee of five dollars ($5.00). The licensee shall notify the Division of the termination or change in status of any certified applicator.
Any certified applicator whose identification card is lost or destroyed or changed in any way may be reissued a new card for the remainder of the license year for a fee of five dollars ($5.00).
(b)	License. – The fee for the issuance or renewal of a license for any one phase of structural pest control shall be two hundred dollars ($200.00). Each additional phase shall be seventy‑five dollars ($75.00). The fee for each subphase shall be fifteen dollars ($15.00). Licenses shall expire on June 30 of each year and shall be renewed annually. All licensees who fail or neglect to renew their license on or before June 30, but who make application before January 1 of the following year, may have their license renewed without having to be reexamined, unless the applicant is scheduled for periodic reexamination under regulations adopted pursuant to G.S. 106‑65.27(d)(3). No structural pest control work may be performed until the license has been renewed or until a new license has been issued.
Any licensee whose employment is terminated by his employer or any licensee who is transferred to another company or location other than the company or location shown on his license certificate, may at any time, have his license reissued for the remainder of the license year for a fee of ten dollars ($10.00).
Any licensee whose license is lost or destroyed may secure a duplicate license for a fee of ten dollars ($10.00).
(b1)	Registration. – Within 75 days after the hiring of an employee who is either an estimator, salesman, serviceman, or solicitor, the licensee shall apply to the Division for the issuance of an identification card for such employee. The application must be accompanied by a fee of forty dollars ($40.00) for each card. The card shall be issued in the name of the employee and shall bear the name of the employing licensee, the employer's license number and phases, the name and address of the employer's business, and such other information as the Committee may specify. The identification card shall be carried by the employee on his person at all times while performing any phase of structural pest control work. The card must be displayed upon demand by the Commissioner, the Committee, the Division, or any representative thereof, or the person for whom any phase of structural pest control work is being performed. A registered technician's identification card must be renewed annually on or before June 30 by payment of a renewal fee of twenty‑five dollars ($25.00). If a card is lost or destroyed the licensee may secure a duplicate for a fee of five dollars ($5.00).The licensee shall notify the Division of the termination or change in status of any registered technician. All identification cards expire when a license expires.
When a license is reissued, the licensee shall be responsible for registering and securing identification cards for all existing employees who engage in structural pest control within 10 days of the reissuance of the license.
A certified applicator who is not an employee of a licensed individual shall register the names of all employees under his supervision who are engaged in the performance of structural pest control with the Division and shall purchase a registered technician's identification card for each such employee.
…."

Consolidate Grade "A" Milk Program Into Dairy Program and Study Fee Structure
SECTION 11.3.(a)  All functions, powers, duties, and obligations previously vested in the Grade "A" Milk Sanitation Program within the Division of Environmental Health of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources are transferred to and vested in the Food and Drug Protection Division of the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services by a Type I transfer, as defined in G.S. 143A‑6.
SECTION 11.3.(b)  The Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services shall study the development of a schedule of fees for the Grade "A" Milk Sanitation Program consistent with the existing fee schedule for the Dairy Program.  In its study under this subsection, the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services shall consider the costs associated with operating the Grade "A" Milk Program. 
SECTION 11.3.(c)  The Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services shall report not later than January 15, 2011, to the House and Senate Appropriation Subcommittees on Natural and Economic Resources and the Fiscal Research Division on the results of its study under subsection (b) of this section.  The Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services shall include in this report what fee schedule the Department recommends as well as any findings, other recommendations, or legislative proposals. 
SECTION 11.3.(d)  Part 9 of Article 8 of Chapter 130A of the General Statutes is recodified as Article 28C of Chapter 106 of the General Statutes, to be entitled "Grade 'A' Milk Sanitation"; G.S. 130A‑274 is recodified as G.S. 106‑266.30; G.S. 130A‑275 is recodified as G.S. 106‑266.31; G.S. 130A‑276 is recodified as G.S. 106‑266.32; G.S. 130A‑277 is recodified as G.S. 106‑266.33; G.S. 130A‑278 is recodified as G.S. 106‑266.34; and G.S. 130A‑279 is recodified as G.S. 106‑266.35.
SECTION 11.3.(e)  G.S. 106‑266.30, as recodified under subsection (d) of this section, reads as rewritten:
"§ 106‑266.30.  Definitions.
The following definitions shall apply throughout this Article:
(1)	"Grade 'A' milk" means fluid milk and milk products which have been produced, transported, handled, processed and distributed in accordance with the provisions of the rules adopted by the Board of Agriculture.
(2)	"Milk" means the lacteal secretion practically free from colostrum obtained by the milking of one or more cows, goats, or other lactating animals."
SECTION 11.3.(f)  G.S. 106‑266.31, as recodified under subsection (d) of this section, reads as rewritten:
"§ 106‑266.31.  Board to adopt rules.
The Board of Agriculture shall adopt rules relating to the sanitary production, transportation, processing and distribution of Grade "A" milk. The rules, in order to protect and promote the public health, shall provide definitions and requirements for: (i) the sanitary production and handling of milk on Grade "A" dairy farms; (ii) the sanitary transportation of Grade "A" raw milk for processing; (iii) the sanitary processing of Grade "A" milk; (iv) the sanitary handling and distribution of Grade "A" milk; (v) the requirements for the issuance, suspension and revocation of permits; and (vi) the establishment of quality standards for Grade "A" milk. The rules shall be no less stringent than the 1978 Pasteurized Milk Ordinance recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service/Food and Drug Administration as amended effective January 1, 1982. The Board of Agriculture may adopt by reference the U.S. Public Health Service/Food and Drug Administration 1978 Pasteurized Milk  Ordinance, as amended."
SECTION 11.3.(g)  G.S. 106‑266.32, as recodified under subsection (d) of this section, reads as rewritten:
"§ 106‑266.32.  Permits required.
No person shall produce, transport, process, or distribute Grade "A" milk without first having obtained a valid permit from the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services."
SECTION 11.3.(h)  G.S. 106‑266.33, as recodified under subsection (d) of this section, reads as rewritten:
"§ 106‑266.33.  Duties of the Department.
The Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services shall enforce the rules of the Board of Agriculture governing Grade "A" milk by making sanitary inspections of Grade "A" dairy farms, Grade "A" processing plants, Grade "A" milk haulers and Grade "A" distributors; by determining the quality of Grade "A" milk; and by evaluating methods of handling Grade "A" milk to insure compliance with the provisions of the rules of the Board of Agriculture. The Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services shall issue permits for the operation of Grade "A" dairy farms, processing plants and haulers in accordance with the provisions of the rules of the Board of Agriculture and shall suspend or revoke permits for violations in accordance with the rules."
SECTION 11.3.(i)  G.S. 106‑266.34, as recodified under subsection (d) of this section, reads as rewritten:
"§ 106‑266.34.  Certain other authorities of Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services not replaced.
This Article shall not repeal or limit the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services' authority to carry out labeling requirements, required butterfat testing, aflatoxin testing, pesticide testing, other testing performed by the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, and any other function of the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services concerning Grade "A" milk under any other Article under this Chapter that is not inconsistent with this Article."
SECTION 11.3.(j)  G.S. 106‑266.35 as recodified under subsection (d) of this section, reads as rewritten:
"§ 106‑266.35.  Sale or dispensing of milk.
Only milk that is Grade "A" pasteurized milk may be sold or dispensed directly to consumers for human consumption. Raw milk and raw milk products shall be sold or dispensed only to a permitted milk hauler or to a processing facility at which the processing of milk is permitted, graded, or regulated by a local, State, or federal agency. The Board of Agriculture may adopt rules to provide exceptions for dispensing raw milk and raw milk products for nonhuman consumption. Any raw milk or raw milk product dispensed as animal feed shall include on its label the statement "NOT FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION" in letters at least one‑half inch in height. Any raw milk or raw milk product dispensed as animal feed shall also include on its label the statement "IT IS NOT LEGAL TO SELL RAW MILK FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION IN NORTH CAROLINA." "Sale" or "sold" shall mean any transaction that involves the transfer or dispensing of milk and milk products or the right to acquire milk and milk products through barter or contractual arrangement or in exchange for any other form of compensation including, but not limited to, the sale of shares or interest in a cow, goat, or other lactating animal or herd."
SECTION 11.3.(k)  G.S. 130A‑21(b) is repealed.
SECTION 11.3.(l)  G.S. 106‑143 reads as rewritten:
"§ 106‑143.  Article construed supplementary.
Nothing in this Article shall be construed as in any way amending, abridging, or otherwise affecting the validity of any law or ordinance relating to the Commission for Public Health or the Department of Environment and Natural Resources or any local health department in their sanitary work in connection with public and private water supplies, sewerage, meat,  milk products, shellfish, finfish, or other foods, or food products, or the production, handling, or processing of these items."

Consolidate Spay/Neuter Program into Animal Welfare PROGRAM and Provide Additional Funding
SECTION 11.4.(a)  All functions, powers, duties, and obligations previously vested in the Spay/Neuter Program within the Department of Health and Human Services are transferred to and vested in the Animal Welfare Section of the Animal Health Division of the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services by a Type I transfer, as defined in G.S. 143A‑6.
SECTION 11.4.(b)  Of the funds appropriated in this act to the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, including those in special funds, the sum of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) shall be used to fund the Spay/Neuter Program under Article 5 of Chapter 19A of the General Statutes.
SECTION 11.4.(c)  G.S. 90A‑61 reads as rewritten:
"§ 19A‑61.  Spay/Neuter Program established.
There is established in the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services a statewide program to foster the spaying and neutering of dogs and cats for the purpose of reducing the population of unwanted animals in the State. The program shall consist of the following components:
(1)	Education Program. – The Department shall establish a statewide program to educate the public about the benefits of having cats and dogs spayed and neutered. The Department may work cooperatively on the program with the North Carolina School of Veterinary Medicine, other State agencies and departments, county and city health departments and animal control agencies, and statewide and local humane organizations. The Department may employ outside consultants to assist with the education program.
(2)	Local Spay/Neuter Assistance Program. – The Department shall administer the Spay/Neuter Account established in G.S. 19A‑62. Monies deposited in the account shall be available to reimburse eligible counties and cities for the direct costs of spay/neuter surgeries for cats and dogs made available to low‑income persons."
SECTION 11.4.(d)  G.S. 19A‑62 reads as rewritten:
"§ 19A‑62.  Spay/Neuter Account established.
(a)	Creation. – The Spay/Neuter Account is established as a nonreverting special revenue account in the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services. The Account consists of the following:
(1)	The portion of the fee imposed under G.S. 130A‑190(b)(4) for obtaining a rabies vaccination tag from the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services.
(2)	Ten dollars ($10.00) of the additional fee imposed by G.S. 20‑79.7 for an Animal Lovers special license plate.
(3)	Any other funds available from appropriations by the General Assembly or from contributions and grants from public or private sources.
(b)	Use. – The revenue in the Account shall be used by the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services as follows:
(1)	If the revenue generated by the portion of the fee imposed under G.S. 130A‑190(b)(3) is less than forty‑seven thousand five hundred dollars ($47,500) for the fiscal year, then funds up to the difference between forty‑seven thousand five hundred dollars ($47,500) and the amount of revenue generated may be used from this Account to fund rabies education and prevention programs.
(2)	Twenty percent (20%) shall be used to develop and implement the statewide education program component of the Spay/Neuter Program established in G.S. 19A‑61.
(3)	Up to twenty percent (20%) of the money in the Account may be used to defray the costs of administering the Spay/Neuter Program established in this Article.
(4)	Funds remaining after deductions for the education program and administrative expenses shall be distributed quarterly to eligible counties and cities seeking reimbursement for reduced‑cost spay/neuter surgeries performed during the previous year. A county or city is ineligible to receive funds under this subdivision unless it requires the owner to show proof of rabies vaccination at the time of the procedure or, if none, require vaccination at the time of the procedure.
(c)	Report. – By October 1 of each year, the Department must report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division. The report must contain information regarding all revenues and expenditures of the Spay/Neuter Account."
SECTION 11.4.(e)  G.S. 19A‑64(b) reads as rewritten:
"(b)	Application. – A county or city eligible for reimbursement of spaying and neutering costs from the Spay/Neuter Account shall apply to the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services by the last day of January, April, July, and October of each year to receive a distribution from the Account for that quarter. The application shall be submitted in the form required by the Department and shall include an itemized listing of the costs for which reimbursement is sought."
SECTION 11.4.(f)  G.S. 19A‑65 reads as rewritten:
"§ 19A‑65.  Annual Report Required From Every Animal Shelter in Receipt of State or Local Funding.
Every county or city animal shelter, or animal shelter operated under contract with a county or city or otherwise in receipt of State or local funding shall prepare an annual report setting forth the numbers, by species, of animals received into the shelter, the number adopted out, the number returned to owner, and the number destroyed. The report shall also contain the total operating expenses of the shelter and the cost per animal handled. The report shall be filed with the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services by August 1 of each year."

PART XII. DEPARTMENT OF Labor

DEPARTMENT OF LABOR/APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM
SECTION 12.1.  G.S. 94‑12 reads as rewritten:
"§ 94‑12.  Fees.
The following fees are imposed on each apprentice who is covered by a written apprenticeship agreement entered into under this Chapter: (i) a new registration fee of one hundred dollars ($100.00) and (ii) an annual fee of one hundred dollars ($100.00). The fees are departmental receipts and must be applied to the costs of administering the apprenticeship program. The Commissioner may adopt rules pursuant to Chapter 150B of the General Statutes to implement this section. "

PART XIII. DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES

Consolidate Four DENR Subunits within the new Division of Environmental Assistance and Outreach
SECTION 13.1.(a)  The Division of Environmental Assistance and Outreach is established as a new division within the environmental area of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources. All functions, powers, duties, and obligations previously vested in the following subunits of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources are transferred to, vested in, and consolidated within the Division of Environmental Assistance and Outreach by a Type I transfer, as defined in G.S. 143A‑6:
(1)	The Office of Environmental Education.
(2)	The Customer Service Center.
(3)	The Division of Pollution Prevention and Environmental Assistance.
(4)	The Small Business Ombudsman. 
SECTION 13.1.(b)  G.S. 18B‑902(h) reads as rewritten:
"(h)	Recycling Plan Required. – Each applicant for an on‑premises malt beverage permit, on‑premises unfortified wine permit, on‑premises fortified wine permit, or a mixed beverages permit shall prepare and submit with the application a plan for the collection and recycling of all recyclable beverage containers of all beverages to be sold at retail on the premises. A permittee who is not able to find a recycler for its beverage containers may apply to the Alcoholic Beverage Control Commission for a one‑year stay of the requirement to implement a recycling program in compliance with G.S. 18B‑1006.1. The application shall be made in a form specified by the Commission, shall detail the efforts made by the permittee to provide for the collection and recycling of beverage containers, and shall specify the impediments to implementation of a recycling plan. The Commission shall submit all such applications to the Division of Environmental Assistance and Outreach of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources for review and certification. The Division of  Environmental Assistance and Outreach shall investigate each application and prepare a summary of its investigation and shall submit the summary to the Commission along with a notation indicating certification or denial of the application. A permittee whose application for a stay is certified by the Division of  Environmental Assistance and Outreach shall not be required to comply with the recycling requirement of the alcoholic beverage laws and regulations during the one‑year stay period so certified."
SECTION 13.1.(c)  G.S. 130A‑309.12(a)(6) reads as rewritten:
"(6)	Providing funding for the activities of the Division of Environmental Assistance and Outreach."
SECTION 13.1.(d)  G.S. 130A‑309.63(b)(2) reads as rewritten:
"(2)	The Department may use up to forty percent (40%) of the revenue in the Account to make grants to encourage the use of processed scrap tire materials. These grants may be made to encourage the use of tire‑derived fuel, crumb rubber, carbon black, or other components of tires for use in products such as fuel, tires, mats, auto parts, gaskets, flooring material, or other applications of processed tire materials. These grants shall be made in consultation with the Department of Commerce, the Division of  Environmental Assistance and Outreach of the Department, and, where appropriate, the Department of Transportation. Grants to encourage the use of processed scrap tire materials shall not be used to process tires."
SECTION 13.1.(e)  G.S. 136‑28.8(g) reads as rewritten:
"(g)	On or before October 1 of each year, the Department shall report to the Division of  Environmental Assistance and Outreach of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources as to the amounts and types of recycled materials that were specified or used in contracts that were entered into during the previous fiscal year. On or before December 1 of each year, the Division of  Environmental Assistance and Outreach shall prepare a summary of this report and submit the summary to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Joint Legislative Transportation Oversight Committee. The summary of this report shall also be included in the report required by G.S. 130A‑309.06(c)."
SECTION 13.1.(f)  G. S. 143‑58.2(d) reads as rewritten:
"(d)	The Department of Administration, in cooperation with the Division of  Environmental Assistance and Outreach of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources, shall identify materials and supplies with recycled content that meet appropriate standards for use by State departments, institutions, agencies, community colleges, and local school administrative units."
SECTION 13.1.(g)  The Revisor of Statutes shall make any other conforming statutory changes necessary to reflect the transfer under subsection (a) of this section that are not included in this section.

Consolidate Certain Environmental Health Programs from DENR to DHHS; Amend On‑Site Wastewater Certification
SECTION 13.2.(a)  The following sections of the Division of Environmental Health that support programs implemented through local health departments and programs primarily focused on food safety and other public health concerns are transferred from the Department of Environment and Natural Resources to the Division of Public Health of the Department of Health and Human Services with all the elements of a Type I transfer as defined by G.S. 143A‑6.
(1)	Environmental Health Services Section.
(2)	Public Health Pest Management Section.
(3)	On‑Site Water Protection Section.
(4)	Radiation Protection Section.
(5)	Office of Education and Training.
SECTION 13.2.(b)  G.S. 90A‑51 reads as rewritten:
"§ 90A‑51.  Definitions.
The words and phrases defined below shall when used in this Article have the following meaning unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
…
(2a)	"Environmental health practice" means the provision of environmental health services, including administration, organization, management, education, enforcement, and consultation regarding environmental health services provided to or for the public. These services are offered to prevent environmental hazards and promote and protect the health of the public in the following areas: food, lodging, and institutional sanitation; on‑site wastewater treatment and disposal; milk and dairy sanitation; shellfish sanitation; recreational water quality; public swimming pool sanitation; childhood lead poisoning prevention; well permitting and inspection; tattoo parlor sanitation; and all other areas of environmental health requiring the delegation of authority by the Division of Public Health of the Department of Health and Human Services to State and local environmental health professionals to enforce rules adopted by the Commission for Public Health. The definition also includes local environmental health professionals enforcing rules of local boards of health for on‑site wastewater systems and wells."
SECTION 13.2.(c)  G.S. 90A‑55(a) reads as rewritten:
"(a)	Board Membership. – The Board shall consist of 12 members who shall serve staggered terms: the Secretary of Health and Human Services, or the Secretary's duly authorized representative, one public‑spirited citizen, one environmental sanitation educator from an accredited college or university, one local health director, a representative of the Division of Public Health of the Department of Health and Human Services, and seven practicing environmental health specialists who qualify by education and experience for registration under this Article, six of whom shall represent the Western, Piedmont, and Eastern Regions of the State as described more specifically in the rules adopted by the Board."
SECTION 13.2.(d)  G.S. 90A‑55(c) reads as rewritten:
"(c)	The Environmental Health Section of the North Carolina Public Health Association, Inc., shall submit a recommended list of Board member candidates to the Governor for the Governor's consideration in appointments, except for the two representatives of the Department of Health and Human Services recommended by the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the local health director recommended by the North Carolina Local Health Directors Association."
SECTION 13.2.(e)  G.S. 90A‑71 reads as rewritten:
"§ 90A‑71.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Article:
(1)	"Board" means the North Carolina On‑Site Wastewater Contractors and Inspectors Certification Board.
(2)	"Contractor" means a person who constructs, installs, or repairs, or offers to construct, install, or repair an on‑site wastewater system in the State.
(3)	"Conventional wastewater system" has the same meaning as in G.S. 130A‑343(a)(3).
(4)	"Department" means the Department of Health and Human Services.
(5)	"Inspector" means a person who conducts an inspection in accordance with rules adopted by the Board.
(5a)	"Inspection" means an examination of an on‑site wastewater system permitted under the provisions of Article 11 of Chapter 130A of the General Statutes that satisfies all of the following criteria:
a.	Is requested by a lending institution, realtor, prospective homebuyer, or other impacted party as a condition of sale, refinancing, or transfer of title.
b.	Meets the minimum requirements established by the Board.
(6)	"On‑site wastewater system" means any wastewater system permitted under the provisions of Article 11 of Chapter 130A of the General Statutes that does not discharge to a treatment facility or the surface waters of the State.
(7)	"Person" means all persons, including individuals, firms, partnerships, associations, public or private institutions, municipalities, or political subdivisions, governmental agencies, or private or public corporations organized and existing under the laws of this State or any other state or country.
(8)	"Wastewater treatment facility" means a mechanical or chemical treatment facility serving a site with multiple wastewater sources."
SECTION 13.2.(f)  G.S. 90A‑72 reads as rewritten:
"§ 90A‑72.  Certification required; applicability.
(a)	Certification Required. – No person shall construct, install, or repair or offer to construct, install, or repair an on‑site wastewater system permitted under Article 11 of Chapter 130A of the General Statutes without being certified as a contractor at the required level of certification for the specified system. No person shall conduct an inspection or offer to conduct an inspection of an on‑site wastewater system as permitted under Article 11 of Chapter 130A of the General Statutes without being certified in accordance with the provisions of this Article.
(b)	Applicability. – This Article does not apply to the following:
(1)	A person who is employed by a certified contractor or inspector in connection with the construction, installation, repair, or inspection of an on‑site wastewater system performed under the direct and personal supervision of the certified contractor or inspector in charge.
(2)	A person who constructs, installs, or repairs an on‑site wastewater system described as a single septic tank with a gravity‑fed gravel trench dispersal media when located on land owned by that person and that is intended solely for use by that person and members of that person's immediate family who reside in the same dwelling. 
(3)	A person licensed under Article 1 of Chapter 87 of the General Statutes who constructs or installs an on‑site wastewater system ancillary to the building being constructed or who provides corrective services and labor for an on‑site wastewater system ancillary to the building being constructed.
(4)	A person who is certified by the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission and contracted to provide necessary operation and maintenance on the permitted on‑site wastewater system.
(5)	A person permitted under Article 21 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes who is constructing a water pollution control facility necessary to comply with the terms and conditions of a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit.
(6)	A person licensed under Article 1 of Chapter 87 of the General Statutes as a licensed public utilities contractor who is installing or expanding a wastewater treatment facility, including a collection system, designed by a registered professional engineer.
(7)	A plumbing contractor licensed under Article 2 of Chapter 87 of the General Statutes, so long as the plumber is not performing plumbing work that includes the installation or repair of a septic tank or similar depository, or lines or appurtenances downstream from the point where the house or building sewer lines from the plumbing system meet the septic tank or similar depository.
(8)	A person employed by the Department of Health and Human Services, a local health department, or a local health district, when conducting a regulatory inspection of an on‑site wastewater system for purposes of determining compliance."
SECTION 13.2.(g)  G.S. 90A‑73(a)(2) reads as rewritten:
"(2)	One member appointed by the Governor who, at the time of appointment, is a certified water pollution control system operator pursuant to Article 3 of this Chapter, to a term that expires on 1 July of years evenly divisible by three."
SECTION 13.2.(h)  G.S. 90A‑73(c), 90A‑73(d), and 90A‑73(i) are repealed.
SECTION 13.2.(i)  G.S. 90A‑74 reads as rewritten:
"§ 90A‑74.  Powers and duties of the Board.
The Board shall have the following general powers and duties:
…
(4)	To develop and administer examinations for specific grade levels of certification as approved by the Board. The Board may approve applications by recognized associations for certification of its members after a review of the requirements of the association to ensure that they are equivalent to the requirements of the Board.
…
(10a)	To employ staff necessary to carry out the provisions of this Article and to determine the compensation, duties, and other terms and conditions of employment of its staff.
(10b)	To employ professional, clerical, investigative, or special personnel necessary to carry out the provisions of this Article.
(11)	To conduct other services necessary to carry out the purposes of this Article."
SECTION 13.2.(j)  G.S. 90A‑75 is amended by adding a new subsection to read:
"(c1)	Use of Fees. – All fees collected pursuant to this Article shall be held by the Board and used by the Board for the sole purpose of administering this Article."
SECTION 13.2.(k)  G.S. 90A‑76 is repealed.
SECTION 13.2.(l)  G.S. 90A‑77(a) reads as rewritten:
"(a)	Certification. – The Board shall issue a certificate of the appropriate grade level to an applicant who satisfies all of the following conditions:
(1)	Is at least 18 years of age.
(2)	Submits a properly completed application to the Board.
(3)	Completes the basic on‑site wastewater education program approved by the Board for the specific grade level.
	
(5)	Completes any additional training program designed by the Board specific to the grade level for which the applicant is applying.
(6)	Pays the applicable fees set by the Board for the particular application and grade level.
(7)	For the specific grade level, as determined by the Board, passes a written or oral examination that tests the applicant's proficiency in all of the following areas:
a.	Principles of public and environmental health associated with on‑site wastewater systems.
b.	Principles of construction and safety.
c.	Technical and practical knowledge of on‑site wastewater systems typical to the specified grade level.
d.	Laws and rules related to the installation, construction, repair, or inspection of the specified on‑site wastewater system."
SECTION 13.2.(m)  G.S. 90A‑81(b) reads as rewritten:
"(b)	Arbitration. – The Board may establish a voluntary arbitration procedure to resolve complaints concerning a certified contractor or inspector or any work performed by a certified contractor or inspector, or conflicts involving any certified contractor or inspector and the Division of Public Health of the Department or a local health department."
SECTION 13.2.(n)  G.S. 90A‑81(c) reads as rewritten:
"(c)	Injunction. – The Board may in its own name seek an injunction to restrain any person, firm, partnership, or corporation from violating the provisions of this Article or rules adopted by the Board. The Board may bring an action for an injunction  in the superior court of any county in which the violator resides or the violator's principal place of business is located. In any proceedings for an injunction, it shall not be necessary to allege or prove either that an adequate remedy at law does not exist, or that substantial or irreparable damage would result from the continued violation. Members of the Board shall not be personally or professionally liable for any act or omission pursuant to this subsection. The Board shall not be required to post a bond in connection with any action to obtain an injunction."
SECTION 13.2.(o)  G.S. 104E‑5 reads as rewritten:
"§ 104E‑5.  Definitions.
Unless a different meaning is required by the context, the following terms as used in this Chapter shall have the meanings hereinafter respectively ascribed to them:
…
(6)	"Department" means the Department of Health and Human Services.
…."
SECTION 13.2.(p)  G.S. 104E‑8(c)(6) reads as rewritten:
"(c)	The 10 ex officio members shall be appointed by the Governor, shall be members or employees of the following State agencies or their successors, and shall serve at the Governor's pleasure:
…
(6)	The Division of Public Health of the Department."
SECTION 13.2.(q)  G.S. 104E‑9 reads as rewritten:
"§ 104E‑9.  Powers and functions of Department of  Health and Human Services.
(a)	The Department of  Health and Human Services is authorized:
…
(b)	The Division of Public Health of the Department shall develop a training program for tanning equipment operators that meets the training rules adopted by the Commission. If the training program is provided by the Department, the Department may charge each person trained a reasonable fee to recover the actual cost of the training program."
SECTION 13.2.(r)  G.S. 106‑307.2(b) reads as rewritten:
"(b)	The State Veterinarian shall notify the State Health Director and the Director of the Division of Public Health in the Department of Health and Human Services when the State Veterinarian receives a report indicating an occurrence or potential outbreak of anthrax, arboviral infections, brucellosis, epidemic typhus, hantavirus infections, murine typhus, plague, psittacosis, Q fever, hemorrhagic fever, virus infections, and any other disease or condition transmissible to humans that the State Veterinarian determines may have been caused by a terrorist act."
SECTION 13.2.(s)  G.S. 120‑70.33(3) reads as rewritten:
"§ 120‑70.33.  Powers and duties.
The Joint Select Committee shall have the following powers and duties:
…
(3)	To evaluate actions of the Radiation Protection Commission, the radiation protection programs administered by the Division of Public Health of the Department of Health and Human Services, and of any other board, commission, department, or agency of the State or local government as such actions relate to low‑level radioactive waste management;"
SECTION 13.2.(t)  The Revisor of Statutes shall make any other conforming statutory changes that are necessary to reflect the transfers under subsection (a) of this section.
SECTION 13.2.(u)  Any funds remaining as of June 30, 2010, in the On‑Site Wastewater Certification Fund created in G.S. 90A‑76 as a nonreverting account within the Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall be credited to the North Carolina On‑Site Wastewater Contractors and Inspectors Certification Board and shall be used in accordance with G.S. 90A‑75, as amended by this section.
SECTION 13.2.(v)  This transfer is effective July 1, 2010, and funds transferred shall be net of any changes enacted by this section.

Consolidate Shellfish Sanitation and Recreational Water Quality Section Within the Division of Marine Fisheries
SECTION 13.3.(a)  The Shellfish Sanitation and Recreational Water Quality Section of the Division of Environmental Health of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources is transferred to, vested in, and consolidated within the Division of Marine Fisheries of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources by a Type I transfer, as defined in G.S. 143A‑6.
SECTION 13.3.(b)  G.S. 130A‑231 is repealed.
SECTION 13.3.(c)  The Revisor of the Statutes shall make any other conforming statutory changes necessary to reflect this transfer that are not included in this section.

Consolidate Public Water Supply Section Within Division of Water Resources
SECTION 13.4.(a)  The Public Water Supply Section of the Division of Environmental Health of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources is transferred to, vested in, and consolidated within the Division of Water Resources of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources by a Type I transfer, as defined in G.S. 143A‑6.
SECTION 13.4.(b)  The Revisor of Statutes shall make any other conforming statutory changes necessary to reflect this transfer that are not included in this section.

Sustainable Communities Task Force
SECTION 13.5.(a)  Article 7 of Chapter 143B of the General Statutes is amended by adding a new Part to read:
"Part 31. North Carolina Sustainable Communities Task Force.
"§ 143B‑344.34.  North Carolina Sustainable Communities Task Force – findings.
(a)	The General Assembly finds that the rapid growth of the urban and suburban areas of North Carolina and the economic challenges facing many of the State's urban cores, rural areas, and smaller communities create a significant need for the strategic use of resources to plan and accommodate healthy and equitable development without compromising natural systems and the needs of future generations of North Carolinians.
(b)	The General Assembly finds that the following principles describe sustainable development for North Carolina's communities:
(1)	Better transportation choices. – Offering safe, reliable, and economical motorized and nonmotorized transportation options to decrease household transportation costs, reduce dependence on foreign oil, improve air quality, reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and promote public health.
(2)	Equitable, affordable housing. – Encouraging the provision to North Carolina citizens of all ages, incomes, races, and ethnicities expanded location‑, water‑, and energy‑efficient housing choices that increase mobility, decrease the impact on existing water and energy infrastructure, and lower the combined cost of housing and transportation.
(3)	Enhanced economic competitiveness. – Expanding business access to markets and improving North Carolina's economic competitiveness through reliable and timely access to employment centers, educational opportunities, services, and other basic needs by workers.
(4)	Support of existing communities. – Targeting public funds toward existing communities that are using strategies such as transit‑oriented, mixed‑use development, and land recycling to increase community revitalization, enhance the efficiency and cost‑effectiveness of public works investments, and protect rural landscapes.
(5)	Coordination and leverage of State policies and investment. – Aligning State and local government policies and funding to remove barriers to collaboration, leverage funding, and increase the accountability and effectiveness of government in planning for future growth.
(6)	Recognize and support communities and neighborhoods. – Preserving and enhancing the unique characteristics of rural, urban, and suburban communities by investing in healthy, safe, and walkable neighborhoods.
"§ 143B‑344.35.  North Carolina Sustainable Communities Task Force – creation; purpose; duties.
There is created within the Department of Environment and Natural Resources the North Carolina Sustainable Communities Task Force to lead and support the State's sustainable communities initiatives. The duties of the Task Force shall be as follows:
(1)	To apply for and receive, on behalf of the State, funding from federal, public, or private initiatives, grant programs, or donors that will foster sustainable development in North Carolina.
(2)	To promote regional partnerships and to assist local governments and regional or interlocal organizations in North Carolina in seeking and managing funding from federal, public, or private initiatives, grant programs, or donors related to the planning, development, or redevelopment of the State's communities in a sustainable manner.
(3)	To identify federal funding opportunities related to sustainable development.
(4)	To provide technical assistance to eligible State agencies, local governments, nonprofits or regional collaborations, and partnerships in applying for federal and other funding opportunities. This technical assistance shall include the development of scenario planning tools, progress measurement metrics, and public participation strategies for use by all applicants.
(5)	To recommend policies for the support, promotion, and encouragement of  sustainable communities to the Secretaries of the Departments of Commerce, Environment and Natural Resources, and Transportation, the General Assembly, and the Governor.
(6)	To recommend annually to the Governor appropriations for sustainable development programs.
(7)	To develop a common local government sustainable practices scoring system incorporating the principles set forth in G.S. 143B‑344.34(b). 
(8)	To pursue opportunities to combine the efforts of State agencies related to development and infrastructure; to study how existing regional and interlocal organizations could improve their organization and reduce unnecessary overlap and duplication of services; and to better integrate State efforts and investments with regional and local efforts. The Task Force shall include in its recommendations under subdivisions (5) and (6) of this section any recommendations for legislation necessary to implement any potential improvements identified under this subdivision."§ 143B‑344.36.  North Carolina Sustainable Communities Task Force – membership; staffing; sunset.
(a)	Membership and Advice. – The Task Force shall consist of 11 members who reflect the diversity of the State. The Secretaries of Commerce, Environment and Natural Resources, and Transportation and the Director of the North Carolina Housing Finance Agency shall each designate a representative to the Task Force from their agencies. The Secretary of Administration shall designate a representative from that Department who is familiar with the management and development of State‑owned lands and buildings. The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall designate a representative from the Division of Public Health of the Department of Health and Human Services who is familiar with the impact of the built environment on human health. The Governor shall appoint the remaining five members under a specified subdivision of this subsection as follows:
(1)	One member who is a representative of a nonprofit organization involved in the planning, advocacy, or creation of sustainable development.
(2)	One member who is a representative of a county government.
(3)	One member who is a representative of city government.
(4)	One member who is a representative of a council of government or other regional collaborative organization.
(5)	One member with professional training in planning who is a representative of the North Carolina Chapter of the American Planning Association.
The Secretaries of Administration, Commerce, Environment and Natural Resources, Health and Human Services, and Transportation, or their designees, shall advise the Task Force on sustainable development activities within the responsibility of their respective departments and shall cooperate with the Task Force in jointly seeking funds from federal, public, or private initiatives, grant programs, or donors.
(b)	Terms, Vacancies. – The members of the Task Force appointed by the Governor shall have a term of office of four years and shall serve until their successors are appointed and qualified. An appointment to fill a vacancy shall be for the unexpired balance of the term. The remaining members of the Task Force shall serve at the pleasure of the appointing authority. 
(c)	Staff. – The Departments of Administration, Commerce, Environment and Natural Resources, Health and Human Services, and Transportation shall provide clerical and professional staff support to the Task Force.
(d)	Compensation. – The public members of the Task Force shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses payable to members of State boards and agencies as set forth by G.S. 138‑5 and G.S. 138‑6, respectively.
(e)	Sunset. – This Part  expires June 30, 2021.
"§ 143B‑344.37.  North Carolina Sustainable Communities Task Force – reports.
(a)	Beginning in 2011, the Task Force shall report to the Governor, the House and Senate Commerce Committees, and the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations no later than October 1 each year. The report shall include the following elements:
(1)	Policy recommendations and suggested legislation.
(2)	Funding applied for and received in the prior fiscal year.
(3)	Population, employment, building permit, and related socioeconomic data for each metro region of the State, including 25‑year projections of population and employment and any other demographic trends the Task Force finds relevant, with commentary on any changing trends in the data that might affect planning for sustainable development and infrastructure. Where possible, the Task Force shall use data already collected by the State Demographer, the United States Census Bureau, and any other state or federal agency.
(4)	An inventory of State policies and programs that influence positively or negatively the ability to develop sustainable communities.
(5)	An overview of all State funding initiatives (including State‑allocated federal funding initiatives) used to support housing, infrastructure, water quality, and land preservation, including, at a minimum, the following:
a.	The Clean Water Management Trust Fund.
b.	The Parks and Recreation Trust Fund.
c.	The Agriculture Development and Farmland Preservation Trust Fund.
d.	The Natural Heritage Trust Fund.
e.	The Highway Fund and the Highway Trust Fund.
f.	The Congestion Relief and Intermodal Transportation 21st Century Fund.
g.	The North Carolina Main Street Program and the Main Street Solutions Fund.
h.	The Housing Trust Fund and the low‑income housing tax credit funds administered by the Housing Finance Agency.
i.	Funds  from the Public School Building Capital Fund used by counties for the purchase of land for public school buildings.
j.	The tax credits for renewable energy property, historic rehabilitation, and mill rehabilitation set forth in Chapter 105 of the General Statutes.
The overview should include the current funding level, changes in funding over the previous fiscal year, and how the funding initiative has contributed to sustainable development, or, in the case of a tax credit, the number and geographical distribution of taxpayers taking the credit, the amount of credits claimed, and how the credit has contributed to sustainable development.
(b)	For purposes of this section, "metro region of the State" includes the following Statistical Areas defined by the United States Census Bureau:
(1)	The Research Triangle region (made up of the Durham‑Chapel Hill and the Raleigh‑Cary Metropolitan Statistical Areas).
(2)	The North Carolina portion of the Charlotte‑Gastonia‑Concord Metropolitan Statistical Area.
(3)	The Greensboro‑Winston‑Salem‑High Point Combined Statistical Area.
(4)	The Asheville Metropolitan Statistical Area.
(5)	The Hickory‑Lenoir‑Morganton Metropolitan Statistical Area.
(6)	The Fayetteville Metropolitan Statistical Area.
(7)	The Wilmington Metropolitan Statistical Area.
(8)	The Greenville Metropolitan Statistical Area.
(9)	The Jacksonville Metropolitan Statistical Area.
(10)	The Rocky Mount Metropolitan Statistical Area.
(11)	The Goldsboro Metropolitan Statistical Area.
(12)	Any other Metropolitan Statistical Area that includes counties of the State and that has a population of 100,000 or more within the State."
SECTION 13.5.(b)  G.S. 120‑123 is amended by adding a new subdivision to read:
"(79)	The North Carolina Sustainable Communities Task Force, as established in Article 7 of Chapter 143B of the General Statutes."
SECTION 13.5.(c)  Grant Funding for Regional Sustainable Development Partnerships. – The Task Force shall, from funds available, provide a grants program for regional bodies, cities, or counties within regions that comply with the following requirements:
(1)	The regional body, city, or county is a part of a regional sustainable development partnership covering any of the metro regions identified in G.S. 143B‑344.37(b), as enacted by subsection (a) of this section. This partnership may include any Metropolitan Planning Organizations, Regional Planning Organizations, and regional transit agencies in existence in the region, along with representatives of the Departments of Commerce, Transportation, and Environment and Natural Resources.
(2)	The partnership has submitted a workplan to the North Carolina Sustainable Communities Task Force showing the activities to be funded and the public information process through which activities are selected and prioritized.
(3)	All members of the partnership have adopted a jointly developed memorandum of agreement describing how coordinated planning activities will be undertaken.
In awarding any grant funding, the Task Force shall utilize the common local government sustainable practices scoring system set forth in G.S. 143B‑344.35, as enacted by subsection (a) of this section. In its consideration of grant applications, the Task Force may also consider any offers by a partnership to provide matching funds.
SECTION 13.5.(d)  Reports. – The Departments of Commerce, Transportation, and Environment and Natural Resources shall report by October 1 each year, beginning in 2010, to the House and Senate Commerce Committees and the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations.  The report shall provide information regarding each Department's progress in implementing the sustainable development principles set forth in G.S. 143B‑344.34 as enacted by subsection (a) of this section.
SECTION 13.5.(e)  Staffing. – The Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall transfer the vacant District Planner position in the Division of Coastal Management to the Task Force and shall fill the position in a timely manner in order to provide support for the operations and activities of the Task Force.  For administrative purposes, the Task Force shall be located in the Department's Division of Environmental Assistance and Outreach, and the Division will also provide appropriate administrative and clerical support for the activities of the Task Force.

Dam Safety Fee
SECTION 13.6.(a)  A one‑time Dam Evaluation Fee of one thousand one hundred dollars ($1,100) per equivalent dam unit shall be paid to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources by electric utility companies in a lump sum payment based on the number of dams owned by each company that fall under the jurisdiction of the Part 3 of Article 21 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes.  Fees collected pursuant to this section shall be used to support one time‑limited engineering position and operating funds necessary to perform the evaluation and integration of regulated power plant dams into the Department's dam safety inventory program.  These fees shall remain available to the Department and shall not revert until the evaluation and integration of regulated power plants is complete.
SECTION 13.6.(b)  This section becomes effective October 1, 2010.

Litter Reduction from Drive‑Through Restaurants
SECTION 13.7.(a)  G.S. 130A‑309.06(a) is amended by adding a new subdivision to read:
"§ 130A‑309.06.  Additional powers and duties of the Department.
(a)	In addition to other powers and duties set forth in this Part, the Department shall:
…
(15)	Require that all restaurants selling food or beverages from a drive‑through window provide receptacles for disposal of recyclable materials or solid waste that might otherwise end up as litter on and adjacent to roads and highways of the State. The receptacles shall be accessible to customers in vehicles who purchase food or beverages from the drive‑through window. Nothing in this subdivision shall require any restaurant providing receptacles for solid waste and recyclable materials to accept quantities of those materials that are greater than the capacity of a reasonably provided and maintained receptacle.
…."
SECTION 13.7.(b)  G.S. 130A‑22(a) reads as rewritten:
"§ 130A‑22.  Administrative penalties.
(a)	The Secretary of Environment and Natural Resources may impose an administrative penalty on a person who violates Article 9 of this Chapter, rules adopted by the Commission pursuant to Article 9, or any term or condition of a permit or order issued under Article 9. Each day of a continuing violation shall constitute a separate violation. The penalty shall not exceed fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) per day in the case of a violation involving nonhazardous waste. The penalty shall not exceed thirty‑two thousand five hundred dollars ($32,500) per day in the case of a first violation involving hazardous waste as defined in G.S. 130A‑290 or involving the disposal of medical waste as defined in G.S. 130A‑290 in or upon water in a manner that results in medical waste entering waters or lands of the State; and shall not exceed fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) per day for a second or further violation involving the disposal of medical waste as defined in G.S. 130A‑290 in or upon water in a manner that results in medical waste entering waters or lands of the State. The penalty shall not exceed thirty‑two thousand five hundred dollars ($32,500) per day for a violation involving a voluntary remedial action implemented pursuant to G.S. 130A‑310.9(c) or a violation of the rules adopted pursuant to G.S. 130A‑310.12(b). The penalty shall not exceed one hundred dollars ($100.00) for a first violation; two hundred dollars ($200.00) for a second violation within any 12‑month period; and five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each additional violation within any 12‑month period for any violation of Part 2G of Article 9 of this Chapter or of any rule adopted pursuant to G.S. 130A‑309.06(a)(15). If a person fails to pay a civil penalty within 60 days after the final agency decision or court order has been served on the violator, the Secretary of Environment and Natural Resources shall request the Attorney General to institute a civil action in the superior court of any county in which the violator resides or has his or its principal place of business to recover the amount of the assessment. Such civil actions must be filed within three years of the date the final agency decision or court order was served on the violator.
…."

Increase Hazardous Waste Fees
SECTION 13.8.  G.S. 130A‑294.1(f) reads as rewritten:
"(f)	A person who generates 100 kilograms or more of hazardous waste in any calendar month during the year beginning 1 July and ending 30 June but less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in each calendar month during that year shall pay an annual fee of one hundred seventy dollars ($170.00)."

Increase Administrative Cap for Inactive Hazardous waste Sites Program
SECTION 13.9.  G.S. 130A‑295.9(1) reads as rewritten:
"§ 130A‑295.9.  Solid waste disposal tax; use of proceeds.
It is the intent that the proceeds of the solid waste disposal tax imposed by Article 5G of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes shall be used only for the following purposes:
(1)	Funds credited pursuant to G.S. 105‑187.63(1) to the Inactive Hazardous Sites Cleanup Fund shall be used by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources to fund the assessment and remediation of pre‑1983 landfills, except up to thirteen percent (13%) of the funds credited under this subdivision may be used to fund administrative expenses related to the assessment and remediation of pre‑1983 landfills and other inactive hazardous waste sites."

Strengthen Plastic Bag Recycling
SECTION 13.10.(a)  G.S. 130A‑309.121 reads as rewritten:
"§ 130A‑309.121.  Definitions.
As used in this Part, the following definitions apply:
(1)	Plastic bag. – A carryout bag composed primarily of thermoplastic synthetic polymeric material, which is provided by a store to a customer at the point of sale and incidental to the purchase of other goods.
(2)	Prepared foods retailer. – A retailer primarily engaged in the business of selling prepared foods, as that term is defined in G.S. 105‑164.3, to consumers.
(2a)	Recycled content. – Content that is either postconsumer, postindustrial, or a mix of postconsumer and postindustrial.
(3)	Recycled paper bag. – A paper bag that meets all of the following requirements:
a.	The bag is manufactured from one hundred percent (100%) recycled content.
b.	The bag displays the words "made from recycled material" and "recyclable."
	(5)	Retailer. – A person who offers goods for sale in this State to consumers and who provides a single‑use plastic bag to the consumer to carry or transport the goods for free or for a nominal charge.
(6)	Reusable bag. – A bag with handles that is specifically designed and manufactured for multiple reuse and is made of one of the following materials: 
a.	Nonwoven polypropylene or other plastic material with a minimum weight of 80 grams per square meter. 
b.	Cloth or other machine washable fabric."
SECTION 13.10.(b)  From funds available to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources, the Division of Waste Management and the Division of Environmental Assistance and Outreach shall monitor plastic bag use reduction resulting from the implementation of Part 2G of Article 9 of Chapter 130A of the General Statutes and shall report to the Environmental Review Commission on or before January 15, 2012, on the impacts the ban enacted by that Part has had on plastic bag litter in coastal waterways adjacent to areas where that Part applies.  
SECTION 13.10.(c)  Subsection (a) of this section becomes effective January 1, 2011.

Parks and Recreation Trust Fund/Authority to Consider Operating Expenses
SECTION 13.11.  G.S. 113‑44.15 reads as rewritten:
"§ 113‑44.15.  Parks and Recreation Trust Fund.
(a)	Fund Created. – There is established a Parks and Recreation Trust Fund in the State Treasurer's Office. The Trust Fund shall be a nonreverting special revenue fund consisting of gifts and grants to the Trust Fund, monies credited to the Trust Fund pursuant to G.S. 105‑228.30(b), and other monies appropriated to the Trust Fund by the General Assembly. Investment earnings credited to the assets of the Fund shall become part of the Fund.
(b)	Use. – Funds in the Trust Fund are annually appropriated to the North Carolina Parks and Recreation Authority and, unless otherwise specified by the General Assembly or the terms or conditions of a gift or grant, shall be allocated and used as follows:
(1)	Sixty‑five percent (65%) for the State Parks System for capital projects, repairs and renovations of park facilities, and land acquisition, and to retire debt incurred for these purposes under Article 9 of Chapter 142 of the General Statutes.
(2)	Thirty percent (30%) to provide matching funds to local governmental units or public authorities as defined in G.S. 159‑7 on a dollar‑for‑dollar basis for local park and recreation purposes. The appraised value of land that is donated to a local government unit or public authority may be applied to the matching requirement of this subdivision. These funds shall be allocated by the North Carolina Parks and Recreation Authority based on criteria patterned after the Open Project Selection Process established for the Land and Water Conservation Fund administered by the National Park Service of the United States Department of the Interior.
(3)	Five percent (5%) for the Coastal and Estuarine Water Beach Access Program.
(b1)	Geographic Distribution. – In allocating funds in the Trust Fund under this section, the North Carolina Parks and Recreation Authority shall make geographic distribution across the State to the extent practicable.
(b2)	Administrative Expenses. – Of the funds appropriated to the North Carolina Parks and Recreation Authority from the Trust Fund each year, no more than three percent (3%) may be used by the Department for operating expenses associated with managing capital improvements projects, acquiring land, and administration of local grants programs.
(b3)	Operating Expenses for State Parks System Allocations. – In allocating funds in the Trust Fund under subdivision (1) of subsection (b) of this section, the North Carolina Parks and Recreation Authority shall consider the operating expenses associated with each capital project, repair and renovation project, and each land acquisition. In considering the operating expenses, the North Carolina Parks and Recreation Authority shall determine both:
(1)	The minimal anticipated operating expenses, which are determined by the minimum staff and other operating expenses needed to maintain the project.
(2)	The optimal anticipated operating budget, which is determined by the level of staff and other operating expenses required to achieve a more satisfactory level of operation under the project.
(c)	Reports. – The North Carolina Parks and Recreation Authority shall report no later than October 1 of each year to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, the House and Senate Appropriations Subcommittees on Natural and Economic Resources, the Fiscal Research Division, and the Environmental Review Commission on allocations from the Trust Fund from the prior fiscal year. For funds allocated from the Trust Fund under subdivision (b1) of this section, this report shall include the operating expenses determined under subdivisions (1) and (2) of subsection (b3) of this section.
…"

Reclassify SeVen Vacant Positions in the Division of Parks and Recreation
SECTION 13.12.  The Division of Parks and Recreation of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall reclassify seven vacant positions within the Division and shall fill these reclassified positions in a timely manner in order to provide support for new or expanding parks within the State Parks System, as defined in G.S. 113‑44.9.

State Parks System Plan 
SECTION 13.13.  G.S. 113‑44.11 is amended by adding a new subsection to read:
"(d)	No later than October 1 of each year, the Department shall submit electronically the State Parks System Plan to the Environmental Review Commission, the Senate and the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittees on Natural and Economic Resources, and the Fiscal Research Division. Concurrently, the Department shall submit a summary of each change to the Plan that was made during the previous fiscal year."

No NEw Fees for parking in State Parks
SECTION 13.14.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the funds appropriated to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources for State Parks for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall not be reduced or replaced with fees for parking at State Parks, unless these fees were charged prior to the 2010‑2011 fiscal year. No fees shall be charged and no fees shall be collected for parking in a State Park during the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, unless these fees were charged prior to the 2010‑2011 fiscal year. 

Authority for the Department of Revenue to Share Information with DENR
SECTION 13.15.  G.S. 105‑259(b) is amended by adding a new subdivision to read:
"(b)	Disclosure Prohibited. – An officer, an employee, or an agent of the State who has access to tax information in the course of service to or employment by the State may not disclose the information to any other person except as provided in this subsection. Standards used or to be used for the selection of returns for examination and data used or to be used for determining the standards may not be disclosed for any purpose. All other tax information may be disclosed only if the disclosure is made for one of the following purposes:
…
(40)	To furnish the Division of Forest Resources of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources pertinent contact and financial information concerning companies that are involved in the primary processing of timber products so that the Secretary of Environment and Natural Resources is able to comply with G.S. 113A‑193 under the Primary Forest Product Assessment Act."

Division of Marine Fisheries and Division of Forest Resources Aircraft Maintenance
SECTION 13.16.(a)  The Division of Marine Fisheries of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall use mechanics employed by the Division of Forest Resources of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources for the purpose of performing aircraft maintenance for all aircraft of the Division of Marine Fisheries except for a particular instance when this would be impracticable.
SECTION 13.16.(b)  The Division of Forest Resources of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall perform aircraft maintenance using its mechanics for all aircraft of the Division of Marine Fisheries, except for a particular instance when this would be impracticable. The Division of Forest Resources shall develop a process to establish priorities for the aviation maintenance needs of all the aircraft in both the Division of Forest Resources and the Division of Marine Fisheries.

purchase of computer software by DENR for DENR aircraft flights and maintenance recordkeeping
SECTION 13.17.  The Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall purchase computer software to be used to establish and maintain a record of the flights and the maintenance of aircraft of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources.  For the purchase under this section, the Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall use funds realized from the sale of aircraft by the divisions within the department that operate aircraft. The Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall work with the Division of Marine Fisheries, the Division of Forest Resources, and the Aviation Division of the Department of Transportation to develop the specifications for this software system and to evaluate the best product available to accomplish the purpose set forth in this section. The Department should evaluate all available options, including the purchase of a commercially available system and the purchase of a license to use a software system that is currently used by another State agency.  The purchase under this section is subject to all State laws and rules regarding the procurement of distributed information technology assets, as defined in G.S. 147‑33.81.

Report on DENR Aviation Activities
SECTION 13.18.(a)  No later than October 1, 2010, the Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall submit a report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, the House of Representatives and Senate Appropriations Subcommittees on Natural and Economic Resources, and the Fiscal Research Division. The report shall:
(1)	Describe the uses of the State aircraft fleet within the control of either the Division of Forest Resources of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources or the Division of Marine Fisheries of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources; and
(2)	Describe the progress of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources in implementing the eight management practices that were recommended by the Program Evaluation Division of the General Assembly in its report entitled "Selling 25 Underutilized Aircraft May Yield Up to $8.1 Million and Save $1.5 Million Annually" (Report 2010‑04), based upon its study of the State's aircraft fleets, as authorized by Section 14.6 of S.L. 2009‑451.
SECTION 13.18.(b)  The Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall include in its report under subsection (a) of this section a summary of the Conklin & de Decker report that is due to be submitted to the Division of Forest Resources in August 2010, including any recommendations included in the Conklin & de Decker report and a description of the Department's plan to implement the Conklin & de Decker report recommendations.

Fishery Resource Grant Funds to be used for At‑Sea Observer Program
SECTION 13.19.(a)  Of the funds appropriated to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources for the Fishery Resource Grant Program for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the sum of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) shall be used by the Division of Marine Fisheries to develop and establish the At‑Sea Observer Program. Establishing and funding the At‑Sea Observer Program is necessary to meet federal requirements to monitor gill net fisheries statewide and record sea turtle and other endangered and threatened species interactions. 
SECTION 13.19.(b)  The funds allocated under subsection (a) of this section shall be used to establish and support three Marine Fisheries Technician II positions to provide at‑sea‑observer coverage. In establishing the positions under this section, it is the intent of the General Assembly to enable gill net fishing to continue in North Carolina and to enhance the ability of the Division of Marine Fisheries to collect and analyze data necessary to determine the health of fish stock, such as measures of spawning stock biomass, mortality, recruitment, and sustainable harvest levels. Actions recommended in Fishery Management Plans, which are developed in accordance with G.S. 113‑182.1 to ensure the long‑term viability of the State's commercially and recreationally significant species or fisheries, rely upon these data.

Grassroots Science Program
SECTION 13.20.  Section 13.7.(a) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 13.7.(a)  Of the funds appropriated in this act to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources for the Grassroots Science Program, the sum of three million four hundred eleven thousand seven hundred thirteen dollars ($3,411,713) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the sum of three million two hundred forty‑one thousand one hundred twenty‑seven dollars ($3,241,127) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year is allocated as grants‑in‑aid for each fiscal year as follows:
	2009‑2010	2010‑2011

Aurora Fossil Museum	$57,875	$54,981
Cape Fear Museum	$157,787	$149,898
Carolina Raptor Center	$109,931	$104,434
Catawba Science Center	$143,429	$136,258
Colburn Earth Science Museum, Inc.	$73,054	$69,401
Core Sound Waterfowl Museum	$49,000	$46,550
Discovery Place	$649,608	$617,128
Eastern NC Regional Science Center	$49,000	$46,550
Fascinate‑U	$79,451	$75,478
Granville County Museum Commission,
Inc.–Harris Gallery	$55,294	$ 52,529
Greensboro Children's Museum	$132,374	$ 125,755
The Health Adventure Museum of Pack
Place Education, Arts and
Science Center, Inc.	$152,499	$ 144,874
Highlands Nature Center	$77,683	$ 73,799
Imagination Station	$84,313	$ 80,097
The Iredell Museums, Inc.	$60,080	$ 57,076
Kidsenses	$79,656	$ 75,673
Museum of Coastal Carolina	$76,460	$ 72,637
The Natural Science Center 
of Greensboro, Inc.	$182,627	$ 173,496
North Carolina Museum of Life
and Science	$372,229	$ 353,618
Pisgah Astronomical Research Institute	$49,000	$ 46,550
Port Discover: Northeastern
North Carolina's Center for
Hands‑On Science, Inc.	$49,000	$ 46,550
Rocky Mount Children's Museum	$70,809	$ 67,269
Schiele Museum of Natural History
and Planetarium, Inc.	$224,956	$ 213,708
Sci Works Science Center and
Environmental Park of Forsyth County	$143,569	$ 136,390
Sylvan Heights Waterfowl Park
and Eco‑Center	$49,000	$ 46,550
Western North Carolina Nature Center	$110,621	$ 105,090
Wilmington Children's Museum	$72,408	$ 68,788

Total	$3,411,713	$ 3,241,127"

PART XIV. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

ONE NORTH CAROLINA FUND
SECTION 14.1.  Section 14.1 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 14.1. Of the funds appropriated in this act to the One North Carolina Fund for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the Department of Commerce may use up to three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) to cover its expenses in administering the One North Carolina Fund and other economic development incentive grant programs during the 2010‑2011 fiscal year."

NER BLOCK GRANTS
SECTION 14.2.(a)  Appropriations from federal block grant funds are made for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, according to the following schedule:

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT

	01.	State Administration	$	1,000,000

	02.	Scattered Site Housing	16,500,000

	03.	Economic Development	7,210,000

	04.	Small Business/Entrepreneurship	3,000,000

	05.	NC Catalyst	8,240,000

	06.	State Technical Assistance	450,000

	07.	Infrastructure	8,000,000

	08.	Capacity Building	600,000

TOTAL COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
BLOCK GRANT – 2010 Program Year	$	45,000,000

SECTION 14.2.(b)  Decreases in Federal Fund Availability. – If federal funds are reduced below the amounts specified above after the effective date of this act, then every program in each of these federal block grants shall be reduced by the same percentage as the reduction in federal funds.
SECTION 14.2.(c)  Increases in Federal Fund Availability for Community Development Block Grant. – Any block grant funds appropriated by the Congress of the United States in addition to the funds specified in this section shall be expended as follows: each program category under the Community Development Block Grant shall be increased by the same percentage as the increase in federal funds.
SECTION 14.2.(d)  Limitations on Community Development Block Grant Funds. – Of the funds appropriated in this section for the Community Development Block Grant, the following shall be allocated in each category for each program year: up to one million dollars ($1,000,000) may be used for State Administration; up to sixteen million five hundred thousand dollars ($16,500,000) may be used for Scattered Site Housing; up to seven million two hundred ten thousand dollars ($7,210,000) may be used for Economic Development; up to three million dollars ($3,000,000) may be used for Small Business/Entrepreneurship; not less than eight million two hundred forty thousand dollars ($8,240,000) shall be used for NC Catalyst; up to four hundred fifty thousand dollars ($450,000) may be used for State Technical Assistance; up to eight million dollars ($8,000,000) may be used for Infrastructure; six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000) may be used for Capacity Building. If federal block grant funds are reduced or increased by the Congress of the United States after the effective date of this act, then these reductions or increases shall be allocated in accordance with subsection (b) or (c) of this section, as applicable.
SECTION 14.2.(e)  Increase Capacity for Nonprofit Organizations. – Assistance to nonprofit organizations to increase their capacity to carry out CDBG‑eligible activities in partnership with units of local government is an eligible activity under any program category in accordance with federal regulations. Capacity building grants may be made from funds available within program categories, program income, or unobligated funds.
SECTION 14.2.(f)  The Department of Commerce shall consult with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations prior to reallocating Community Development Block Grant Funds. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection, whenever the Director of the Budget finds that:
(1)	A reallocation is required because of an emergency that poses an imminent threat to public health or public safety, the Director of the Budget may authorize the reallocation without consulting the Commission. The Department of Commerce shall report to the Commission on the reallocation no later than 30 days after it was authorized and shall identify in the report the emergency, the type of action taken, and how it was related to the emergency.
(2)	The State will lose federal block grant funds or receive less federal block grant funds in the next fiscal year unless a reallocation is made. The Department of Commerce shall provide a written report to the Commission on the proposed reallocation and shall identify the reason that failure to take action will result in the loss of federal funds. If the Commission does not hear the issue within 30 days of receipt of the report, the Department may take the action without consulting the Commission.
SECTION 14.2.(g)  By September 1, 2010, the Division of Community Assistance, Department of Commerce, shall report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division on the use of Community Development Block Grant Funds appropriated in the prior fiscal year.

STATE AGENCIES AND INSTITUTIONS/GREATER ENERGY EFFICIENCY REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE
SECTION 14.3.  G.S. 143‑64.12 reads as rewritten:
"§ 143‑64.12.  Authority and duties of the Department; State agencies and State institutions of higher learning.
(a)	The Department of Commerce through the State Energy Office shall develop a comprehensive program to manage energy, water, and other utility use for State agencies and State institutions of higher learning and shall update this program annually. Each State agency and State institution of higher learning shall develop and implement a management plan that is consistent with the State's comprehensive program under this subsection to manage energy, water, and other utility use, and that addresses any findings or recommendations resulting from the energy audit required by subsection (b1) of this section. The energy consumption per gross square foot for all State buildings in total shall be reduced by twenty percent (20%) by 2010 and thirty percent (30%) by 2015 based on energy consumption for the 2002‑2003 fiscal year. Each State agency and State institution of higher learning shall update its management plan annually and include strategies for supporting the energy consumption reduction requirements under this subsection. Each community college shall submit to the State Energy Office an annual written report of utility consumption and costs.
…
(b2)	The Department of Administration shall submit a report of the energy audit required by subsection (b1) of this section to the affected State agency or State institution of higher learning and to the State Energy Office. The State Energy Office shall review each audit and, in consultation with the affected State agency or State institution of higher learning, incorporate the audit findings and recommendations into the management plan required by subsection (a) of this section.
…
(j)	The State Energy Office shall submit a report by September 1 of each year to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations describing the comprehensive program to manage energy, water, and other utility use for State agencies and State institutions of higher learning required by subsection (a) of this section. The report shall also contain the following:
(1)	A comprehensive overview of how State agencies and State institutions of higher learning are managing energy, water, and other utility use and achieving efficiency gains.
(2)	Any new measures that could be taken by State agencies and State institutions of higher learning to achieve greater efficiency gains, including any changes in general law that might be needed.
(3)	A summary of the State agency and State institutions of higher learning management plans required by subsection (a) of this section and the energy audits required by subsection (b1) of this section.
(4)	A list of the State agencies and institutions of higher learning that did and did not submit management plans required by subsection (a) of this section and a list of the State agencies and State institutions of higher learning that received an energy audit.
(5)	Any recommendations on how management plans can be better managed and implemented."

lOCAL WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARDS/CONSUMER CHOICE REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 14.4.  G.S. 143B‑438.11(a) is amended by adding the following new subdivision to read:
"§ 143B‑438.11.  Local Workforce Development Boards.
(a)	Duties. – Local Workforce Development Boards shall have the following powers and duties:
…
(8)	To provide training services in a manner that maximizes consumer choice in the selection of an eligible provider of training services. Each local workforce development board shall ensure that consumer choice is properly maintained in the one‑stop centers and shall not discriminate against any eligible provider. Each local workforce development board, through the one‑stop centers, shall make available: (i) the State list of eligible providers of training services with a description of the programs through which the providers may offer the training services and the information identifying eligible providers of on‑the‑job training and customized training; and (ii) the performance information and performance cost information relating to eligible providers of training services and eligible providers of on‑the‑job training and customized training."

WANCHESE SEAFOOD INDUSTRIAL PARK/OREGON INLET FUNDS
SECTION 14.5.  Section 14.4 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 14.4.(a)  Funds appropriated to the Department of Commerce for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year for the Wanchese Seafood Industrial Park that are unexpended and unencumbered as of June 30, 2011, shall not revert to the General Fund on June 30, 2011, but shall remain available to the Department to be expended by the Wanchese Seafood Industrial Park for operations, maintenance, repair, and capital improvements in accordance with Article 23C of Chapter 113 of the General Statutes. These funds shall be in addition to funds available to the North Carolina Seafood Industrial Park Authority for operations, maintenance, repair, and capital improvements under Article 23C of Chapter 113 of the General Statutes.
" 
"SECTION 14.4.(c)  This section becomes effective June 30, 2010."

CONSOLIDATE PASSENGER AIRCRAFT
SECTION 14.6.(a)  The Executive Aircraft Division of the Department of Commerce is transferred to the Division of Aviation of the Department of Transportation. This transfer shall have all the elements of a Type I transfer, as defined by G.S. 143A‑6.
SECTION 14.6.(b)  G.S. 143B‑437.011 is repealed.
SECTION 14.6.(c)  Article 7 of Chapter 136 of the General Statutes is amended by adding a new section to read:
"§ 136‑102.20.  Use of aircraft managed by the Department of Transportation.
The use of aircraft for economic development purposes shall take precedence over all other uses of the aircraft managed by the Department of Transportation. The Department of Transportation shall annually review the rates charged for the use of aircraft and shall adjust the rates, as necessary, to account for upgraded aircraft and inflationary increases in operating costs, including jet fuel prices. If an aircraft is not being used for economic development purposes, the aircraft may be used by the Governor or a State official who is employed by an agency that does not have its own aircraft and is traveling on State business. If an aircraft is used to attend athletic events or for any other purpose related to collegiate athletics, the rate charged shall be equal to the direct cost of operating the aircraft as established by the aircraft's manufacturer, adjusted for inflation."

Fee to Advertise in Welcome Centers
SECTION 14.7.(a)  G.S. 143B‑421.3 reads as rewritten:
"§ 143B‑421.3.  Consultation required for welcome and visitor centers; advertising fees.
(a)	Consultation. – The Department of Commerce and the Department of Transportation shall consult with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the House and Senate Appropriations Subcommittees on Natural and Economic Resources before beginning the design or construction of any new welcome center or visitor center buildings.
(b)	Advertising. – An annual fee is imposed on a person who places or displays advertising materials in a welcome center building. The fee imposed by this subsection does not apply to governmental or public sector entities or to advertising materials for an event or amusement that will be held 30 or fewer calendar days from the date the advertising material is placed or displayed in the welcome center building. The annual fee shall be as follows:
(1)	For advertising materials where the width is not more than four inches and the length is not more than nine inches:  one hundred dollars ($100.00) per year per welcome center building.
(2)	For advertising materials where the width is more than four inches or the length is more than nine inches:  two hundred dollars ($200.00) per year per welcome center building."
SECTION 14.7.(b)  This section becomes effective the later of July 1, 2010, or the date upon which this act becomes law, and applies to advertising materials placed or displayed in welcome center buildings on or after that date.

AMEND JDIG REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 14.8.  G.S. 143B‑437.55 reads as rewritten:
"§ 143B‑437.55.  Applications; fees; reports; study.
…
(c)	Annual Reports. – The Committee shall publish a report on the Job Development Investment Grant Program on or before April 30 of each year. The Committee shall submit the report electronically to the House of Representatives Finance Committee, the Senate Finance Committee, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Natural and Economic Resources, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Natural and Economic Resources, and the Fiscal Research Division. The report shall include the following:
…
(d)	Quarterly Reports. – The Committee shall publish a report on the Job Development Investment Grant Program within two months of the end of each quarter. This report shall include a listing of each grant awarded during the preceding quarter, including the name of the business, the cost/benefit analysis conducted by the Committee during the application process, a description of the project, and the amount of the grant expected to be made under the agreement during the current fiscal year. The Committee shall submit the report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division.
(e)	Study. – The Committee shall conduct a study to determine the minimum funding level required to implement the Job Development Investment Grant Program successfully. The Committee shall report the results of this study to the House of Representatives Finance Committee, the Senate Finance Committee, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Natural and Economic Resources, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Natural and Economic Resources, and the Fiscal Research Division no later than April 1 of each year."

INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT FUND/REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 14.9.  G.S. 143B‑437.01 reads as rewritten:
"§ 143B‑437.01.  Industrial Development Fund.
…
(c)	Reports. – The Department of Commerce shall report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations on September 1 of each year concerning the applications made to the fund and the payments made from the fund and the impact of the payments on job creation in the State. The Department of Commerce shall also report quarterly to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division on the use of the moneys in the fund, including information regarding to whom payments were made, in what amounts, and for what purposes.
(c1)	In addition to the reporting requirements of subsection (c) of this section, the Department of Commerce shall report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations on September 1 of each year concerning the payments made from the Utility Account and the impact of the payments on job creation in the State. The Department of Commerce shall also report quarterly to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division on the use of the moneys in the Utility Account including information regarding to whom payments were made, in what amounts, and for what purposes.
…."

WINE AND GRAPE GROWERS COUNCIL/REPORTING REQUIREMENT
SECTION 14.10.  G.S. 143B‑437.90 is amended by adding a new subdivision to read:
"§ 143B‑437.90.  North Carolina Wine and Grape Growers Council – Creation; powers and duties.
There is created the North Carolina Wine and Grape Growers Council of the Department of Commerce. The North Carolina Wine and Grape Growers Council shall have the following powers and duties:
…
(14)	By September 1 of each year, to report to the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Natural and Economic Resources, the Senate Appropriations Committee on Natural and Economic Resources, the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, and the Fiscal Research Division on the activities of the Council, the status of the wine and grape industry in North Carolina and the United States, progress on the development and implementation of the State Viticulture Plan, and any contracts or agreements entered into by the Council for research, education, or marketing."

Lab‑to‑Market Funds/Commercialization
SECTION 14.11.  Of the funds appropriated to the Department of Commerce Lab‑to‑Market/Commercialization, the sum of ten million dollars ($10,000,000) shall be used to support the Armed Forces Institute for Regenerative Medicine.

Promote North Carolina Distilled Spirits
SECTION 14.12.(a)  G.S. 18B‑800 is amended by adding a new subsection to read:
"(e)	Each ABC store shall display spirits which are distilled in North Carolina in an area dedicated solely to North Carolina products."
SECTION 14.12.(b)  Article 11 of Chapter 18B of the General Statutes is amended by adding a new section to read:
"§ 18B‑1105.2. Spirituous liquor tasting at distilleries.
The holder of any distillery permit authorized by G.S. 18B‑1105 may conduct a consumer tasting event at the distillery subject to the following conditions:(1)	Any person pouring wine at a wine tasting shall be an employee of the distillery and at least 21 years of age. 
(2)	The person pouring the spirituous liquor shall be responsible for checking the identification of patrons being served at the tasting.
(3)	Each consumer is limited to tasting samples which total no more than 1.5 ounces of spirituous liquor in any calendar day.
(4)	The consumer shall not be charged for any spirituous liquor tasting sample.
(5)	The spirituous liquor used in the consumer tasting event shall be distilled at the distillery where the event is being held by the permit holder conducting the event.
(6)	A consumer tasting event shall not be allowed when the sale of spirituous liquor is otherwise prohibited. 
(7)	Tasting samples are not to be offered to, or allowed to be consumed by, any person under the legal age for consuming spirituous liquor.
(8)	A consumer tasting event may not be advertised by the permit holder in any type of media, including, but not limited to, print, radio, television, Internet, and signage.
The distillery permit holder shall be solely liable for any violations of this Chapter occurring in connection with the tasting. The Commission shall adopt rules to assure that the tastings are limited to samplings and not a subterfuge for the unlawful sale or distribution of spirituous liquor and that the tastings are not used by industry members for unlawful inducements to retail permit holders."
SECTION 14.12.(c)  This section becomes effective October 1, 2010.

EMPLOYMENT SECURITY COMMISSION FUNDS
SECTION 14.13.  Section 14.17 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 14.17.(a)  Funds from the Employment Security Commission Reserve Fund shall be available to the Employment Security Commission of North Carolina to use as collateral to secure federal funds and to pay the administrative costs associated with the collection of the Employment Security Commission Reserve Fund surcharge. The total administrative costs paid with funds from the Reserve in the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall not exceed two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000).
"SECTION 14.17.(b)  There is appropriated from the Employment Security Commission Reserve Fund to the Employment Security Commission of North Carolina the sum of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year to be used for the following purposes:
(1)	Nineteen million five hundred thousand dollars ($19,500,000) for the operation and support of local Employment Security Commission offices.
(2)	Two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) to operate the system that tracks former participants in State education and training programs.
(3)	Three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) to maintain compliance with Chapter 96 of the General Statutes, which directs the Commission to employ the Common Follow‑Up Management Information System to evaluate the effectiveness of the State's job training, education, and placement programs.
"SECTION 14.17.(c)  There is appropriated from the Employment Security Commission Reserve Fund to the Employment Security Commission of North Carolina an amount not to exceed five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year to fund State initiatives not currently funded through federal grants.
"SECTION 14.17.(d)  There is appropriated from the Employment Security Commission Reserve Fund to the Employment Security Commission of North Carolina an amount not to exceed one million two hundred thousand dollars ($1,200,000) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year to fund a system upgrade to the Common Follow‑Up Management Information System.
" 
"SECTION 14.17.(f)  There is appropriated from the Worker Training Trust Fund to the Employment Security Commission of North Carolina the sum of one million dollars ($1,000,000) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year to fund the 'Tar Heel Works Program' which provides enhanced skills training opportunities to recipients of unemployment insurance benefits.
"SECTION 14.17.(g)  Of the funds credited to and held in the State of North Carolina's account in the Unemployment Trust Fund by the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States pursuant to and in accordance with section 903 of the Social Security Act and pursuant to Title II of P.L. 111‑5, the Assistance for Unemployed Workers and Struggling Families Act, the Employment Security Commission of North Carolina may expend the sum of two hundred five million sixty‑three thousand five hundred fifty‑two dollars ($205,063,552) as follows: (i) one hundred fifty million dollars ($150,000,000) shall be used to design and build the integrated unemployment insurance benefit and tax accounting system; and (ii) the remaining funds shall be used for the operation of the unemployment insurance program."

SET REGULATORY FEE FOR UTILITIES COMMISSION
SECTION 14.14.  Section 14.26 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 14.26.(a)  The percentage rate to be used in calculating the public utility regulatory fee under G.S. 62‑302(b)(2) is twelve one‑hundredths of one percent (0.12%) for each public utility's North Carolina jurisdictional revenues earned during each quarter that begins on or after July 1, 2010.
SECTION 14.26.(b)  The electric membership corporation regulatory fee imposed under G.S. 62‑302(b1) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year is two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000).
SECTION 14.26.(c)  This section becomes effective July 1, 2010."

REGIONAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COMMISSIONS ALLOCATIONS
SECTION 14.15.(a)  Funds appropriated in this act to the Department of Commerce for regional economic development commissions shall be allocated to the following commissions in accordance with subsection (b) of this section: Western North Carolina Regional Economic Development Commission, Research Triangle Regional Partnership, Southeastern North Carolina Regional Economic Development Commission, Piedmont Triad Partnership, Northeastern North Carolina Regional Economic Development Commission, North Carolina's Eastern Region Economic Development Partnership, and Carolinas Partnership, Inc.
SECTION 14.15.(b)  Funds appropriated pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be allocated to each regional economic development commission as follows:
(1)	First, the Department shall establish each commission's allocation by determining the sum of allocations to each county that is a member of that commission. Each county's allocation shall be determined by dividing the county's development factor by the sum of the development factors for eligible counties and multiplying the resulting percentage by the amount of the appropriation. As used in this subdivision, the term "development factor" means a county's development factor as calculated under G.S. 143B‑437.08; and
(2)	Next, the Department shall subtract from funds allocated to the North Carolina's Eastern Region Economic Development Partnership the sum of two hundred thirty thousand three hundred twenty‑five dollars and thirty‑three cents ($230,325.33) in the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, which sum represents: (i) the total interest earnings in the prior fiscal year on the estimated balance of the seven million five hundred thousand dollars ($7,500,000) appropriated to the Global TransPark Development Zone in Section 6 of Chapter 561 of the 1993 Session Laws; and (ii) the total interest earnings in the prior fiscal year on loans made from the seven million five hundred thousand dollars ($7,500,000) appropriated to the Global TransPark Development Zone in Section 6 of Chapter 561 of the 1993 Session Laws; and
(3)	Next, the Department shall redistribute the sum of two hundred thirty thousand three hundred twenty‑five dollars and thirty‑three cents ($230,325.33) in the 2010‑2011 fiscal year to the seven regional economic development commissions named in subsection (a) of this section. Each commission's share of this redistribution shall be determined according to the development factor formula set out in subdivision (1) of this subsection. This redistribution shall be in addition to each commission's allocation determined under subdivision (1) of this subsection.
SECTION 14.15.(c)  No more than one hundred twenty thousand dollars ($120,000) in State funds shall be used for the annual salary of any one employee of a regional economic development commission.
SECTION 14.15.(d)  The General Assembly finds that successful economic development requires the collaboration of the State, regions of the State, counties, and municipalities.  Therefore, the regional economic development commissions are encouraged to seek supplemental funding from their county and municipal partners to continue and enhance their efforts to attract and retain business in the State.

e‑NC AUTHORITY/REPORTING REQUIREMENT
SECTION 14.16.  G.S. 143B‑437.47 reads as rewritten:
"§ 143B‑437.47.  (This part has a delayed repeal date. See notes.) Powers, duties, and goals of the Authority.
…
(e)	Reports. – By September 1 of each year, the Authority shall submit a report to the Governor, the Joint Legislative Oversight Committee on Information Technology, and the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations. The report shall summarize the Authority's activities during the prior State fiscal year and contain any information about the Authority's activities that is requested by the Governor, the Committee, or the Commission."

DEFENSE AND SECURITY TECHNOLOGY ACCELERATOR/REPORTING REQUIREMENT
SECTION 14.17.  By September 1, 2010, and September 1, 2011, the Defense and Security Technology Accelerator shall report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division on prior State fiscal year program activities, objectives, and accomplishments and prior State fiscal year itemized expenditures and fund sources.

COUNCIL OF GOVERNMENT FUNDS
SECTION 14.18.  Section 14.21.(a) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 14.21.(a)  Of the funds appropriated in this act to the Department of Commerce, the sum of four hundred twenty‑five thousand dollars ($425,000) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the sum of four hundred three thousand seven hundred fifty dollars ($403,750) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall only be used as provided by this section. Each regional council of government or lead regional organization is allocated up to twenty‑five thousand dollars ($25,000) for the 2009‑2010 and the 2010‑2011 fiscal years."

RURAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CENTER
SECTION 14.19.  Section 14.27.(a) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 14.27.(a)  Of the funds appropriated in this act to the North Carolina Rural Economic Development Center, Inc. (Rural Center), the sum of four million six hundred two thousand four hundred thirty‑six dollars ($4,602,436) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the sum of three million nine hundred eighty‑one thousand eight hundred sixty‑four dollars ($3,981,864) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be allocated as follows:
	2009‑2010	2010‑2011
Center Administration, Technical Assistance,
& Oversight	$1,555,000		$1,446,850
Research and Demonstration Grants	$351,000		$326,800
Institute for Rural Entrepreneurship	$136,000		$127,300
Community Development Grants	$987,436		$938,064
Microenterprise Loan Program	$185,000		$172,900
Water/Sewer/Business Development
Matching Grants	$840,000		$779,950
Statewide Water/Sewer Database	$ 95,000			$88,350
Agricultural Advancement Consortium	$110,000		$101,650"

RURAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CENTER/INFRASTRUCTURE PROGRAM
SECTION 14.20.  Section 14.28 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 14.28.(a)  Of the funds appropriated in this act to the North Carolina Rural Economic Development Center, Inc. (Rural Center), the sum of nineteen million three hundred five thousand dollars ($19,305,000) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the sum of eighteen million three hundred thirty‑nine thousand seven hundred fifty dollars ($18,339,750) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be allocated as follows: 
(1)	To continue the North Carolina Infrastructure Program. The purpose of the Program is to provide grants to local governments to construct critical water and wastewater facilities and to provide other infrastructure needs, including technology needs, to sites where these facilities will generate private job‑creating investment. At least fourteen million two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($14,250,000) of the funds appropriated in this act for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year must be used to provide grants under this Program.
(2)	To provide matching grants to local governments in distressed areas and equity investments in public‑private ventures that will productively reuse vacant buildings and properties, with priority given to towns or communities with populations of less than 5,000.
(3)	To provide economic development research and demonstration grants.
"SECTION 14.28.(b)  The Rural Center may contract with other State agencies, constituent institutions of The University of North Carolina, and colleges within the North Carolina Community College System for certain aspects of the North Carolina Infrastructure Program, including design of Program guidelines and evaluation of Program results.
"SECTION 14.28.(c)  For the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the Rural Center may use up to three hundred sixty‑five thousand seven hundred fifty dollars ($365,750) of the funds appropriated in this act to cover its expenses in administering the North Carolina Economic Infrastructure Program.
"SECTION 14.28.(d)  Of the funds appropriated in subsection (a) of this section to the Rural Center for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year, the sum of one million five hundred forty‑four thousand four hundred dollars ($1,544,400) shall be transferred to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources to be used to provide the State match to draw down maximum federal funds for the Clean Water State Revolving Loan Fund.
"SECTION 14.28.(e)   By September 1 of each year, and more frequently as requested, the Rural Center shall report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division concerning the progress of the North Carolina Economic Infrastructure Program in the prior State fiscal year."

OPPORTUNITIES INDUSTRIALIZATION CENTERS FUNDS
SECTION 14.21.  Section 14.30.(a) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 14.30.(a)  Of the funds appropriated in this act to the North Carolina Rural Economic Development Center, Inc. (Rural Center), the sum of three hundred forty‑three thousand dollars ($343,000) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and the sum of three hundred nineteen thousand two hundred dollars ($319,200) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be equally distributed among the certified Opportunities Industrialization Centers (OI Centers)."

PART XV. JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT

COLLECTION OF WORTHLESS CHECK FUNDS
SECTION 15.1.  Notwithstanding the provisions of G.S. 7A‑308(c), the Judicial Department may use any balance remaining in the Collection of Worthless Check Fund on June 30, 2010, for the purchase or repair of office or information technology equipment during the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.  Prior to using any funds under this section, the Judicial Department shall report to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and the Chairs of the House of Representatives and Senate Appropriations Subcommittees on Justice and Public Safety on the equipment to be purchased or repaired and the reasons for the purchases.

DIRECT the OFFICE OF STATE BUDGET AND MANAGEMENT TO RELEASE FUNDS
SECTION 15.2.  In the event that the Office of Indigent Defense Services has more than the sum of one million dollars ($1,000,000) in unpaid fee applications received but unpaid at the end of the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the Office of State Budget and Management shall release sufficient funds from the Office of Indigent Defense Services' 2011‑2012 fiscal year appropriation in the first month's allotment to allow the Office to pay outstanding obligations at the beginning of the new fiscal year.

OFFICE OF INDIGENT DEFENSE SERVICES EXPANSION FUNDS
SECTION 15.3.  Section 15.12 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 15.12. The Judicial Department, Office of Indigent Defense Services, may use up to the sum of two million five hundred one thousand one hundred fifty dollars ($2,501,150) in appropriated funds during the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and up to the sum of two million four hundred thirty‑three thousand seven hundred dollars ($2,433,700) in appropriated funds during the 2010‑2011 fiscal year for the expansion of existing public defender offices currently providing legal services to the indigent population under the oversight of the Office of Indigent Defense Services, or for the creation of new public defender offices within existing public defender districts currently providing those services, by creating up to 20 new attorney positions and 10 new support staff positions during the 2009‑2010 fiscal year. In addition, the Office of Indigent Defense Services may use up to the sum of one million dollars ($1,000,000) in appropriated funds to create up to 12 new attorney positions and six new support positions during the 2010‑2011 fiscal year. These funds may be used for salaries, benefits, equipment, and related expenses. Prior to using funds for this purpose, the Office of Indigent Defense Services shall report to the Chairs of the House of Representatives and the Senate Appropriations Subcommittees on Justice and Public Safety on the proposed expansion."

Correct DEATH PENALTY LITIGATION FUNDing amount
SECTION 15.4.  Section 15.3 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 15.3. Of the funds appropriated in this act to the Office of Indigent Defense Services for the 2009‑2011 fiscal biennium, the Office may use up to the sum of three hundred seventy‑six thousand one hundred twenty‑five dollars ($376,125) for the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and up to the sum of  four hundred fifty‑two thousand six hundred four dollars ($452,604) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year to contract with the Center for Death Penalty Litigation to provide training, consultation, brief banking, and other assistance to attorneys representing indigent capital defendants. The Office of Indigent Defense Services shall report by February 1 of each year in the biennium to the Chairs of the House of Representatives and Senate Appropriations Subcommittees on Justice and Public Safety on the activities funded by this section."

Increase Certain Court Fees
SECTION 15.5.(a)  G.S. 7A‑304(a) reads as rewritten:
"§ 7A‑304.  Costs in criminal actions.
(a)	In every criminal case in the superior or district court, wherein the defendant is convicted, or enters a plea of guilty or nolo contendere, or when costs are assessed against the prosecuting witness, the following costs shall be assessed and collected, except that when the judgment imposes an active prison sentence, costs shall be assessed and collected only when the judgment specifically so provides, and that no costs may be assessed when a case is dismissed.
…
(4)	For support of the General Court of Justice, the sum of one hundred dollars and fifty cents ($100.50) in the district court, including cases before a magistrate, and the sum of one hundred two dollars and fifty cents ($102.50) in the superior court, to be remitted to the State Treasurer. For a person convicted of a felony in superior court who has made a first appearance in district court, both the district court and superior court fees shall be assessed. The State Treasurer shall remit the sum of two dollars and five cents ($2.05) of each fee collected under this subdivision to the North Carolina State Bar for the provision of services described in G.S. 7A‑474.4, and ninety‑five cents ($.95) of each fee collected under this subdivision to the North Carolina State Bar for the provision of services described in G.S. 7A‑474.19.
…
(6)	For support of the General Court of Justice, the sum of two hundred dollars ($200.00) is payable by a defendant who fails to appear to answer the charge as scheduled, unless within 20 days after the scheduled appearance, the person either appears in court to answer the charge or disposes of the charge pursuant to G.S. 7A‑146, and the sum of fifty dollars ($50.00) is payable by a defendant who fails to pay a fine, penalty, or costs within 20 days of the date specified in the court's judgment. Upon a showing to the court that the defendant failed to appear because of an error or omission of a judicial official, a prosecutor, or a law‑enforcement officer, the court shall waive the fee for failure to appear. These fees shall be remitted to the State Treasurer.
…."
SECTION 15.5.(b)  G.S. 7A‑305 reads as rewritten:
"§ 7A‑305.  Costs in civil actions.
(a)	In every civil action in the superior or district court, except for actions brought under Chapter 50B of the General Statutes, shall be assessed:
…
(2)	For support of the General Court of Justice, the sum of one hundred fifty dollars ($150.00) in the superior court, except that if a case is assigned to a special superior court judge as a complex business case under G.S. 7A‑45.3, an additional one thousand dollars ($1,000) shall be paid upon its assignment, and the sum of one hundred dollars ($100.00) in the district court except that if the case is assigned to a magistrate the sum shall be fifty‑five dollars ($55.00). Sums collected under this subdivision shall be remitted to the State Treasurer. The State Treasurer shall remit the sum of two dollars and five cents ($2.05) of each fee collected under this subdivision to the North Carolina State Bar for the provision of services described in G.S. 7A‑474.4, and ninety‑five cents ($.95) of each fee collected under this subdivision to the North Carolina State Bar for the provision of services described in G.S. 7A‑474.19.
…
(a5)	For the support of the General Court of Justice, a fee of forty dollars ($40.00) shall be assessed against a party filing a motion for summary judgment pursuant to G.S. 1A‑1, Rule 56. Sums collected under this subsection shall be remitted to the State Treasurer.
…."
SECTION 15.5.(c)  G.S. 7A‑307(b1) reads as rewritten:
"(b1)	The clerk shall assess the following miscellaneous fees:
(1)	Filing and indexing a will with no probate
	– first page	$  1.00
	– each additional page or fraction thereof	 .25
(2)	Issuing letters to fiduciaries, per letter over five letters issued	1.00
(3)	Inventory of safe deposits of a decedent, per box, per day	15.00
(4)	Taking a deposition	10.00
(5)	Docketing and indexing a will probated in another county in the State
	‑ first page	6.00
	‑ each additional page or fraction thereof	 .25
(6)	Hearing petition for year's allowance to surviving spouse or child, in cases not assigned to a magistrate, and allotting the same	8.00
(7)	Assignment of title	10.00"

Child Support Fee Modification
SECTION 15.6.  G.S. 110‑134 reads as rewritten:
"§ 110‑134.  Filing of affidavits, agreements, and orders; fees.
All affidavits, agreements, and resulting orders entered into under the provisions of G.S. 110‑132 and G.S. 110‑133 shall be filed by the clerk of superior court in the county in which they are entered. The filing fee for the institution of an action through the entry of an order under either of these provisions shall be in an amount equal to that provided in G.S. 7A‑308(a)(18)."

Expert Fees
SECTION 15.7.  G.S. 7A‑314(d) reads as rewritten:
"(d)	An expert witness, other than a salaried State, county, or municipal law‑enforcement officer, shall receive such compensation and allowances as the court, or the Judicial Standards Commission, in its discretion, may authorize. A law‑enforcement officer who appears as an expert witness shall receive reimbursement for travel expenses only, as provided in subsection (b) of this section. Compensation of experts acting on behalf of the court or prosecutorial offices shall be paid in accordance with the rules established by the Administrative Office of the Courts. Compensation of experts provided under G.S. 7A‑454 shall be in accordance with rules established by the Office of Indigent Defense Services."

Provide Certain Counterclaim Fees in Domestic Violence Actions
SECTION 15.8.  G.S. 7A‑305(a1) reads as rewritten:
"(a1)	Costs apply to any and all additional and subsequent actions filed by amendment or counterclaim to the original action brought under Chapter 50B of the General Statutes, unless such additional and subsequent amendment or counterclaim to the action is limited to requests for relief authorized by Chapter 50B of the General Statutes."

Modify Fees for Resumption of Maiden or Former Name
SECTION 15.9.(a)  G.S. 50‑12 reads as rewritten:
"§ 50‑12.  Resumption of maiden or premarriage surname.
(a)	Any woman whose marriage is dissolved by a decree of absolute divorce may, upon application to the clerk of court of the county in which she resides or where the divorce was granted setting forth her intention to do so, change her name to any of the following:
(1)	Her maiden name; or
(2)	The surname of a prior deceased husband; or
(3)	The surname of a prior living husband if she has children who have that husband's surname.
(a1)	A man whose marriage is dissolved by decree of absolute divorce may, upon application to the clerk of court of the county in which he resides or where the divorce was granted setting forth his intention to do so, change the surname he took upon marriage to his premarriage surname.
(b)	The application and fee required by subsection (e) of this section shall be presented to the clerk of the court of the county in which such divorced person resides or where the divorce was granted, and shall set forth the full name of the former spouse of the applicant, the name of the county and state in which the divorce was granted, and the term or session of court at which such divorce was granted, and shall be signed by the woman in her full maiden name, or by the man in his full premarriage surname. The clerks of court of the several counties of the State shall record and index such applications in such manner as shall be required by the Administrative Office of the Courts.
(c)	If an applicant, since the divorce, has adopted one of the surnames listed in subsection (a) or (a1) of this section, the applicant's use and adoption of that name is validated.
(d)	In the complaint, or counterclaim for divorce filed by any person in this State, the person may petition the court to adopt any surname as provided by this section, and the court is authorized to incorporate in the divorce decree an order authorizing the person to adopt that surname.
(e)	For support of the General Court of Justice, a fee in the amount of ten dollars ($10.00) shall be assessed against each person requesting the resumption of maiden or premarriage surname in accordance with this section. Sums collected under this section shall be remitted to the State Treasurer."
Increase Fee for Certain Cases Assigned to a Magistrate
SECTION 15.10.  G.S. 7A‑305(a)(2) reads as rewritten:
"(a)	In every civil action in the superior or district court, except for actions brought under Chapter 50B of the General Statutes, shall be assessed:
…
(2)	For support of the General Court of Justice, the sum of ninety‑three dollars ($93.00) in the superior court, except that if a case is assigned to a special superior court judge as a complex business case under G.S. 7A‑45.3, an additional one thousand dollars ($1,000) shall be paid upon its assignment, and the sum of seventy‑three dollars ($73.00) in the district court except that if the case is assigned to a magistrate the sum shall be sixty‑five dollars ($65.00) for cases initiated under Article 3 of Chapter 42 of the General Statutes or fifty‑five dollars ($55.00) for all other cases assigned to a magistrate. Sums collected under this subdivision shall be remitted to the State Treasurer. The State Treasurer shall remit the sum of two dollars and five cents ($2.05) of each fee collected under this subdivision to the North Carolina State Bar for the provision of services described in G.S. 7A‑474.4, and ninety‑five cents ($.95) of each fee collected under this subdivision to the North Carolina State Bar for the provision of services described in G.S. 7A‑474.19."

INCREASE ATTORNEY APPOINTMENT FEE
SECTION 15.11.  G.S. 7A‑455.1 reads as rewritten:
"§ 7A‑455.1.  Appointment fee in criminal cases.
(a)	In every criminal case in which counsel is appointed at the trial level, the judge shall order the defendant to pay to the clerk of court an appointment fee of  sixty dollars ($60.00). No fee shall be due unless the person is convicted.
(b)	The mandatory  sixty‑dollar ($60.00) fee may not be remitted or revoked by the court and shall be added to any amounts the court determines to be owed for the value of legal services rendered to the defendant and shall be collected in the same manner as attorneys' fees are collected for such representation.
(c)	Repealed by Session Laws 2005‑250 s. 3, effective August 4, 2005.
(d)	Inability, failure, or refusal to pay the appointment fee shall not be grounds for denying appointment of counsel, for withdrawal of counsel, or for contempt.
(e)	The appointment fee required by this section shall be assessed only once for each attorney appointment, regardless of the number of cases to which the attorney was assigned. An additional appointment fee shall not be assessed if the charges for which an attorney was appointed were reassigned to a different attorney.
(f)	Of each appointment fee collected under this section, the sum of  fifty‑five dollars ($55.00) shall be credited to the Indigent Persons' Attorney Fee Fund and the sum of five dollars ($5.00) shall be credited to the Court Information Technology Fund under G.S. 7A‑343.2. These fees shall not revert.
(g)	The Office of Indigent Defense Services shall adopt rules and develop forms to govern implementation of this section."

PART XVI. DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE

Reporting by Medicaid Fraud Criminal Investigation Team
SECTION 16.1.  Article 1 of Chapter 114 of the General Statutes is amended by adding a new section to read:
"§ 114‑2.5A.  Report by the Medicaid Fraud Criminal Investigation Team required annually.
By September 1 of each year, the Medicaid Fraud Criminal Investigation Team of the Department of Justice shall file a written report about its activities with the Chairs of the Appropriations Subcommittees on Justice and Public Safety and Health and Human Services of the Senate and House of Representatives and with the Fiscal Research Division of the Legislative Services Office. This report shall include the following information about the Team's activities during the previous fiscal year:
(1)	The number of cases of potential Medicaid fraud reported.
(2)	The number of cases of potential Medicaid fraud investigated.
(3)	The number of cases in which Medicaid fraud is actually found.
(4)	The total amount of funds recovered in each case in which funds were recovered.
(5)	An explanation of how recovered funds were allocated, including information about any amounts allocated to (i) the federal government; (ii) the State Medical Assistance Program; (iii) the Civil Penalty and Forfeiture Fund; (iv) the Department of Justice."

PART XVII. DEPARTMENT OF CRIME CONTROL AND PUBLIC SAFETY

Provide Fee Schedule Requirements for Law Enforcement Support Services
SECTION 17.1.(a)  The General Assembly finds that a centralized evidence and DNA storage facility will provide local law enforcement agencies and clerks of court with a lower cost storage alternative, reducing or eliminating the need for local entities to provide their own storage and streamlining the evidence storage process. 
SECTION 17.1.(b)  G.S. 143B‑475.2 is repealed.
SECTION 17.1.(c)  Part 7 of Article 11 of Chapter 143B of the General Statutes is amended by adding a new section to read:
"§ 143B‑508.1.  Fees for services provided by the Division.
Fees shall be established and collected by the Department for all program services provided by the Law Enforcement Support Services Division, except for Department of Defense property being transferred pursuant to the National Defense Authorization Act of 1997. The fees collected are departmental receipts and are applied to the Division's costs in providing services to these entities. The fees apply to the following:
(1)	A law enforcement agency that receives any services from the Division. 
(2)	An agency for which the Department stores evidence."
SECTION 17.1.(d)  The Department of Crime Control and Public Safety, Law Enforcement Support Services Division (LESS), shall, in consultation with the Fiscal Research Division of the General Assembly, develop a fee schedule for the services provided by LESS. In developing this fee schedule, the Department shall consider the following:
(1)	Fees charged in other states for similar services.
(2)	Utilization rates for each of the three main program areas of LESS for the last five years.
(3)	Actual workload requirements for each of the three main program areas of LESS, including the average time to complete a single transaction for each of the programs. For example, the Division shall determine, on average, how many person hours it takes to log in a piece of evidence for storage.
(4)	Projected evidence storage needs for the next five years.
(5)	Projected space costs and the feasibility of purchasing a permanent storage facility rather than continuing to lease space.
SECTION 17.1.(e)	The fee schedule required to be developed pursuant to this section shall be reported to the Joint Legislative Corrections, Crime Control, and Juvenile Justice Oversight Committee and the Fiscal Research Division of the General Assembly not later than October 1, 2010.
SECTION 17.1.(f)  The fees required by this section shall become effective July 1, 2011, and apply to program services provided on or after that date.

PART XVIII. DEPARTMENT OF JUVENILE JUSTICE AND DELINQUENCY PREVENTION

STATE FUNDS MAY BE USED AS FEDERAL MATCHING FUNDS
SECTION 18.1.  Funds appropriated in this act to the Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year may be used as matching funds for the Juvenile Accountability Incentive Block Grants. If North Carolina receives Juvenile Accountability Incentive Block Grants or a notice of funds to be awarded, the Office of State Budget and Management and the Governor's Crime Commission shall consult with the Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention regarding the criteria for awarding federal funds. The Office of State Budget and Management, the Governor's Crime Commission, and the Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention shall report to the Appropriations Committees of the Senate and House of Representatives and the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations prior to allocation of the federal funds. The report shall identify the amount of funds to be received for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the amount of funds anticipated for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, and the allocation of funds by program and purpose.

REPEAL TREATMENT STAFFING MODEL AT YOUTH DEVELOPMENT CENTERS
SECTION 18.2.  Section 18.4 of S.L. 2009‑451 is repealed.

PART XIX. DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTION

FEDERAL GRANT MATCHING FUNDS
SECTION 19.1.  Section 19.9 of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 19.9. Notwithstanding the provisions of G.S. 143C‑6‑9, the Department of Correction may use up to the sum of one million two hundred thousand dollars ($1,200,000) during the 2009‑2010 fiscal year and up to the sum of one million two hundred thousand dollars ($1,200,000) during the 2010‑2011 fiscal year from funds available to the Department to provide the State match needed in order to receive federal grant funds. Prior to using funds for this purpose, the Department shall report to the Chairs of the House of Representatives and Senate Appropriations Subcommittees on Justice and Public Safety and the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations on the grants to be matched using these funds."

plan for a pilot program on PRIVATIZATION OF PROBATION SERVICES
SECTION 19.2.  The Department of Correction, Division of Community Corrections, shall develop a plan for implementing a pilot program on the privatization of probation services. The plan shall include a determination of what resources and policy changes are necessary to conduct a pilot program for fee‑based supervision of low‑risk or community‑level offenders by private entities. 
No pilot program shall be implemented without the prior approval of the General Assembly. The Division shall report its plan to the Joint Legislative Corrections, Crime Control, and Juvenile Justice Oversight Committee and the Fiscal Research Division by March 1, 2011.

Increase Fees for Probation, Parole, and Post‑release Supervision
SECTION 19.3.(a)  G.S. 15A‑1343(c1) reads as rewritten:
"(c1)	Supervision Fee. – Any person placed on supervised probation pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall pay a supervision fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per month, unless exempted by the court. The court may exempt a person from paying the fee only for good cause and upon motion of the person placed on supervised probation. No person shall be required to pay more than one supervision fee per month. The court may require that the fee be paid in advance or in a lump sum or sums, and a probation officer may require payment by such methods if he is authorized by subsection (g) to determine the payment schedule. Supervision fees must be paid to the clerk of court for the county in which the judgment was entered or the deferred prosecution agreement was filed. Fees collected under this subsection shall be transmitted to the State for deposit into the State's General Fund."
SECTION 19.3.(b)  G.S. 15A‑1368.4(f) reads as rewritten:
"(f)	Required Supervision Fee. – The Commission shall require as a condition of post‑release supervision that the supervisee pay a supervision fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per month. The Commission may exempt a supervisee from this condition only if it finds that requiring payment of the fee is an undue economic burden. The fee shall be paid to the clerk of superior court of the county in which the supervisee was convicted. The clerk shall transmit any money collected pursuant to this subsection to the State to be deposited in the State's General Fund. In no event shall a supervisee be required to pay more than one supervision fee per month."
SECTION 19.3.(c)  G.S. 15A‑1374(c) reads as rewritten:
"(c)	Supervision Fee. – The Commission must require as a condition of parole that the parolee pay a supervision fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per month. The Commission may exempt a parolee from this condition of parole only if it finds that requiring him to pay the fee will constitute an undue economic burden. The fee must be paid to the clerk of superior court of the county in which the parolee was convicted. The clerk must transmit any money collected pursuant to this subsection to the State to be deposited in the general fund of the State. In no event shall a person released on parole be required to pay more than one supervision fee per month."
SECTION 19.3.(d)  This section becomes effective July 1, 2010, and applies to persons placed on supervised probation, parole, or post‑release prior to that date and to all persons placed on supervised probation, parole, or post‑release on or after that date.

Increase Fee for Community Service Program
SECTION 19.4.  G.S. 143B‑262.4(b) reads as rewritten:
"(b)	A fee of three hundred dollars ($300.00) shall be paid by all persons who participate in the program or receive services from the program staff. Only one fee may be assessed for each sentencing transaction, even if the person is assigned to the program on more than one occasion, or while on deferred prosecution, or while serving a sentence for the offense. A sentencing transaction shall include all offenses considered and adjudicated during the same term of court. Fees collected pursuant to this subsection shall be deposited in the General Fund. If the person is convicted in a court in this State, the fee shall be paid to the clerk of court in the county in which the person is convicted, regardless of whether the person is participating in the program as a condition of probation imposed by the court or pursuant to the exercise of authority delegated to the probation officer pursuant to G.S. 15A‑1343.2(e) or (f). If the person is participating in the program as a result of a deferred prosecution or similar program, the fee shall be paid to the clerk of court in the county in which the agreement is filed. If the person is participating in the program as a condition of parole, the fee shall be paid to the clerk of the county in which the person is released on parole. Persons participating in the program for any other reason shall pay the fee to the clerk of court in the county in which the services are provided by the program staff. The fee shall be paid in full before the person may participate in the community service program, except that:
(1)	A person convicted in a court in this State may be given an extension of time or allowed to begin the community service before the person pays the fee by the court in which the person is convicted; or
(2)	A person performing community service pursuant to a deferred prosecution or similar agreement may be given an extension of time or allowed to begin community service before the fee is paid by the official or agency representing the State in the agreement.
(3)	A person performing community service as a condition of parole may be given an extension of time to pay the fee by the Post‑Release Supervision and Parole Commission. No person shall be required to pay the fee before beginning the community service unless the Commission orders the person to do so in writing.
(4)	A person performing community service as ordered by a probation officer pursuant to authority delegated by G.S. 15A‑1343.2 may be given an extension of time to pay the fee by the probation officer exercising the delegated authority."

Part XX. DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION

Freeze State Motor Fleet Vehicle Acquisition Program
SECTION 20.1.  The Department of Administration, Motor Fleet Management, shall not acquire any vehicles during the 2010‑2011 fiscal year and shall minimize any impact on Motor Fleet operations through enhanced operational efficiencies. By July 1, 2011, Motor Fleet Management shall develop and implement a plan to ensure that thirty‑three percent (33%) of new vehicles purchased in subsequent fiscal years have a fuel economy for the new vehicle's model year that is in the top fifteen percent (15%) of its class of comparable automobiles.

PART XXI. Office OF THE state auditor

BATTLESHIP COMMISSION PAY FOR AUDIT
SECTION 21.1.  G.S. 143B‑74.1 reads as rewritten:
"§ 143B‑74.1.  U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission – funds.
The Commission shall establish and maintain a "Battleship Fund" composed of the moneys which may come into its hands from admission or inspection fees, gifts, donations, grants, or bequests, which funds will be used by the Commission to pay all costs of maintaining and operating the ship for the purposes herein set forth. The Commission shall maintain books of accounting records concerning revenue derived and all expenses incurred in maintaining and operating the ship as a public memorial. The operations of the Commission shall be subject to the oversight of the State Auditor pursuant to Article 5A of Chapter 147 of the General Statutes. The Commission shall reimburse the State Auditor the cost of any audit. The Commission shall establish a reserve fund in an amount to be determined by the Secretary of Cultural Resources to be maintained and used for contingencies and emergencies beyond those occurring in the course of routine maintenance and operation, and may authorize the deposit of this reserve fund in a depository to be selected by the Treasurer of North Carolina."

STATE PORTS AUTHORITY PAY FOR AUDIT
SECTION 21.2.  G.S. 143B‑464 reads as rewritten:
"§ 143B‑464.  Audit.
The operations of the State Ports Authority shall be subject to the oversight of the State Auditor pursuant to Article 5A of Chapter 147 of the General Statutes. The State Ports Authority shall reimburse the State Auditor the cost of any audit."

PART XXII. DEPARTMENT OF Cultural Resources

Modify Terms of the 2007‑2008 grant‑in‑aid for Freedom Monument
SECTION 22.1.  Funds appropriated by the 2007 General Assembly as a grant‑in‑aid for North Carolina Freedom Monument Project, Inc., to fabricate and construct a monument that have not been used for this purpose may be used by North Carolina Freedom Monument Project, Inc., for planning and development of preconstruction stages of the monument.

PART XXIII. Housing Finance Agency

Allow Creation of Housing Finance Corporations to Receive Federal "Hardest Hit Housing Markets" Funding
SECTION 23.1.(a)  Chapter 55 of the General Statutes is amended by adding a new Article to read:
"Article 18.
"Housing Finance Corporations.
"§ 55‑18‑01.  General provisions.
A corporation may be formed under this Article for the purpose of (i) applying for and receiving federal funding from the Housing Finance Agency Innovation Fund for the Hardest Hit Housing Markets, or similar fund, administered under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, P.L. 110‑343, as amended, and (ii) administering the federal funding in a manner consistent with the program. A corporation formed under this Article shall be subject to the provisions of this Chapter that are not in conflict with the provisions of this Article.
"§ 55‑18‑02.  Incorporation.
A corporation may be incorporated under this Article only by a minimum of 13 incorporators, a majority of whom must also be members of the board of directors of the North Carolina Housing Finance Agency. The articles of incorporation may provide that only the State may own the capital stack of the corporation.
"§ 55‑18‑03.  Powers.
A corporation formed under this Article shall have the following corporate powers in addition to those generally provided under this Chapter:
(1)	Apply for and receive funds from the federal government from the Housing Finance Agency Innovation Fund for the Hardest Hit Housing Markets, or similar fund.
(2)	Contract with the North Carolina Housing Finance Agency to carry out the program requirements of the Housing Finance Agency Innovation Fund for the Hardest Hit Housing Markets, or similar fund.
"§ 55‑18‑04.  Name.
A corporation formed under this Article shall include in its name the words "Housing Finance Corporation" but shall not use language that would confuse the corporation with the State instrumentality known as the North Carolina Housing Finance Agency. The Secretary of State shall have the power to determine whether a corporation's name causes confusion.
"§ 55‑18‑05.  Relationship to State.
A corporation formed under this Article is not an agency of the State.
"§ 55‑18‑06.  Other requirements.
A corporation formed under this Article shall structure and conduct itself in such a way as to meet the definition of "financial institution" under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, P.L. 110‑343, as amended."
SECTION 23.1.(b)  Chapter 55A of the General Statutes is amended by adding a new Article to read:
"Article 18.
"Housing Finance Corporations.
"§ 55A‑18‑01.  General provisions.
A corporation may be formed under this Article for the purpose of (i) applying for and receiving federal funding from the Housing Finance Agency Innovation Fund for the Hardest Hit Housing Markets, or similar fund, administered under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, P.L. 110‑343, as amended, and (ii) administering the federal funding in a manner consistent with the program. A corporation formed under this Article shall be subject to the provisions of this Chapter that are not in conflict with the provisions of this Article.
"§ 55A‑18‑02.  Incorporation.
A corporation may be incorporated under this Article only by a minimum of 13 incorporators, a majority of whom must also be members of the board of directors of the North Carolina Housing Finance Agency.
"§ 55A‑18‑03.  Powers.
A corporation formed under this Article shall have the following corporate powers in addition to those generally provided under this Chapter:
(1)	Apply for and receive funds from the federal government from the Housing Finance Agency Innovation Fund for the Hardest Hit Housing Markets, or similar fund.
(2)	Contract with the North Carolina Housing Finance Agency to carry out the program requirements of the Housing Finance Agency Innovation Fund for the Hardest Hit Housing Markets, or similar fund.
"§ 55A‑18‑04.  Name.
A corporation formed under this Article shall include in its name the words "Housing Finance Corporation" but shall not use language that would confuse the corporation with the state instrumentality known as the North Carolina Housing Finance Agency. The Secretary of State shall have the power to determine whether a corporation's name causes confusion.
"§ 55A‑18‑05.  Relationship to State.
A corporation formed under this Article is not an agency of the State.
"§ 55A‑18‑06.  Other requirements.
A corporation formed under this article shall structure and conduct itself in such a way as to meet the definition of "financial institution" under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, P.L. 110‑343, as amended."
SECTION 23.1.(c)  G.S. 122A‑5 is amended by adding a new subdivision to read:
"§ 122A‑5.  General powers.
The Agency shall have all of the powers necessary or convenient to carry out and effectuate the purposes and provisions of this Chapter, including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the power:
…
(28)	To contract with housing finance corporations organized under Article 18 of Chapter 55 or under Article 18 of Chapter 55A of the General Statutes to carry out programs related to the funding awarded to the housing finance corporations from the Housing Finance Agency Innovation Fund for the Hardest Hit Housing Markets, or similar fund, administered under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, P.L. 110‑343, as amended."

PART XXIV. DEPARTMENT OF insurance

Department of Insurance Health Reform Authority and Positions
SECTION 24.2.(a)  G.S. 58‑2‑40 is amended by adding a new subdivision to read:
"(10)	Administer and enforce the provisions of the federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111‑148) and the provisions of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Public Law 111‑152) to the extent that the provisions apply to persons subject to the Commissioner's jurisdiction and to the extent that the provisions are not under the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal agency."
SECTION 24.2.(b)  The Department shall apply for federal funds that are available through the Patient Protection and Affordable Insurance Care Act, Public Law 111‑148, or the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, Public Law 111‑152, to support the following 13 positions within the Department to implement this section:
(1)	Attorney III.
(2)	Health Actuary.
(3)	Examiner III.
(4)	Insurance Regulatory Analysts I, II (two positions), and III.
(5)	Office Assistant, and Program Assistant.
(6)	Insurance Investigator.
(7)	Insurance Complaint Analyst (two positions).
(8)	Complaint Analyst Supervisor.
In the event that federal funds cannot be obtained by the Department for the purposes of this section, the Department shall, in consultation with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, utilize funds from the Insurance Regulatory Fund to support these positions.

PART XXV. OFFice of administrative hearings

Increase fees for filing a contested case
SECTION 25.1.  G.S. 150B‑23.2 reads as rewritten:
"§ 150B‑23.2.  Fee for filing a contested case hearing.
(a)	Filing Fee. – In every contested case where the value of the amount in controversy equals or exceeds fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) commenced in the Office of Administrative Hearings by a person aggrieved or heard in the Office of Administrative Hearings pursuant to agency application under G.S. 150B‑40(e), the petitioner shall pay a filing fee, and the administrative law judge shall have the authority to assess that filing fee against the losing party, in the amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) unless the Office of Administrative Hearings establishes a lesser filing fee by rule. The value of the amount in controversy, for purposes of determining the filing fee, shall be determined solely by the Office of Administrative Hearings.
(b)	Time of Collection. – All fees that are required to be assessed, collected, and remitted under subsection (a) of this section shall be collected by the Office of Administrative Hearings at the time of commencement of the contested case (except in suits in forma pauperis).
(c)	Forms of Payment. – The Office of Administrative Hearings may by rule provide for the acceptable forms for payment and transmission of the filing fee.
(d)	Waiver or Refund. – The Office of Administrative Hearings shall by rule provide for the fee to be waived in a contested case in which the petition is filed in forma pauperis and supported by such proofs as are required in G.S. 1‑110 and in a contested case involving a mandated federal cause of action. The Office of Administrative Hearings shall by rule provide for the fee to be refunded in a contested case in which the losing party is the State."

Continue Transfer from DHHS to OAH for Medicaid Appeals
SECTION 25.2.  From funds available to the Department of Health and Human Services for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the sum of two million dollars ($2,000,000) shall be transferred by the Department of Health and Human Services to the Office of Administrative Hearings.  These funds shall be allocated by the Office of Administrative Hearings for mediation services provided for Medicaid applicant and recipient appeals and to contract for other services necessary to conduct the appeals process.

PART XXVI. Department of Revenue

Modification of method by which local governments reimburse the state for programs that support local governments
SECTION 26.1.(a)  G.S. 105‑501(b) reads as rewritten:
"(b)	Deductions. – 					
The costs incurred by the State to provide the functions listed in this subsection that support local governments are deductible from the collections to be allocated each month for distribution.
(1)	The Department's cost of the following for the preceding month must be deducted and credited to the Department:
a.	Performing the duties imposed by Article 15 of this Chapter.
b.	The Property Tax Commission.
(2)	One‑twelfth of the costs of the following for the preceding fiscal year must be deducted and credited to the General Fund:
a.	The School of Government at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in operating a training program in property tax appraisal and assessment.
b.	The personnel and operations provided by the Department of State Treasurer for the Local Government Commission.
c.	Seventy percent (70%) of the expenses of the Department of Revenue in performing the duties imposed by Article 2D of this Chapter."
SECTION 26.1.(b)  For fiscal year 2010‑2011, the amount deducted under G.S. 105‑501 from the net proceeds of the one‑half percent (1/2%) sales and use tax levied under Article 42 of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes is increased by an amount equal to the 2009‑2010 costs of the Department of Revenue and the Property Tax Commission in performing the duties imposed on the Department and the Commission under Article 15 of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes. The deduction required under this subsection may be made on a quarterly or other periodic basis, as determined by the Secretary of Revenue. The amount deducted under this section must be credited to the General Fund.
SECTION 26.1.(c)  This section becomes effective July 1, 2010.

PART XXVII. State Board of Elections

RAISE CANDIDATE FILING FEES
SECTION 27.1.(a)  G.S. 163‑107(a) reads as rewritten:
"(a)	Fee Schedule. – At the time of filing a notice of candidacy, each candidate shall pay to the board of elections with which he files under the provisions of G.S. 163‑106 a filing fee for the office he seeks in the amount specified in the following tabulation:

Office Sought	Amount of Filing Fee
Governor	One and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought
Lieutenant Governor	One and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought
All State executive offices	One and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought
All District Attorneys of the General	One and one‑half percent 
	Court of Justice		(1.5%) of the annual salary of  the office
			sought
United States Senator	One and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought
Members of the United States House 	One and one‑half percent 
	of Representatives		(1.5%) of the annual salary of the office 
			sought
State Senator	One and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought
Member of the State House of 	One and one‑half percent 
	Representatives		(1.5%) of the annual salary of the office 
			sought
All county offices not compensated by fees	One and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought
All county offices compensated partly	One and one‑half percent 
	by salary and partly by fees		(1.5%)of the first annual salary to be
			received (exclusive of fees)

The salary of any office that is the basis for calculating the filing fee is the starting salary for the office, rather than the salary received by the incumbent, if different. If no starting salary can be determined for the office, then the salary used for calculation is the salary of the incumbent, as of January 1 of the election year."
SECTION 27.1.(b)  G.S. 163‑324(a) reads as rewritten:
"(a)	Fee Schedule. – At the time of filing a notice of candidacy under this Article, each candidate shall pay to the State Board of Elections a filing fee for the office he seeks in the amount of one and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought."
SECTION 27.1.(c)  G.S. 163‑291(3) reads as rewritten:
"(3)	The filing fee for municipal and district primaries shall be fixed by the governing board not later than the day before candidates are permitted to begin filing notices of candidacy. There shall be a minimum filing fee of five dollars ($5.00). The governing board shall have the authority to set the filing fee at not less than five dollars ($5.00) nor more than one and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought unless one and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought is less than five dollars ($5.00), in which case the minimum filing fee of five dollars ($5.00) will be charged. The fee shall be paid to the board of elections at the time notice of candidacy is filed."
SECTION 27.1.(d)  G.S. 163‑294.2(e) reads as rewritten:
"(e)	The filing fee for the primary or election shall be fixed by the governing board not later than the day before candidates are permitted to begin filing notices of candidacy. There shall be a minimum filing fee of five dollars ($5.00). The governing board shall have the authority to set the filing fee at not less than five dollars ($5.00) nor more than one and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought unless one and one‑half percent (1.5%) of the annual salary of the office sought is less than five dollars ($5.00), in which case the minimum filing fee of five dollars ($5.00) will be charged. The fee shall be paid to the board of elections at the time notice of candidacy is filed."
SECTION 27.1.(e)  This section is effective with respect to elections held on or after January 1, 2011.

PART XXVIII. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Cash Flow Highway Fund and Highway Trust Fund Appropriations
SECTION 28.1.(a)  Section 25.1 of S.L. 2009‑451 is repealed.
SECTION 28.1.(b)  The General Assembly authorizes and certifies anticipated revenues of the Highway Fund as follows:
For Fiscal Year 2011‑2012	$	1,793.1 million
For Fiscal Year 2012‑2013	$	1,880.6 million
For Fiscal Year 2013‑2014	$	1,920.5 million
For Fiscal Year 2014‑2015	$	1,958.9 million
SECTION 28.1.(c)  The General Assembly authorizes and certifies anticipated revenues of the Highway Trust Fund as follows:
For Fiscal Year 2011‑2012	$	989.2 million
For Fiscal Year 2012‑2013	$	1,046.4 million
For Fiscal Year 2013‑2014	$	1,078.3 million
For Fiscal Year 2014‑2015	$	1,120.4 million

Driver Education Program Fund Reversion
SECTION 28.2.  G.S. 20‑88.1 reads as rewritten:
"§ 20‑88.1.  Driver education.
…
(a1)	For each fiscal year, the State Superintendent of Public Instruction shall calculate a per student allocation for the driver education program by dividing the total funds allocated for the program by the estimated number of qualified students throughout the State, as described in subsection (a) of this section. The Superintendent shall distribute funds to local school administrative units by giving each local school administrative unit an amount equal to the per student allocation multiplied by the estimated number of qualified students within that local school administrative unit's district, including students enrolled in both public and private schools. If, at the end of the fiscal year, fewer than the expected number of students have participated in the driver education program in a local school administrative unit, then the local school administrative unit shall revert the per student allocation for each student that was estimated to be eligible to participate but did not actually participate in the driver education program.
…
(c)	All expenses incurred by the State in carrying out the provisions of this section shall be paid out of the Highway Fund. At the end of each fiscal year, the Department of Public Instruction shall collect and revert any unused funds allocated for this program back to the Highway Fund.
…"

PART XXIX. SALARIES AND BENEFITS

FURLOUGHS authorized/public schools
SECTION 29.1.(a)  The General Assembly finds that:
(1)	North Carolina's citizens and businesses are suffering from the effects of a significant State financial crisis.
(2)	The financial crisis has resulted in large reductions in revenues projected to be available to fund the State's budget for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.
(3)	Each local school administrative unit is required to reduce its budget and should attempt to protect employees when possible.
(4)	The implementation of furloughs may be necessary to balance local school administrative unit budgets for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.
SECTION 29.1.(b)  In accordance with Section 7.13 of this act, local boards of education may implement furloughs of State‑funded public school employees to offset the LEA funding flexibility adjustment.
SECTION 29.1.(c)  The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Furlough. – A temporary period of leave from employment without pay that (i) is ordered by a local board of education and (ii) is not in connection with a demotion or other disciplinary action.
(2)	Public school employee. – Any person employed by a local school administrative unit. The term includes public officers.
SECTION 29.1.(d) The provisions of Section 26.14E.(b) and (c) of S.L. 2009‑451 apply to public school employees furloughed pursuant to the section. 
SECTION 29.1.(e)  Local school administrative units shall cooperate with the Department of Public Instruction in the implementation of a furlough, if required.
SECTION 29.1.(f)  As soon as practicable, and no more than 30 calendar days from the effective date of this section, the State Board of Education shall adopt rules for the implementation of this section in accordance with G.S. 150B‑21.1A, except that notwithstanding G.S. 150B‑21.1A(d), those emergency rules may remain in effect until the expiration of this section. These rules shall be applied by local boards of education in designating the times public school employees may be subject to furlough.  These rules shall provide, at a minimum, that:
(1)	Employees who work only on instructional days shall not be subject to furlough.
(2)	Employees who earn an annual base rate of thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or less shall not be subject to furlough.
(3)	A furlough for other employees shall be for the same number of days for all such employees and shall be for a maximum of two days;
(4)	No teacher shall be subject to a furlough on an instructional day or a protected work day.
(5)	A local board of education shall have a public hearing and shall disclose the local school administrative unit's finances before the local board implements a furlough.
(6)	The local school administrative unit shall cut all bonus pay before it imposes a furlough.
(7)	A local school administrative unit may spread the salary or wage reduction for furloughed employees over the contract period in order to lessen the impact on the employees.
(8)	All savings realized as a result of a furlough shall be used to offset the LEA funding flexibility adjustment.
(9)	A county in which a local school administrative unit implements a furlough pursuant to this section shall not supplant existing local current expense funds for schools.
(10)	Each local board of education shall report to the State Board of Education on the details of any furlough implemented by the local school administrative unit and certify that the furlough complied with the provisions of this section and the rules adopted by the State Board.
SECTION 29.1.(g)  The provisions of Section 26.14E.(e) of S.L. 2009‑451 apply to furloughs under this section.
SECTION 29.1.(h)  A furlough as implemented by this section does not constitute a demotion pursuant to Part 3 of Article 22 of Chapter 115C of the General Statutes or under any other personnel law or policy.
SECTION 29.1.(i)  Notwithstanding G.S. 115C‑273, 115C‑285(b), 115C‑302.1(h), and 115C‑316(b), or any other provision of law, public school employees who are not paid out of State funds shall receive the same reduction in pay applicable to State‑paid employees in the event a furlough is enacted by a local school administrative unit.
SECTION 29.1.(j) This section is effective when it becomes law and expires June 30, 2011.

TEACHER SALARY SCHEDULES
SECTION 29.2.(a)  The following monthly salary schedules shall apply for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year to certified personnel of the public schools who are classified as teachers.  The schedule contains 34 steps, with each step corresponding to one year of teaching experience. Public school employees paid according to this salary schedule and receiving NBPTS certification or obtaining a master's degree shall not be prohibited from receiving the appropriate increase in salary. Provided, however, teachers employed during the 2009‑2010 school year who did not work the required number of months to acquire an additional year of experience shall not receive a decrease in salary as otherwise would be required by the salary schedule below.

2010‑2011 Monthly Salary Schedule
"A" Teachers
	Years of Experience	"A" Teachers	NBPTS Certification
	0	$3,043	N/A
	1	$3,043	N/A
	2	$3,043	N/A
	3	$3,085	$3,455
	4	$3,129	$3,504
	5	$3,264	$3,656
	6	$3,404	$3,812
	7	$3,538	$3,963
	8	$3,667	$4,107
	9	$3,771	$4,224
	10	$3,819	$4,277
	11	$3,868	$4,332
	12	$3,918	$4,388
	13	$3,967	$4,443
	14	$4,018	$4,500
	15	$4,069	$4,557
	16	$4,122	$4,617
	17	$4,176	$4,677
	18	$4,231	$4,739
	19	$4,286	$4,800
	20	$4,345	$4,866
	21	$4,403	$4,931
	22	$4,461	$4,996
	23	$4,523	$5,066
	24	$4,584	$5,134
	25	$4,650	$5,208
	26	$4,714	$5,280
	27	$4,779	$5,352
	28	$4,845	$5,426
	29	$4,913	$5,503
	30	$4,984	$5,582
	31	$5,055	$5,662
	32	$5,153	$5,771
	33+	$5,255	$5,886

2010‑2011 Monthly Salary Schedule
"M" Teachers
	Years of Experience	"M" Teachers	NBPTS Certification
	0	$3,347	N/A
	1	$3,347	N/A
	2	$3,347	N/A
	3	$3,394	$3,801
	4	$3,442	$3,855
	5	$3,590	$4,021
	6	$3,744	$4,193
	7	$3,892	$4,359
	8	$4,034	$4,518
	9	$4,148	$4,646
	10	$4,201	$4,705
	11	$4,255	$4,766
	12	$4,310	$4,827
	13	$4,364	$4,888
	14	$4,420	$4,950
	15	$4,476	$5,013
	16	$4,534	$5,078
	17	$4,594	$5,145
	18	$4,654	$5,212
	19	$4,715	$5,281
	20	$4,780	$5,354
	21	$4,843	$5,424
	22	$4,907	$5,496
	23	$4,975	$5,572
	24	$5,042	$5,647
	25	$5,115	$5,729
	26	$5,185	$5,807
	27	$5,257	$5,888
	28	$5,330	$5,970
	29	$5,404	$6,052
	30	$5,482	$6,140
	31	$5,561	$6,228
	32	$5,668	$6,348
	33+	$5,781	$6,475
SECTION 29.2.(b)  Annual longevity payments for teachers shall be at the rate of one and one‑half percent (1.5%) of base salary for 10 to 14 years of State service, two and twenty‑five hundredths percent (2.25%) of base salary for 15 to 19 years of State service, three and twenty‑five hundredths percent (3.25%) of base salary for 20 to 24 years of State service, and four and one‑half percent (4.5%) of base salary for 25 or more years of State service.  The longevity payment shall be paid in a lump sum once a year.
SECTION 29.2.(c)  Certified public schoolteachers with certification based on academic preparation at the six‑year degree level shall receive a salary supplement of one hundred twenty‑six dollars ($126.00) per month in addition to the compensation provided for certified personnel of the public schools who are classified as "M" teachers.  Certified public schoolteachers with certification based on academic preparation at the doctoral degree level shall receive a salary supplement of two hundred fifty‑three dollars ($253.00) per month in addition to the compensation provided for certified personnel of the public schools who are classified as "M" teachers.
SECTION 29.2.(d)  The first step of the salary schedule for school psychologists shall be equivalent to Step 5, corresponding to five years of experience, on the salary schedule established in this section for certified personnel of the public schools who are classified as "M" teachers.  Certified psychologists shall be placed on the salary schedule at an appropriate step based on their years of experience.  Certified psychologists shall receive longevity payments based on years of State service in the same manner as teachers.
Certified psychologists with certification based on academic preparation at the six‑year degree level shall receive a salary supplement of one hundred twenty‑six dollars ($126.00) per month in addition to the compensation provided for certified psychologists. Certified psychologists with certification based on academic preparation at the doctoral degree level shall receive a salary supplement of two hundred fifty‑three dollars ($253.00) per month in addition to the compensation provided for certified psychologists.
SECTION 29.2.(e)  Speech pathologists who are certified as speech pathologists at the master's degree level and audiologists who are certified as audiologists at the master's degree level and who are employed in the public schools as speech and language specialists and audiologists shall be paid on the school psychologist salary schedule.
Speech pathologists and audiologists with certification based on academic preparation at the six‑year degree level shall receive a salary supplement of one hundred twenty‑six dollars ($126.00) per month in addition to the compensation provided for speech pathologists and audiologists. Speech pathologists and audiologists with certification based on academic preparation at the doctoral degree level shall receive a salary supplement of two hundred fifty‑three dollars ($253.00) per month in addition to the compensation provided for speech pathologists and audiologists.
SECTION 29.2.(f)  Certified school nurses who are employed in the public schools as nurses shall be paid on the "M" salary schedule.
SECTION 29.2.(g)  As used in this section, the term "teacher" shall also include instructional support personnel.

SCHOOL‑BASED ADMINISTRATOR SALARY SCHEDULE
SECTION 29.3.(a)  The following base salary schedule for school‑based administrators shall apply only to principals and assistant principals.  This base salary schedule shall apply for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, commencing July 1, 2010. Provided, however, school‑based administrators (i) employed during the 2009‑2010 school year who did not work the required number of months to acquire an additional year of experience and (ii) employed during the 2010‑2011 school year in the same classification shall not receive a decrease in salary as otherwise would be required by the salary schedule below.

2010‑2011 Principal and Assistant Principal Salary Schedules
Classification
Years of Exp	Assistant	Prin I	Prin II	Prin III	Prin IV
	Principal	(0‑10)	(11‑21)	(22‑32)	(33‑43)
	0‑6	$3,781	‑	‑	‑	‑
	7	$3,931	‑	‑	‑	‑
	8	$4,074	‑	‑	‑	‑
	9	$4,189	‑	‑	‑	‑
	10	$4,243	$4,243	‑	‑	‑
	11	$4,298	$4,298	‑	‑	‑
	12	$4,353	$4,353	$4,408	‑	‑
	13	$4,408	$4,408	$4,464	‑	‑
	14	$4,464	$4,464	$4,521	$4,579	‑
	15	$4,521	$4,521	$4,579	$4,640	$4,701
	16	$4,579	$4,579	$4,640	$4,701	$4,762
	17	$4,640	$4,640	$4,701	$4,762	$4,828
	18	$4,701	$4,701	$4,762	$4,828	$4,891
	19	$4,762	$4,762	$4,828	$4,891	$4,956
	20	$4,828	$4,828	$4,891	$4,956	$5,025
	21	$4,891	$4,891	$4,956	$5,025	$5,092
	22	$4,956	$4,956	$5,025	$5,092	$5,166
	23	$5,025	$5,025	$5,092	$5,166	$5,237
	24	$5,092	$5,092	$5,166	$5,237	$5,310
	25	$5,166	$5,166	$5,237	$5,310	$5,383
	26	$5,237	$5,237	$5,310	$5,383	$5,458
	27	$5,310	$5,310	$5,383	$5,458	$5,537
	28	$5,383	$5,383	$5,458	$5,537	$5,617
	29	$5,458	$5,458	$5,537	$5,617	$5,725
	30	$5,537	$5,537	$5,617	$5,725	$5,839
	31	$5,617	$5,617	$5,725	$5,839	$5,956
	32	$5,725	$5,725	$5,839	$5,956	$6,075
	33	$5,839	$5,839	$5,956	$6,075	$6,197
	34	‑	$5,956	$6,075	$6,197	$6,321
	35	‑	‑	$6,197	$6,321	$6,447
	36	‑	‑	$6,321	$6,447	$6,576
	37	‑	‑	‑	$6,576	$6,708
	38	‑	‑	‑	$6,708	$6,842
	39	‑	‑	‑	‑	$6,979

2010‑2011 Principal and Assistant Principal Salary Schedules
Classification
Years of Exp	Prin V	Prin VI	Prin VII	Prin VIII
	(44‑54)	(55‑65)	(66‑100)	(101+)
	0‑16	$4,828	‑	‑	‑
	17	$4,891	‑	‑	‑
	18	$4,956	$5,025	‑	‑
	19	$5,025	$5,092	$5,237	‑
	20	$5,092	$5,166	$5,310	$5,383
	21	$5,166	$5,237	$5,383	$5,458
	22	$5,237	$5,310	$5,458	$5,537
	23	$5,310	$5,383	$5,537	$5,617
	24	$5,383	$5,458	$5,617	$5,725
	25	$5,458	$5,537	$5,725	$5,839
	26	$5,537	$5,617	$5,839	$5,956
	27	$5,617	$5,725	$5,956	$6,075
	28	$5,725	$5,839	$6,075	$6,197
	29	$5,839	$5,956	$6,197	$6,321
	30	$5,956	$6,075	$6,321	$6,447
	31	$6,075	$6,197	$6,447	$6,576
	32	$6,197	$6,321	$6,576	$6,708
	33	$6,321	$6,447	$6,708	$6,842
	34	$6,447	$6,576	$6,842	$6,979
	35	$6,576	$6,708	$6,979	$7,119
	36	$6,708	$6,842	$7,119	$7,261
	37	$6,842	$6,979	$7,261	$7,406
	38	$6,979	$7,119	$7,406	$7,554
	39	$7,119	$7,261	$7,554	$7,705
	40	$7,261	$7,406	$7,705	$7,859
	41	‑	$7,554	$7,859	$8,016
	42	‑	$7,705	$8,016	$8,176
	43	‑	‑	$8,176	$8,340

SECTION 29.3.(b)  The appropriate classification for placement of principals and assistant principals on the salary schedule, except for principals in alternative schools and in cooperative innovative high schools, shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:
Number of Teachers
Classification	Supervised

Assistant Principal
Principal I		Fewer than 11 Teachers
Principal II	11‑21 Teachers
Principal III	22‑32 Teachers
Principal IV	33‑43 Teachers
Principal V	44‑54 Teachers
Principal VI	55‑65 Teachers
Principal VII		66‑100 Teachers
Principal VIII		More than 100 Teachers

The number of teachers supervised includes teachers and assistant principals paid from State funds only; it does not include teachers or assistant principals paid from non‑State funds or the principal or teacher assistants.
The beginning classification for principals in alternative schools and in cooperative innovative high school programs shall be the Principal III level. Principals in alternative schools who supervise 33 or more teachers shall be classified according to the number of teachers supervised.
SECTION 29.3.(c)  A principal shall be placed on the step on the salary schedule that reflects total number of years of experience as a certificated employee of the public schools and an additional step for every three years of experience as a principal. Provided, however, a principal who acquires an additional step for the 2009‑2010 or 2010‑2011 fiscal years shall not receive a corresponding increase in salary during the 2009‑2011 fiscal biennium. A principal or assistant principal shall also continue to receive any additional State‑funded percentage increases earned for the 1997‑1998, 1998‑1999, and 1999‑2000 school years for improvement in student performance or maintaining a safe and orderly school.
SECTION 29.3.(d)  Principals and assistant principals with certification based on academic preparation at the six‑year degree level a salary supplement of one hundred twenty‑six dollars ($126.00) per month and at the doctoral degree level shall be paid a salary supplement of two hundred fifty‑three dollars ($253.00) per month.
SECTION 29.3.(e)  Longevity pay for principals and assistant principals shall be as provided for State employees under the State Personnel Act.
SECTION 29.3.(f)  If a principal is reassigned to a higher job classification because the principal is transferred to a school within a local school administrative unit with a larger number of State‑allotted teachers, the principal shall be placed on the salary schedule as if the principal had served the principal's entire career as a principal at the higher job classification.
If a principal is reassigned to a lower job classification because the principal is transferred to a school within a local school administrative unit with a smaller number of State‑allotted teachers, the principal shall be placed on the salary schedule as if the principal had served the principal's entire career as a principal at the lower job classification.
This subsection applies to all transfers on or after the effective date of this section, except transfers in school systems that have been created, or will be created, by merging two or more school systems. Transfers in these merged systems are exempt from the provisions of this subsection for one calendar year following the date of the merger.
SECTION 29.3.(g)  Participants in an approved full‑time master's in school administration program shall receive up to a 10‑month stipend at the beginning salary of an assistant principal during the internship period of the master's program.  For the 2006‑2007 fiscal year and subsequent fiscal years, the stipend shall not exceed the difference between the beginning salary of an assistant principal plus the cost of tuition, fees, and books and any fellowship funds received by the intern as a full‑time student, including awards of the Principal Fellows Program. The Principal Fellows Program or the school of education where the intern participates in a full‑time master's in school administration program shall supply the Department of Public Instruction with certification of eligible full‑time interns.
SECTION 29.3.(h)  During the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the placement on the salary schedule of an administrator with a one‑year provisional assistant principal's certificate shall be at the entry‑level salary for an assistant principal or the appropriate step on the teacher salary schedule, whichever is higher.

FURLOUGHS authorized/unc
SECTION 29.4.(a)  Findings. – The General Assembly finds that:
(1)	North Carolina's citizens and businesses are suffering from the effects of a significant State financial crisis.
(2)	The financial crisis has resulted in large reductions in revenues projected to be available to fund the State's budget for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.
(3)	The University of North Carolina and its constituent institutions are required to reduce their budgets and should attempt to protect university employees when possible.
(4)	The implementation of furloughs may be necessary to balance The University of North Carolina's and its constituent institutions' budgets for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.
SECTION 29.4.(b)  The President of The University of North Carolina may implement furloughs of university employees or delegate furlough authority to a chancellor of a constituent institution to offset the UNC Management Flexibility Reduction.
SECTION 29.4.(c)  Definitions. – The following definitions apply in this section:
(1)	Furlough. – A temporary period of leave from employment without pay that (i) is ordered by the President of The University of North Carolina or a chancellor when delegated and (ii) is not in connection with a demotion or other disciplinary action.
(2)	University employee. – Any permanent full‑time, permanent part‑time, or time‑limited employee of The University of North Carolina, including employees exempt from the State Personnel Act under G.S. 126‑5(c), 126‑5(c1), 126‑5(c7), and 126‑5(c8). The term includes public officers.
SECTION 29.4.(d)  Compensation and Benefits. – The provisions of Section 26.14E.(b) and (c) of S.L. 2009‑451 apply to university employees furloughed pursuant to the section. 
SECTION 29.4.(e)  Cooperation with The University of North Carolina – General Administration. – Constituent institutions shall cooperate with UNC General Administration in the implementation of furloughs, if required.
SECTION 29.4.(f)  As soon as practicable, and no more than 30 calendar days from the effective date of this section, the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina shall adopt policies for the implementation of this section  to remain in effect until the expiration of this section. These policies shall be applied by the President and the constituent institutions in implementing a furlough of university employees.  These policies shall provide, at a minimum, that:
(1)	The President may establish a salary threshold below which university employees shall not be subject to furlough. In no event may any full‑time university employee, prorated for any part‑time employee, earning an annual base rate of thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or less be subject to furlough.
(2)	The scheduling of any furlough period shall be at the discretion of the President or the chancellor of the constituent institution when delegated.
(3)	Paid leave shall not be used to offset all or any portion of a furlough.
(4)	If a holiday falls during the mandatory furlough period, the university employee must be paid for the holiday.
(5)	All savings realized as a result of a furlough shall be used to offset the Management Flexibility Reduction for The University of North Carolina..
SECTION 29.4.(g)  Reporting Requirements. – The provisions of Section 26.14E.(e) of S.L. 2009‑451 apply to furloughs under this section.
SECTION 29.4.(h)  Upon delegation of furlough authority to a chancellor, the constituent institution shall develop a furlough plan to be approved by the President consistent with the policies adopted by the UNC Board of Governors. Access to approved furlough plans shall be provided to all affected employees.
SECTION 29.4.(i) Effective Date. – This section is effective when it becomes law and expires June 30, 2011.

Monitor Compliance with freeze on most salary increases
SECTION 29.5.(a)  The Office of State Budget and Management and the Office of State Personnel shall monitor jointly the compliance of the following units of government with the provisions of Section 26.1A of S.L. 2009‑451, and beginning September 1, 2010, shall submit quarterly reports of their monitoring activities to the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the Fiscal Research Division: (i) State agencies, departments, and institutions, including authorities, boards, and commissions; (ii) the judicial branch; and (iii) The University of North Carolina and its constituent institutions. 
The quarterly reports required by this section shall include the following information:
(1)	For agencies reporting through the BEACON HR/Payroll system, (i) a breakdown by action type (including promotion, reallocation, career progression, salary adjustment, and any similar actions increasing employee pay) of the number and annual amount of those increases  and (ii) a breakdown by action reason (including in‑range higher level, acting pay, trainee adjustment, and other similar action reasons) of the number and annual amount of those action types coded as salary adjustment.
(2)	For The University of North Carolina and its constituent institutions, a breakdown of the number and annual amount of those increases categorized by the university as promotions, changes in job duties or responsibilities, Distinguished Professorships, retention pay, career progression, and any similar actions increasing employee pay.
(3)	A summary of actions taken by the Office of State Budget and Management and the Office of State Personnel with respect to unauthorized salary increases.
SECTION 29.5.(b)  Beginning September 1, 2010, and quarterly thereafter, the Legislative Services Officer shall report to the President Pro Tempore of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives on compliance with Section 26.1A of S.L. 2009‑451.

SALARY‑RELATED CONTRIBUTIONS/EMPLOYER
SECTION 29.6.  Section 6(c) of S.L. 2009‑16, as amended by Section 26.20(b) of S.L. 2009‑451, reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 6.(c)  Effective July 1, 2010, the State's employer contribution rates budgeted for retirement and related benefits as percentage of covered salaries for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year are:  (i)   ten and seventy‑one hundredths percent (10.71%) – Teachers and State Employees; (ii)   fifteen and seventy‑one hundredths percent (15.71%) – State Law Enforcement Officers; (iii) twelve and twenty‑six hundredths percent (12.26%) – University Employees' Optional Retirement System; (iv) twelve and twenty‑six hundredths percent (12.26%) – Community College Optional Retirement Program; (v)  twenty and one hundredths percent (20.01%) – Consolidated Judicial Retirement System; and (vi) four and ninety hundredths percent (4.90%) – Legislative Retirement System. Each of the foregoing contribution rates includes four and ninety hundredths percent (4.90%) for hospital and medical benefits. The rate for Teachers and State Employees, State Law Enforcement Officers, Community College Optional Retirement Program, and for the University Employees' Optional Retirement Program includes fifty‑two hundredths percent (0.52%) for the Disability Income Plan. The rates for Teachers and State Employees and State Law Enforcement Officers include sixteen‑hundredths percent (0.16%) for the Death Benefits Plan. The rate for State Law Enforcement Officers includes five percent (5%) for Supplemental Retirement Income."

PART XXX. CAPITAL APPROPRIATIONS

CAPITAL APPROPRIATIONS/GENERAL FUND
SECTION 30.1.  There is appropriated from the General Fund for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year the following amounts for capital improvements:

Capital Improvements – General Fund	2010‑2011

Department of Environment and Natural Resources
	Water Resources Development Projects	$9,130,000

University of North Carolina System
	Appalachian State University
		College of Nursing and Health Sciences Building Advance Planning	2,400,000

	East Carolina University
		Life Sciences Building Advance Planning	6,100,000

	Elizabeth City State University
		Aviation Complex Planning	533,778

	University of North Carolina at Charlotte
		Science Building Advance Planning	4,800,000

	University of North Carolina at Wilmington
		Allied Health and Human Sciences Building Advance Planning	1,900,000

	Western Carolina University
		Mountain Area Health Education Center Advance Planning	1,300,000

	Winston‑Salem State University
		Science Building Advance Planning	1,400,000

TOTAL CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS – GENERAL FUND	$27,563,778

WATER RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT PROJECT FUNDS
SECTION 30.2.(a)  The Department of Environment and Natural Resources shall allocate the funds appropriated in this act for water resources development projects in accordance with the schedule that follows. These funds will provide a State match for an estimated twenty‑seven million four hundred four thousand dollars ($27,404,000) in federal funds.

Name of Project	2010‑2011

(1)	Wilmington Harbor Deepening		$900,000
(2)	Wilmington Harbor Maintenance		2,000,000
(3)	Morehead City Harbor Maintenance		100,000
(4)	Dredging Contingency Fund			1,250,000
(5)	AIWW Dredging				1,000,000
(6)	Bogue Banks Shore Protection Study		5,000
(7)	John H. Kerr Dam and Reservoir Sec. 216		50,000
(8)	Neuse River Basin PED			–
(9)	Princeville Flood Damage Reduction		200,000
(10)	Currituck Sound Environmental Restoration Study		50,000
(11)	Belhaven Harbor – Cap – Sec 1135		350,000
(12)	Surf City/North Topsail Beach Protection Study PED		–
(13)	West Onslow Beach (Topsail Beach) PED		50,000
(14)	Silver Lake Harbor Disposal Area Maintenance		800,000
(15)	Manteo Old House Channel – CAP – Sec. 204		25,000
(16)	Concord Streams Restoration – CAP – Sec. 206		–
(17)	North Carolina International Terminal		–
(18)	Planning Assistance to Communities		–
(19)	State‑Local Projects				2,000,000
(20)	Aquatic Plant Control, Statewide and Lake Gaston		350,000

TOTALS	$9,130,000

SECTION 30.2.(b)  Where the actual costs are different from the estimated costs under subsection (a) of this section, the Department may adjust the allocations among projects as needed. If any projects funded under subsection (a) of this section are delayed and the budgeted State funds cannot be used during the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, or if the projects funded under subsection (a) of this section are accomplished at a lower cost, the Department may use the resulting fund availability to fund any of the following:
(1)	U.S. Army Corps of Engineers project feasibility studies.
(2)	U.S. Army Corps of Engineers projects whose schedules have advanced and require State‑matching funds in fiscal year 2010‑2011.
(3)	State‑local water resources development projects.
Funds not expended or encumbered for these purposes shall revert to the General Fund at the end of the 2011‑2012 fiscal year.
SECTION 30.2.(c)  The Department shall make semiannual reports on the use of these funds to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, the Fiscal Research Division, and the Office of State Budget and Management. Each report shall include all of the following:
(1)	All projects listed in this section.
(2)	The estimated cost of each project.
(3)	The date that work on each project began or is expected to begin.
(4)	The date that work on each project was completed or is expected to be completed.
(5)	The actual cost of each project.
The semiannual reports shall also show those projects advanced in schedule, those projects delayed in schedule, and an estimate of the amount of funds expected to revert to the General Fund.

NON‑GENERAL FUND CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT AUTHORIZATIONS
SECTION 30.3.(a)  The General Assembly authorizes the following capital projects to be funded with receipts or from other non‑General Fund sources available to the appropriate department:

Name of Project	Amount of Non‑General Fund
	Funding Authorized for FY 2010‑2011

Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services
	Upgrade Steam Generation Capability at Food and Drug Facility	$ 18,000
	Western NC Agricultural Center – Storage Shed	23,000
	Western NC Agricultural Center – Entertainment Stage	35,000
	Western NC Agricultural Center – Youth Building Roof Replacement	3,000
	Western NC Agricultural Center – RV Site Improvements	20,000
	Western NC Agricultural Center – C&D Barn Access Road	125,000
	Western NC Agricultural Center – Handicap Platform	8,000
	Western NC Agricultural Center – Exhibits/Cashier Office	70,000
	Western NC Agricultural Center – Retention Pond Parking	225,000
	Constable Lab Standby Generator/Rollins Lab Security	363,245
	Southeastern Agricultural Center – Multipurpose Pavilion	1,290,000
	Southeastern Agricultural Center – Horse Stalls	700,000
	Research Stations Irrigation Renovations	200,000
	Piedmont Research Station – Grain Storage Renovation	400,000

Department of Correction
	Southern Medium Programs Building	600,000
	Caledonia Programs Building	600,000
	Caswell Programs Building	600,000
	Southern Minimum Programs Building	600,000
	Randolph Programs Building	600,000

Department of Cultural Resources
	USS NC Battleship Repairs, Dredging, Construction
		Commission Battleship Fund	1,700,000

Department of Environment and Natural Resources
	Forest Resources – Bladen Lakes Ranger Residence	399,000

Department of Justice
	NC Justice Academy Live Fire Shoot House	282,000

Wildlife Resources Commission
	Pisgah Education Center Repairs & Renovation	60,000
	Outer Banks Education Center Repairs and Renovation	26,000
	Mt. Holly Depot Acquisition	150,000
	Statewide Boating Access Areas (BAA) Renovations	3,610,000
	Table Rock Hatchery Residence Renovation	150,000
	McKinney Lake Equipment Shed	70,000
	Fishing Access Areas Construction	180,000

TOTAL AMOUNT OF NON‑GENERAL FUND CAPITAL
	PROJECTS AUTHORIZED	$13,107,245

SECTION 30.3.(b)  From funds deposited with the State Treasurer in a capital improvement account to the credit of the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services pursuant to G.S. 146‑30, the sum of thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year shall be transferred to the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services to be used, notwithstanding G.S. 146‑30, by the Department for its plant conservation program under Article 19B of Chapter 106 of the General Statutes for costs incidental to the acquisition of land, such as land appraisals, land surveys, title searches, environmental studies, and for the management of the plant conservation program preserves owned by the Department.
REPAIRS AND RENOVATIONS RESERVE ALLOCATION
SECTION 30.4.(a)  Of the funds in the Reserve for Repairs and Renovations for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, fifty‑four percent (54%) shall be allocated to the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina for repairs and renovations pursuant to G.S. 143C‑4‑3, in accordance with guidelines developed in The University of North Carolina Funding Allocation Model for Reserve for Repairs and Renovations, as approved by the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina, and forty‑six percent (46%) shall be allocated to the Office of State Budget and Management for repairs and renovations pursuant to G.S. 143C‑4‑3.
Notwithstanding G.S. 143C‑4‑3, the Board of Governors may allocate funds for the repair and renovation of facilities not supported from the General Fund if the Board determines that sufficient funds are not available from other sources and that conditions warrant General Fund assistance. Any such finding shall be included in the Board's submission to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations on the proposed allocation of funds.
The Board of Governors and the Office of State Budget and Management shall consult with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations prior to the allocation or reallocation of these funds.
SECTION 30.4.(b)  Of the funds allocated to the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina in subsection (a) of this section, a portion shall be used by the Board of Governors for the installation of fire sprinklers in university residence halls. This portion shall be in addition to funds otherwise appropriated in this act for the same purpose. Such funds shall be allocated among the university's constituent institutions by the President of The University of North Carolina, who shall consider the following factors when allocating those funds:
(1)	The safety and well‑being of the residents of campus housing programs.
(2)	The current level of housing rents charged to students and how that compares to an institution's public peers and other UNC institutions.
(3)	The level of previous authorizations to constituent institutions for the construction or renovation of residence halls funded from the General Fund, or from bonds or certificates of participation supported by the General Fund, since 1996.
(4)	The financial status of each constituent institution's housing system, including debt capacity, debt coverage ratios, credit rankings, required reserves, the planned use of cash balances for other housing system improvements, and the constituent institution's ability to pay for the installation of fire sprinklers in all residence halls.
(5)	The total cost of each proposed project, including the cost of installing fire sprinklers and the cost of other construction, such as asbestos removal and additional water supply needs.
The Board of Governors shall submit progress reports to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations. Reports shall include the status of completed, current, and planned projects. Reports also shall include information on the financial status of each constituent institution's housing system, the constituent institution's ability to pay for fire protection in residence halls, and the timing of installation of fire sprinklers. Reports shall be submitted on January 1 and July 1 until all residence halls have fire sprinklers.
SECTION 30.4.(c)  Of the funds allocated to the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina in subsection (a) of this section, a portion shall be used by the Board of Governors for campus public safety improvements allowable under G.S. 143C‑4‑3(b).

AMEND 2009 WILDLIFE RESOURCES COMMISSION NON‑GENERAL FUND CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT AUTHORIZATIONS
SECTION 30.5.(a)  Subsection 27.4.(a) of S.L. 2009‑451 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 27.4.(a)  The General Assembly authorizes the following capital projects to be funded with receipts or from other non‑General Fund sources available to the appropriate department:

Name of Project	Amount of Non‑General Fund
	Funding Authorized for FY 2009‑2010

Department of Crime Control and Public Safety
	Additions and Renovations to Armories		$ 9,303,442
	Camp Butner Cantonment – Phase 1 Design	1,367,000
	Family Assistance Centers	2,000,000
	Gastonia Armory Renovation and Expansion	1,100,000
	Tactical Unmanned Aerial Systems Facility	6,746,000

Department of Cultural Resources
	Aycock Birthplace Picnic Shelter	86,100
	Maritime Museum – Floating Dock	130,000
	Museum of History Chronology Exhibit – Phase 2B (1900‑1960)	1,200,000

Department of Environment and Natural Resources
	Zoo – Elephant Exhibit New Restrooms	300,000

Wildlife Resources Commission
	Armstrong Hatchery Lower Raceway Replacement	1,725,000
	Centennial Campus Education Center Exhibit Completion	180,000
	Chinquapin Equipment Storage Pole Shed	60,000
	Chowan Bridge Fishing Pier and Edenton Boating Access	450,000
	Emerald Isle New Boating Access Area	600,000
	Falls Lake Office Building	550,000
	Hampstead Land Acquisition	10,000,000
	Land Acquisitions – State Gamelands	20,000,000
	Lewelyn Branch New Boating Access Area	150,000
	Manns Harbor Bridge Marina Acquisition	5,750,000
	Marion Depot Drainage Repairs	200,000
	Marion Hatchery and Depot Renovation	4,000,000
	McKinney Lake Hatchery Kettles Replacement	1,700,000
	Minor Boating Access Area Renovations – Various Locations	150,000
		
	Ocean Isle Boating Access Area Renovations	150,000
	Outer Banks Education Center Teaching Facility Repairs	245,000
	Pechmann Fishing Education Center Pond Restoration	160,000
	Pechmann Fishing Education Center Storage Building	220,000
	Pisgah Education Center Gift Shop Renovation and Expansion	200,000
	Pisgah Education Center Outdoor Exhibit Renovation	450,000
	Pisgah Education Center Repairs	155,000
	Pisgah Hatchery Water System Renovation	100,000
	Rhodes Pond Dam Repairs	500,000
	Sneads Ferry Land Acquisition	6,500,000
	Statewide Emergency Repair & Renovation	3,500,000
	Sunset Harbor Land Acquisition	925,000
	Swan Quarter Land Acquisition	1,700,000
	Sykes Depot Pond, Office, Storage Construction	350,000
	Table Rock Hatchery Office and Workshop Replacement	345,000

TOTAL AMOUNT OF NON‑GENERAL FUND CAPITAL
	PROJECTS AUTHORIZED	$83,247,542"
SECTION 30.5.(b)  Section 27.4 of S.L. 2009‑451 is amended by adding a new subsection to read:
"SECTION 27.4.(a1)  The Wildlife Resources Commission shall not expend any of the funds authorized to be spent on Statewide Emergency Repair & Renovation by subsection (a) of this section without first obtaining approval from the Office of State Budget and Management."

Amend COPS Authorization Language/UNCG
SECTION 30.6.(a)  Subdivision (13) of Section 27.8(a) of S.L. 2008‑107 reads as rewritten:
"(13)	In the maximum aggregate principal amount of thirty‑eight million six hundred seventy thousand dollars ($38,670,000) to finance the capital facility costs of completing an academic classroom and office building at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro. Up to a total of four million five hundred thousand dollars ($4,500,000) may be used to acquire real property for an academic building, a University Police building, and a student recreation facility and for the development and construction of a new railroad underpass to connect the current central campus to West Lee Street. No more than a maximum aggregate amount of twenty‑one million dollars ($21,000,000) of special indebtedness may be issued or incurred under this subdivision prior to July 1, 2009."
SECTION 30.6.(b)  Section 27.8(a) of S.L. 2008‑107 is amended by adding a new subdivision to read:
"(11a)	In the maximum aggregate principal amount of four million dollars ($4,000,000) to finance the capital facility costs of completing infrastructure at the Innovation Center at The Carolina North Campus of The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill."

part XXXI. tax changes

IRC Update
SECTION 31.1.(a)  G.S. 105‑228.90(b)(1b) reads as rewritten:
"(b)	Definitions. – The following definitions apply in this Article:
…
(1b)	Code. – The Internal Revenue Code as enacted as of May 1, 2010, including any provisions enacted as of that date which become effective either before or after that date."
SECTION 31.1.(b)  G.S. 105‑134.6(d) reads as rewritten:
"(d)	Other Adjustments. – The following adjustments to taxable income shall be made in calculating North Carolina taxable income:
…
(7)	An addition is required to taxable years 2003, 2004, 2005, and 2006 for the amount of any 2008 or 2009 net operating loss deduction claimed on a federal return under section 172(b)(1)(H) or section 810(b)(4) of the Code. This addition does not apply to a net operating loss deduction of an eligible small business as defined under section 172(b)(1)(H) of the Code.
(8)	For taxable years 2011 through 2013, a taxpayer who made an addition under subdivision (7) of this subsection may deduct one‑third of the taxpayer's net operating loss absorbed on the taxpayer's 2003, 2004, 2005, and 2006 federal returns under section 172(b)(1)(H) or section 810(b)(4) of the Code."
SECTION 31.1.(c)  This section is effective when it becomes law.

cap tax rate on income from family‑owned and other small business
SECTION 31.2.(a)  G.S. 105‑134.2 reads as rewritten:
"§ 105‑134.2.  Individual income tax imposed.
(a)	Tax Rate. – A tax is imposed upon the North Carolina taxable income of every individual. The tax shall be levied, collected, and paid annually. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the tax shall be computed at the following percentages of the taxpayer's North Carolina taxable income.
(1)	For married individuals who file a joint return under G.S. 105‑152 and for surviving spouses, as defined in section 2(a) of the Code:

	Over	Up To	Rate
	0	$21,250	6%
	$21,250	$100,000	7%
	$100,000	NA	7.75%

(2)	For heads of households, as defined in section 2(b) of the Code:

	Over	Up To	Rate
	0	$17,000	6%
	$17,000	$80,000	7%
	$80,000	NA	7.75%

(3)	For unmarried individuals other than surviving spouses and heads of households:

	Over	Up To	Rate
	0	$12,750	6%
	$12,750	$60,000	7%
	$60,000	NA	7.75%

(4)	For married individuals who do not file a joint return under G.S. 105‑152:

	Over	Up To	Rate
	0	$10,625	6%
	$10,625	$50,000	7%
	$50,000	NA	7.75%

(b)	Tax Tables. – In lieu of the tax imposed by subsection (a) of this section, there is imposed for each taxable year upon the North Carolina taxable income of every individual a tax determined under tables, applicable to the taxable year, which may be prescribed by the Secretary. The amounts of the tax determined under the tables shall be computed on the basis of the rates prescribed by subsection (a) of this section. This subsection does not apply to an individual making a return under section 443(a)(1) of the Code for a period of less than 12 months on account of a change in the individual's annual accounting period, or to an estate or trust. The tax imposed by this subsection shall be treated as the tax imposed by subsection (a) of this section.
(c)	Small Business Income. – The tax rate imposed on the net business income of a taxpayer who receives income from a small business for a taxable year may not exceed the rate imposed on a corporation under G.S. 105‑130.3. A small business is a business whose cumulative gross receipts from all business activity in a taxable year does not exceed eight hundred fifty thousand dollars ($850,000). For purposes of this subsection, the term business income does not include income that is considered passive income under the Code."
SECTION 31.2.(b)  This section becomes effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2010.

lower sales tax compliance burden on small retailers
SECTION 31.3.(a)  G.S. 105‑164.16(b1) reads as rewritten:
"(b1)	Monthly. – A taxpayer who is consistently liable for at least one hundred dollars ($100.00) but less than fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) a month in State and local sales and use taxes must file a return and pay the taxes due on a monthly basis. A monthly return is due by the 20th day of the month following the calendar month covered by the return."
SECTION 31.3.(b)  G.S. 105‑164.16(b2) reads as rewritten:
"(b2)	Prepayment. – A taxpayer who is consistently liable for at least fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) a month in State and local sales and use taxes must make a monthly prepayment of the next month's tax liability. The prepayment is due on the date a monthly return is due. The prepayment must equal at least sixty‑five percent (65%) of any of the following:
(1)	The amount of tax due for the current month.
(2)	The amount of tax due for the same month in the preceding year.
(3)	The average monthly amount of tax due in the preceding calendar year."
SECTION 31.3.(c)  G.S. 105‑164.16(b1), as rewritten by subsection (a) of this section, reads as rewritten:
"(b1)	Monthly. – A taxpayer who is consistently liable for at least one hundred dollars ($100.00) but less than twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) a month in State and local sales and use taxes must file a return and pay the taxes due on a monthly basis. A monthly return is due by the 20th day of the month following the calendar month covered by the return."
SECTION 31.3.(d)  G.S. 105‑164.16(b2), as rewritten by subsection (b) of this section, reads as rewritten:
"(b2)	Prepayment. – A taxpayer who is consistently liable for at least twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) a month in State and local sales and use taxes must make a monthly prepayment of the next month's tax liability. The prepayment is due on the date a monthly return is due. The prepayment must equal at least sixty‑five percent (65%) of any of the following:
(1)	The amount of tax due for the current month.
(2)	The amount of tax due for the same month in the preceding year.
(3)	The average monthly amount of tax due in the preceding calendar year."
SECTION 31.3.(e)  When the Secretary of Revenue conducts a review of a taxpayer's sales and use tax payment schedule requirements under G.S. 105‑164.16(b3), the Secretary must identify the taxpayers who are no longer required to make a monthly prepayment of the next month's sales and use tax liability because of the reduction of the sales tax payment threshold under this section and must notify those taxpayers of the change in the taxpayer's payment requirement.
SECTION 31.3.(f)  Subsections (a) and (b) of this section become effective October 1, 2010. Subsections (c) and (d) of this section become effective July 1, 2011. The remainder of this section is effective when it becomes law.

relieve annual report compliance burden on small business
SECTION 31.4.(a)  G.S. 55‑16‑22(c) reads as rewritten:
"(c)	Due Date. – An annual report eligible to be delivered to the Secretary of Revenue is due by the due date for filing the corporation's income and franchise tax returns. An extension of time to file a return is an extension of time to file an annual report. At the option of the filer, an annual report may be filed directly with the Secretary of State in electronic form. An annual report required to be delivered to the Secretary of State is due by the fifteenth day of the fourth month following the close of the corporation's fiscal year."
SECTION 31.4.(b)  G.S. 57C‑2‑23 reads as rewritten:
"§ 57C‑2‑23.  Annual report for Secretary of State.
(a)	Requirement and Content. – Each domestic limited liability company other than a professional limited liability company governed by G.S. 57C‑2‑01(c) and each foreign limited liability company authorized to transact business in this State must file an annual report with the Secretary of State on a form prescribed by the Secretary and in the manner required by the Secretary. The annual report must specify the year to which the report applies and must set out the information listed in this subsection. The information must be current as of the date the company completes the report. If the information in the company's most recent annual report has not changed, the company may certify on its annual report that the information has not changed in lieu of restating the information.
The following information must be included on an annual report of a limited liability company:
(1)	The name of the limited liability or foreign limited liability company and the state or country under whose law it is formed.
(2)	The street address, and the mailing address if different from the street address, of the registered office, the county in which the registered office is located, and the name of its registered agent at that office in this State, and a statement of any change of the registered office or registered agent, or both.
(3)	The address and telephone number of its principal office.
(4)	The names and business addresses of its managers or, if the limited liability company has never had members, its organizers.
(5)	A brief description of the nature of its business.

(c)	Notice and Due Date. – The Secretary of State must notify limited liability companies of the annual report filing requirement. The first annual report of a limited liability company is due by April 15th of the year following the calendar year in which the company files its articles of organization with the Secretary of State. Each subsequent annual report is due on April 15.
(d)	Incomplete Report. – If an annual report does not contain the information required by this section, the Secretary of State shall promptly notify the reporting domestic or foreign limited liability company in writing and return the report to it for correction. If the report is corrected to contain the information required by this section and delivered to the Secretary of State within 30 days after the effective date of notice, it is deemed to be timely filed.
(e)	Amendments. – Amendments to any previously filed annual report may be filed with the Secretary of State at any time for the purpose of correcting, updating, or augmenting the information contained in the annual report."
SECTION 31.4.(c)  This section is effective when it becomes law. A limited liability company whose articles of organization were filed on or after January 1, 2010, but before April 15, 2010, is not required to file an annual report until April 15, 2011. A limited liability company that was formed during this period and that has filed an annual report that is not required is considered to have filed the annual report due April 15, 2011. A limited liability company that was formed before January 1, 2009, and has filed an annual report in each year after the calendar year in which its articles of organization were filed is considered to have met its annual report filing requirements.

extend sunset on expiring tax incentive income tax credits and sales tax refunds one year
SECTION 31.5.(a)  G.S. 105‑129.75 reads as rewritten:
"§ 105‑129.75.  Sunset.
This Article expires January 1, 2012, for rehabilitation projects for which an application for an eligibility certification is submitted on or after that date."
SECTION 31.5.(b)  G.S. 105‑163.015 reads as rewritten:
"§ 105‑163.015.  Sunset.
This Part is repealed effective for investments made on or after January 1, 2012."
SECTION 31.5.(c)  G.S. 105‑164.14(a1) reads as rewritten:
"(a1)	Passenger Plane Maximum. – An interstate passenger air carrier is allowed a refund of the net amount of sales and use tax paid by it in this State on fuel during a calendar year in excess of two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000). The "net amount of sales and use tax paid" is the amount paid less the refund allowed under subsection (a) of this section. A request for a refund must be in writing and must include any information and documentation the Secretary requires. A request for a refund is due within six months after the end of the calendar year for which the refund is claimed. The refund allowed by this subsection is in addition to the refund allowed in subsection (a) of this section. This subsection is repealed for purchases made on or after January 1, 2012."
SECTION 31.5.(d)  G.S. 105‑164.14(l) reads as rewritten:
"(l)	Aviation Fuel for Motorsports Events. – A professional motorsports racing team or a motorsports sanctioning body is allowed a refund of the sales and use tax paid by it in this State on aviation fuel that is used to travel to or from a motorsports event in this State, to travel to a motorsports event in another state from a location in this State, or to travel to this State from a motorsports event in another state. For the purposes of this subsection, a "motorsports event" includes a motorsports race, a motorsports sponsor event, and motor sports testing. A request for a refund must be in writing and must include any information and documentation the Secretary requires. A request for a refund is due within six months after the end of the State's fiscal year. Refunds applied for after the due date are barred. This subsection is repealed for purchases made on or after January 1, 2012."
SECTION 31.5.(e)  This section is effective when it becomes law.

modernize sales tax on accommodations
SECTION 31.6.(a)  G.S. 105‑164.4(a)(3) reads as rewritten:
"§ 105‑164.4.  Tax imposed on retailers.
(a)	A privilege tax is imposed on a retailer at the following percentage rates of the retailer's net taxable sales or gross receipts, as appropriate. The general rate of tax is five and three‑quarters percent (5.75%).
…
(3)	 A tax at the general rate applies to the sales price of the rental of an accommodation to a transient and to other gross receipts derived from the rental of an accommodation to a transient. The sales price of the rental of an accommodation to a transient is determined as if the rental were a service. An "accommodation" is a hotel room, a motel room, a residence, a cottage, or a similar space for occupancy by an individual. The tax does not apply to a residence or a cottage that is rented for less than 15 days in a calendar year or to an accommodation provided to the same person for a period of 90 or more continuous days.
A person who provides an accommodation to a transient is considered a retailer under this Article. A person who, by written contract, agrees to be the rental agent for the provider of an accommodation is considered a retailer under this Article and is liable for the tax imposed by this subdivision. The liability of a rental agent for the tax imposed by this subdivision relieves the provider of the accommodation from liability. A rental agent includes a real estate broker, as defined in G.S. 93A‑2.
A person who, by written contract, is not the rental agent of the provider of an accommodation but is authorized by the provider to facilitate the rental of the accommodation and to charge a transient for the rental is considered a retailer under this Article for the purpose of determining the sales price of the accommodation. Accordingly, charges designated as facilitation fees or similar fees are considered charges necessary to complete the rental of the accommodation and are included in the sales price. A person who enters into a contract with the provider of an accommodation to a transient to facilitate the rental of an accommodation must report the sales price to the provider of the accommodation and must send the provider the tax due on the sales price. A facilitator that does not send a provider the tax due on the sales price of an accommodation is liable for the amount of tax the provider fails to send. A facilitator is not liable for tax sent to a provider but not remitted by the provider to the Secretary. Tax payments received by a provider from a facilitator are held in trust by the provider for remittance to the Secretary. A provider that receives a tax payment from a facilitator must remit the amount received to the Secretary. A provider is not liable for tax due but not received from a facilitator. The requirements imposed by this subdivision on a provider and a facilitator are considered terms of the contract between the provider and the facilitator."
SECTION 31.6.(b)  G.S. 105‑164.4B is amended by adding a new subsection to read:
"(e)	Accommodations. – The rental of a transient accommodation is sourced to the location of the accommodation."
SECTION 31.6.(c)  G.S. 153A‑155(c) reads as rewritten:
"(c)	Collection. – A person who is required to remit to the Department of Revenue the State sales tax on accommodations imposed by G.S. 105‑164.4(a)(3) is required to remit a room occupancy tax to the taxing county on and after the effective date of the levy of the room occupancy tax. The room occupancy tax applies to the same gross receipts as the State sales tax on accommodations and is calculated in the same manner as that tax. A rental agent or a person who facilitates the rental of an accommodation has the same responsibility and liability under the room occupancy tax as the rental agent or facilitator has under the State sales tax on accommodations.
If a taxable accommodation is furnished as part of a package, the bundled transaction provisions in G.S. 105‑164.4D apply in determining the sales price of the taxable accommodation. If those provisions do not address the type of package offered, the person offering the package may determine an allocated price for each item in the package based on a reasonable allocation of revenue that is supported by the person's business records kept in the ordinary course of business and calculate tax on the allocated price of the taxable accommodation.
The provider of an accommodation must separately state the room occupancy tax. Room occupancy taxes paid to a provider of an accommodation are paid to the provider as trustee for and on account of the taxing county. 
The taxing county shall design and furnish to all appropriate businesses and persons in the county the necessary forms for filing returns and instructions to ensure the full collection of the tax. A provider of accommodations who collects a room occupancy tax may deduct from the amount remitted to the taxing county a discount equal to the discount the State allows the provider for State sales and use tax."
SECTION 31.6.(d)  G.S. 153A‑155(g) reads as rewritten:
"(g)	Applicability. – Subsection (c) of this section applies to all counties that levy an occupancy tax. To the extent subsection (c) conflicts with any provision of a local act, subsection (c) supersedes that provision. The remainder of this section applies only to Alleghany, Anson, Brunswick, Buncombe, Burke, Cabarrus, Camden, Carteret, Caswell, Chatham, Cherokee, Chowan, Clay, Craven, Cumberland, Currituck, Dare, Davie, Duplin, Durham, Forsyth, Franklin, Granville, Halifax, Haywood, Madison, Martin, McDowell, Montgomery, Nash, New Hanover, New Hanover County District U, Northampton, Pasquotank, Pender, Perquimans, Person, Randolph, Richmond, Rockingham, Rowan, Sampson, Scotland, Stanly, Swain, Transylvania, Tyrrell, Vance, Washington, and Wilson Counties, to Surry County District S, to Watauga County District U, to Yadkin County District Y, and to the Township of Averasboro in Harnett County and the Ocracoke Township Taxing District."
SECTION 31.6.(e)  G.S. 160A‑215(c) reads as rewritten:
"(c)	Collection. – A person who is required to remit to the Department of Revenue the State sales tax on accommodations imposed by G.S. 105‑164.4(a)(3) is required to remit a room occupancy tax to the taxing city on and after the effective date of the levy of the room occupancy tax. The room occupancy tax applies to the same gross receipts as the State sales tax on accommodations and is calculated in the same manner as that tax. A rental agent or a person who facilitates the rental of an accommodation has the same responsibility and liability under the room occupancy tax as the rental agent or facilitator has under the State sales tax on accommodations.
If a taxable accommodation is furnished as part of a package, the bundled transaction provisions in G.S. 105‑164.4D apply in determining the sales price of the taxable accommodation. If those provisions do not address the type of package offered, the person offering the package may determine an allocated price for each item in the package based on a reasonable allocation of revenue that is supported by the person's business records kept in the ordinary course of business and calculate tax on the allocated price of the taxable accommodation.
The provider of an accommodation must separately state the room occupancy tax. Room occupancy taxes paid to a provider of an accommodation are paid to the provider as trustee for and on account of the taxing city. The taxing city shall design and furnish to all appropriate businesses and persons in the city the necessary forms for filing returns and instructions to ensure the full collection of the tax. An operator of a business who collects a room occupancy tax may deduct from the amount remitted to the taxing city a discount equal to the discount the State allows the provider for State sales and use tax."
SECTION 31.6.(f)  G.S. 160A‑215(g) reads as rewritten:
"(g)	Applicability. – Subsection (c) of this section applies to all cities that levy an occupancy tax. To the extent subsection (c) conflicts with any provision of a local act, subsection (c) supersedes that provision. The remainder of this section applies only to Beech Mountain District W, to the Cities of Belmont, Conover, Eden, Elizabeth City, Gastonia, Goldsboro, Greensboro, Hickory, High Point, Jacksonville, Kings Mountain, Lenoir, Lexington, Lincolnton, Lowell, Lumberton, Monroe, Mount Airy, Mount Holly, Reidsville, Roanoke Rapids, Salisbury, Shelby, Statesville, Washington, and Wilmington, to the Towns of Ahoskie, Beech Mountain, Benson, Blowing Rock, Boiling Springs, Boone, Burgaw, Carolina Beach, Carrboro, Cramerton, Dallas, Dobson, Elkin, Franklin, Jonesville, Kenly, Kure Beach, Leland, McAdenville, Mooresville, Murfreesboro, North Topsail Beach, Pilot Mountain, Ranlo, Selma, Smithfield, St. Pauls, Troutman, Tryon, West Jefferson, Wilkesboro, Wrightsville Beach, Yadkinville, and Yanceyville, and to the municipalities in Avery and Brunswick Counties."
SECTION 31.6.(g)  This section becomes effective January 1, 2011, and applies to gross receipts derived from accommodations provided on or after that date.

modernize admissions tax and restore amenities exclusion
SECTION 31.7.(a)  G.S. 105‑37.1 reads as rewritten:
"§ 105‑37.1.  Live entertainment and ticket resales.
(a)	Scope. – A privilege tax is imposed on the following:
(1)	The gross admissions receipts of a person who is engaged in providing admission to live entertainment of any kind. Gross admissions receipts under this subdivision do not include charges for amenities. If charges for amenities are not separately stated on the face of an admission ticket, then the charge for admission is considered to be equal to the admission charge for a ticket to the same event that does not include amenities and is for a seat located  directly in front of or closest to a seat that includes amenities.
(2)	The gross admissions receipts of a person who is engaged in the business of reselling on the Internet under G.S. 14‑344.1 an admission ticket that is taxable under subdivision (1) of this subsection. If the price of an admission ticket is printed on the face of the ticket, gross receipts under this subdivision exclude the face price. If the price of an admission ticket is not printed on the face of the ticket, the tax under this subdivision applies to the difference between the amount the reseller paid for the ticket and the amount the reseller charges for the ticket.
	
(b)	Rate and Payment. – The rate of the privilege tax imposed by this section is three percent (3%). The tax is due when a return is due. A return is due by the 10th day after the end of each month and covers the gross receipts received during the previous month.
(c)	Advance Report. – A person who owns or controls a live entertainment performance subject to the tax imposed by this section and who plans to bring the performance to this State from outside the State must file a statement with the Secretary that lists the dates, times, and places of the performance. The statement must be filed no less than five days before the first performance in this State.
(d)	Local Taxes. – Cities may levy a license tax on a person taxed under subdivision (a)(1) of this section; however, the tax may not exceed twenty‑five dollars ($25.00) for each day or part of a day the live entertainment is performed at each location. Cities may not levy a license tax on a person taxed under subdivision (a)(2) of this section.
Counties may not levy a license tax on a person taxed under this section. "
SECTION 31.7.(b)  G.S. 14‑344.1(e) is repealed.
SECTION 31.7.(c)  If any provision of this act is declared by a court to violate the Internet Tax Freedom Act, Pub. L. 105‑277, §§ 1100‑1104, as amended, or is otherwise found to be invalid, then G.S. 14‑344.1 is repealed.
SECTION 31.7.(d)  G.S. 105‑264(c) reads as rewritten:
"(c)	Revised Interpretations. – This section does not prevent the Secretary from changing an interpretation, and it does not prevent a change in an interpretation from applying on and after the effective date of the change. An interpretation that revises a prior interpretation by expanding the scope of a tax or otherwise increasing the amount of tax due may not become effective sooner than the following:
(1)	For a tax that is payable on a monthly or quarterly basis, the first day of a month that is at least 90 days after the date the revised interpretation is issued.
(2)	For a tax that is payable on an annual basis, the first day of a tax year that begins after the date the revised interpretation is issued."
SECTION 31.7.(e)  G.S. 105‑37.1(a)(2), as amended by subsection (a) of this section, becomes effective January 1, 2011, and applies to admission tickets sold on or after that date.  The remainder of subsection (a) of this section and subsection (b) of this section become effective August 1, 2010.  G.S. 105‑37.1(a)(1), as amended by subsection (a) of this section, applies to charges for admission received on or after August 1, 2010.  The remainder of this section is effective when it becomes law.

improve tax and debt collection process
SECTION 31.8.(a)  G.S. 147‑86.20(1) reads as rewritten:
"§ 147‑86.20.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Article:
(1)	Account receivable. – An asset of the State reflecting a debt that is owed to the State and has not been received by the State agency servicing the debt. The term includes claims, damages, fees, fines, forfeitures, loans, overpayments, taxes, and tuition as well as penalties, interest, and other costs authorized by law. The term does not include court costs or fees assessed in actions before the General Court of Justice or counsel fees and other expenses of representing indigents under Article 36 of Chapter 7A of the General Statutes.
.…"
SECTION 31.8.(b)  G.S. 147‑86.22 reads as rewritten:
"§ 147‑86.22.  Statewide accounts receivable program.
(a)	Program. – The State Controller shall implement a statewide accounts receivable program. As part of this program, the State Controller shall do all of the following:
(1)	Monitor the State's accounts receivable collection efforts.
(2)	Coordinate information, systems, and procedures between State agencies to maximize the collection of past‑due accounts receivable.
(3)	Adopt policies and procedures for the management and collection of accounts receivable by State agencies.
(4)	Establish procedures for writing off accounts receivable.
(b)	Electronic Payment. – Notwithstanding the provisions of G.S. 147‑86.20 and G.S. 147‑86.21, this subsection applies to debts owed a community college, a local school administrative unit, an area mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse authority, and the Administrative Office of the Courts, and to debts payable to or through the office of a clerk of superior court or a magistrate, as well as to debts owed to other State agencies as defined in G.S. 147‑86.20.
The State Controller shall establish policies that allow accounts receivable to be payable under certain conditions by electronic payment. These policies shall be established with the concurrence of the State Treasurer. In addition, any policies that apply to debts payable to or through the office of a clerk of superior court or a magistrate shall be established with the concurrence of the Administrative Officer of the Courts. The Administrative Officer of the Courts may also establish policies otherwise authorized by law that apply to these debts as long as those policies are not inconsistent with the Controller's policies.
A condition of payment by electronic payment is receipt by the appropriate State agency of the full amount of the account receivable owed to the State agency. A debtor who pays by electronic payment may be required to pay any fee or charge associated with the use of electronic payment. Fees associated with processing electronic payments may be paid out of the General Fund and Highway Fund if the payment of the fee by the State is economically beneficial to the State and the payment of the fee by the State has been approved by the State Controller and State Treasurer.
The State Controller and State Treasurer shall consult with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations before establishing policies that allow accounts receivable to be payable by electronic payment and before authorizing fees associated with electronic payment to be paid out of the General Fund and Highway Fund. A State agency must also consult with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations before implementing any program to accept payment under the policies established pursuant to this subsection.
A payment of an account receivable that is made by electronic payment and is not honored by the issuer of the card or the financial institution offering electronic funds transfer does not relieve the debtor of the obligation to pay the account receivable.
(c)	Collection Techniques. – The State Controller, in conjunction with the Office of the Attorney General, shall establish policies and procedures to govern techniques for collection of accounts receivable. These techniques may include use of credit reporting bureaus, judicial remedies authorized by law, and administrative setoff by a reduction of a tax refund pursuant to the Setoff Debt Collection Act, Chapter 105A of the General Statutes, or a reduction of another payment, other than payroll, due from the State to a person to reduce or eliminate an account receivable that the person owes the State.
The State Controller shall negotiate a contract with a third party to perform an audit and collection process of inadvertent overpayments by State agencies to vendors as a result of pricing errors, neglected rebates and discounts, miscalculated freight charges, unclaimed refunds, erroneously paid excise taxes, and related errors. The third party shall be compensated only from funds recovered as a result of the audit. Savings realized in excess of costs shall be transferred from the agency to the Office of State Budget and Management and placed in a special reserve account for future direction by the General Assembly. Any disputed savings shall be settled by the State Controller. This paragraph does not apply to the purchase of medical services by State agencies or payments used to reimburse or otherwise pay for health care services."
SECTION 31.8.(c)  G.S. 147‑86.25 reads as rewritten:
"§ 147‑86.25.  Setoff debt collection.
The State Controller shall implement a statewide setoff debt collection program to provide for collection of the following accounts receivable by setoff against payments the State owes to debtors, other than payments of tax refunds and payroll:
(1)	Accounts receivable submitted to the Department of Revenue by a claimant agency under the Setoff Debt Collection Act, Chapter 105A of the General Statutes.
(2)	An overdue tax debt, as defined in G.S. 105‑243.1.
"
SECTION 31.8.(d)  G.S. 105A‑2 reads as rewritten:
"§ 105A‑2.  Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this Chapter:
…
(3)	Debtor. – A person who owes a debt.
…
(8)	Refund. – A debtor's North Carolina tax refund.
(9)	State agency. – Any of the following:
a.	A unit of the executive, legislative, or judicial branch of State government.
b.	A local agency, to the extent it administers a program supervised by the Department of Health and Human Services or it operates a Child Support Enforcement Program, enabled by Chapter 110, Article 9, and Title IV, Part D of the Social Security Act.
c.	A community college."
SECTION 31.8.(e)  G.S. 105A‑3(c) reads as rewritten:
"(c)	Identifying Information. – All claimant agencies shall whenever possible obtain the full name, social security number or federal identification number, address, and any other identifying information required by the Department from any person for whom the agencies provide any service or transact any business and who the claimant agencies can foresee may become a debtor under this Chapter."
SECTION 31.8.(f)  G.S. 105A‑14(a) reads as rewritten:
"(a)	Simultaneously with the transmittal of the net proceeds collected to a claimant agency, the Department must provide the agency with an accounting of the setoffs for which payment is being made. The accounting must whenever possible include the full names of the debtors, the debtors' social security numbers or federal identification numbers, the gross proceeds collected per setoff, the net proceeds collected per setoff, and the collection assistance fee added to the debt and collected per setoff."
SECTION 31.8.(g)  G.S. 105‑259(b)(18) reads as rewritten:
"(b)	Disclosure Prohibited. – An officer, an employee, or an agent of the State who has access to tax information in the course of service to or employment by the State may not disclose the information to any other person except as provided in this subsection. Standards used or to be used for the selection of returns for examination and data used or to be used for determining the standards may not be disclosed for any purpose. All other tax information may be disclosed only if the disclosure is made for one of the following purposes:
…
(18)	To furnish to the Office of the State Controller information needed by the State Controller to implement the setoff debt collection program established under G.S. 147‑86.25, verify statewide vendor files, or track debtors of the State.
.…"
SECTION 31.8.(h)  G.S. 105‑242(b) reads as rewritten:
"(b)	Attachment and Garnishment. – Intangible property that belongs to a taxpayer, is owed to a taxpayer, or has been transferred by a taxpayer under circumstances that would permit it to be levied upon if it were tangible property is subject to attachment and garnishment in payment of a tax that is due from the taxpayer and is collectible under G.S. 105‑241.22. Intangible personal property includes bank deposits, rent, salaries, wages, property held in the Escheat Fund, and any other property incapable of manual levy or delivery. G.S. 105‑242.1 sets out the procedure for attachment and garnishment of intangible property.
A person who is in possession of intangible property that is subject to attachment and garnishment is the garnishee and is liable for the amount the taxpayer owes. The liability applies only to the amount of the taxpayer's property in the garnishee's possession, reduced by any amount the taxpayer owes the garnishee.
The Secretary may submit to a financial institution, as defined in G.S. 53B‑2, information that identifies a taxpayer who owes a tax debt that is collectible under G.S. 105‑241.22 and the amount of the debt. The Secretary may submit the information on a quarterly basis or, with the agreement of the financial institution, on a more frequent basis. A financial institution that receives the information must determine the amount, if any, of intangible property it holds that belongs to the taxpayer and is subject to attachment and garnishment and must inform the Secretary of its determination. The Secretary must reimburse a financial institution for its costs in providing the information, not to exceed the amount payable to the financial institution under G.S. 110‑139 for providing information for use in locating a noncustodial parent.
No more than ten percent (10%) of a taxpayer's wages or salary is subject to attachment and garnishment. The wages or salary of an employee of the United States, the State, or a political subdivision of the State are subject to attachment and garnishment."
SECTION 31.8.(i)  G.S. 105‑242.1 reads as rewritten:
"§ 105‑242.1.  Procedure for attachment and garnishment.
(a)	Notice. – G.S. 105‑242 specifies when intangible property is subject to attachment and garnishment. Before the Department attaches and garnishes intangible property in payment of a tax, the Department must send the garnishee a notice of garnishment. The notice must be sent in accordance with the methods authorized in G.S. 105‑241.20 or, with the agreement of the garnishee, by electronic means. The notice must contain all of the following information, unless the notice is an electronic notice subject to subsection (a1) of this section:
(1)	The taxpayer's name.
(2)	The taxpayer's social security number or federal identification number.
(3)	The amount of tax, interest, and penalties the taxpayer owes.
(4)	An explanation of the liability of a garnishee for tax owed by a taxpayer.
(5)	An explanation of the garnishee's responsibility concerning the notice.
(a1)	Electronic Notice. – Before the Department sends an electronic notice of garnishment to a garnishee, the Department and the garnishee must have an agreement that establishes the protocol for transmitting the notice and provides the information required under subdivisions (4) and (5) of subsection (a) of this section. An electronic notice must contain the information required under subdivisions (1), (2), and (3) of subsection (a) of this section.
(b)	Action. – A garnishee must comply with a notice of garnishment or file a written response to the notice within the time set in this subsection. A garnishee that is a financial institution must comply or file a response within 20 days after receiving a notice of garnishment. All other garnishees must comply or file a response within 30 days after receiving a notice of garnishment. A written response must explain why the garnishee is not subject to garnishment and attachment.
Upon receipt of a written response, the Department must contact the garnishee and schedule a conference to discuss the response or inform the garnishee of the Department's position concerning the response. If the Department does not agree with the garnishee on the garnishee's liability, the Department may proceed to enforce the garnishee's liability for the tax by sending the garnishee a notice of proposed assessment in accordance with G.S. 105‑241.9.
(c)	Release. – A notice of garnishment sent to a financial institution is released when the financial institution complies with the notice. A notice of garnishment sent to all other garnishees is released when the Department sends the garnishee a notice of release. A notice of release must state the name and social security number or federal identification number of the taxpayer to whom the release applies.
(d)	Financial Institution. – As used in this section, the term 'financial institution' has the same meaning as in G.S. 53B‑2."
SECTION 31.8.(j)  G.S. 53B‑4(2) reads as rewritten:
"§ 53B‑4.  Access to financial records.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no government authority may have access to a customer's financial record held by a financial institution unless the financial record is described with reasonable specificity and access is sought pursuant to any of the following:
…
(2)	Authorization under G.S. 105‑242 or G.S. 105‑258."
SECTION 31.8.(k)  Subsection (h) of this section becomes effective January 1, 2011. The remainder of this section is effective when it becomes law.

reduce franchise tax burden on construction companies
SECTION 31.9.(a)  Section 2 of S.L. 2009‑422 reads as rewritten:
"SECTION 2. This act is effective retroactively for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2007."
SECTION 31.9.(b)  A taxpayer that paid franchise tax in taxable years 2007, 2008, or 2009 and that included billings in excess of costs in its capital base may apply to the Department of Revenue for a refund of any excess tax paid to the extent the refund is the result of the change in the law enacted by this section. A request for a refund must be made on or before January 1, 2011. A request for refund received after that date is barred.
SECTION 31.9.(c)  This section is effective when it becomes law.

fair tax penalties
SECTION 31.10.(a)  G.S. 105‑236(a)(4) reads as rewritten:
"(4)	Failure to Pay Tax When Due. – In the case of failure to pay any tax when due, without intent to evade the tax, the Secretary shall assess a penalty equal to ten percent (10%) of the tax, subject to a minimum of five dollars ($5.00). This penalty does not apply in any of the following circumstances:
a.	When the amount of tax shown as due on an amended return is paid when the return is filed.
b.	When the Secretary proposes an assessment for tax due but not shown on a return and the tax due is paid within 45 days after the later of the following:
1.	The date of the notice of proposed assessment of the tax, if the taxpayer does not file a timely request for a Departmental review of the proposed assessment.
2.	The date the proposed assessment becomes collectible under G.S. 105‑241.22, if the taxpayer files a timely request for a Departmental review of the proposed assessment.
c.	When a taxpayer files a consolidated return under G.S. 105‑130.6 at the request of the Secretary and the tax due is paid within 45 days after the later of the following:
1.	The date the consolidated return is filed, if the taxpayer does not file a timely request for a Departmental review of the tax.
2.	The date the Departmental review of the tax ends as a result of the occurrence of one of the actions listed in G.S. 105‑241.22(3) through (6), if the taxpayer files a timely request for a Departmental review."
SECTION 31.10.(b)  G.S. 105‑236(a)(5) is amended by adding a new sub‑subdivision to read:
"(5)	Negligence. –
…
f.	Consolidated return. – The amount of tax shown as due on a consolidated return requested by the Secretary under G.S. 105‑130.6 is not considered a deficiency and is not subject to this subdivision."
SECTION 31.10.(c)  This section is effective when it becomes law and applies to penalties that are assessed and unpaid as of the effective date, penalties that are paid as of the effective date but are based on a tax that is the subject of an administrative or judicial action that is pending on the effective date, and penalties and taxes assessed on or after that date.

credit for constructing a renewable energy property facility
SECTION 31.11.(a)  Article 3B of Chapter 105 of the General Statutes is amended by adding a new section to read:
"§ 105‑129.16I.  Credit for constructing a renewable energy property facility.
(a)	Credit. – A taxpayer that constructs and places in service in this State a commercial facility for the manufacture of renewable energy property is allowed a credit equal to twenty‑five percent (25%) of the cost to the taxpayer of constructing and equipping the facility. The entire credit may not be taken for the taxable year in which the facility is placed in service but must be taken in seven equal annual installments beginning with the taxable year in which the facility is placed in service. If, in one of the years in which the installment of a credit accrues, the facility with respect to which the credit was claimed is disposed of or taken out of service, the credit expires and the taxpayer may not take any remaining installment of the credit. The taxpayer may, however, take the portion of an installment that accrued in a previous year and was carried forward to the extent permitted under G.S. 105‑129.17. A taxpayer that claims any other credit allowed under this Chapter with respect to construction of a facility may not take the credit allowed in this section with respect to the same facility.
(b)	Sunset. – This section is repealed effective for a renewable energy property facility placed in service on or after January 1, 2014."
SECTION 31.11.(b)  This section becomes effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

PART XXXII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

State Budget Act Applies
SECTION 32.1.  The provisions of the State Budget Act, Chapter 143C of the General Statutes, are reenacted and shall remain in full force and effect and are incorporated in this act by reference.
Committee Report
SECTION 32.2.(a)  The Senate Appropriations Committee Report On The Continuation, Expansion and Capital Budgets for Senate Bill 897, dated May 16, 2010, which was distributed in the Senate and the House of Representatives and used to explain this act, shall indicate action by the General Assembly on this act and shall therefore be used to construe this act, as provided in the State Budget Act, Chapter 143C of the General Statutes, as appropriate, and for these purposes shall be considered a part of this act and as such shall be printed as a part of the Session Laws.
SECTION 32.2.(b)  The budget enacted by the General Assembly is for the maintenance of the various departments, institutions, and other spending agencies of the State for the 2010‑2011 budget as provided in G.S. 143C‑3‑5. This budget includes the appropriations of State funds as defined in G.S. 143C‑1‑1(d)(25).
The Director of the Budget submitted recommended adjustments to the budget to the General Assembly in April 2010 in the documents "The North Carolina State Budget, Recommended Operating Budget with Performance Management Information 2010‑2011" for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year for the various departments, institutions, and other spending agencies of the State. The adjustments to these documents made by the General Assembly are set out in the Committee Report.,
SECTION 32.2.(c)  The budget enacted by the General Assembly shall also be interpreted in accordance with G.S. 143C‑5‑5, the special provisions in this act, and other appropriate legislation.
In the event that there is a conflict between the line‑item budget certified by the Director of the Budget and the budget enacted by the General Assembly, the budget enacted by the General Assembly shall prevail.

Most Text Applies only to the 2010‑2011 Fiscal Year
SECTION 32.3.  Except for statutory changes or other provisions that clearly indicate an intention to have effects beyond the 2010‑2011 fiscal year, the textual provisions of this act apply only to funds appropriated for, and activities occurring during, the 2010‑2011 fiscal year.

Effect of Headings
SECTION 32.4.  The headings to the parts and sections of this act are a convenience to the reader and are for reference only. The headings do not expand, limit, or define the text of this act, except for effective dates referring to a part.

Appropriations Limitations and Directions Apply
SECTION 32.5.(a)  Except where expressly repealed or amended by this act, the provisions of S.L. 2009‑451 and S.L. 2009‑575 remain in effect.
SECTION 32.5.(b)  Notwithstanding any modifications by this act in the amounts appropriated, except where expressly repealed or amended, the limitations and directions for the 2010‑2011 fiscal year in S.L. 2009‑451 and S.L. 2009‑575 that applied to appropriations to particular agencies or for particular purposes apply to the newly enacted appropriations and budget reductions of this act for those same particular purposes.

Severability Clause
SECTION 32.6.  If any section or provision of this act is declared unconstitutional or invalid by the courts, it does not affect the validity of this act as a whole or any part other than the part so declared to be unconstitutional or invalid.

Effective Date
SECTION 32.7.  Except as otherwise provided, this act becomes effective July 1, 2010.